

ratHnHHHii 

MhhIIII 

■H nl imtil nHH 189 

MM H 

hbmHBh gtt&BlffliHH 






■ 



II 






■I 



ill 



■ 






I In J! I 'w 

m ; 



I ■ 

III I ■ - !i . ■ 



■ 



m> , ;»• Mi «'i i'i' H 

I ■ 

I 

BBHBMIiW MBi 

H 
H 



• **' ** WW* j&' «*. • 







" O 







4 o 









° : /°* : -ll& : ,*°^. "Ills >A : *llll : J%. 1 





^ 



A 








q\ o - o , r Q 

o V 






<r. 











• - ° " <* ^ 

o 



V_? * • • S \ * ^ .A 






»>„& c £W2>^\ ^^ oV^^aar- ^^v -£mz>~\ ~+ Mr * 












4 O 







vV V 




V 




**c 







4 O 

> .*%**. \^ ; Jj|. ^ /. 




~ v"* K 'J^M^^. "^ J< 








o " p . ^ Q 








•^•o 1 




4 o 

^^ ^ * 



^ * 






°^ 


• °^ 



LECTURE ONE 



From the Fifth Edition of a 



Lecture Course to Physicians 



on 



DIAGNOSIS by means of BIODYNAMICS 
PERCUSSION from a new standpoint 
SPINAL REFLEXOLOGY in simple form 
PHYSICAL THERAPEUTICS for practical men 
PRACTICAL POINTS for 

PROGRESSIVE PHYSICIANS 

ZONETHERAPY 



By 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 

Los Angeles, California 






Copyright, 1916, by 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 

327 South Alvarado Street 

Los Angeles, California 



All rights reserved 



MAR 28 1916 



5CI.A427427 



INTRODUCTION 

This LECTURE ONE of the fifth edition of our LEC- 
TURE COURSE to physicians is not printed to be sold to 
anyone except our pupils. 

We have often been asked why we did not publish an 
illustrated textbook for this work. Our reply is that this new 
line o'f work cannot be learned except by personal instruction. 

Our plan is to have our pupils thoroly study each lecture 
in advance of demonstrations and practice drilling. By this 
method of teaching, the pupil can quietly study and absorb 
the theoretical part of the work and then, by being quizzed, 
the important points will be impressed upon him. 

For our pupils we invite only licensed physicians. We 
teach no "cults," "pathies" or "isms." We think the word, 
PHYSICIAN, is a broad term and if we all adhered to that 
one term, there would be less envy and bigotry in the pro- 
fession. There is no nobler profession than that of a real 
physician, but envy and greed have made many of the pro- 
fession lose all sight of the meaning of the term, PHYSICIAN. 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 



Fellow Students: 

Years ago, while studying natural phenomena, we made 
some observations that we thought were practical and ben- 
ehcial to mankind. When we first mentioned our discoveries 
to some scientific friends, they advised us to say nothing 
about it, until time enuf had elapsed, and experiments enuf had 
been made, to fortify us against the ridicule of scientists. 

So great is the fear among scientists that they may tread 
in unknown paths or that they will step aside from old and 
recognized philosophy, that some of the best natural truths 
are hidden from those who could make use of them. We hope 
the time will come when scientific minds will be more open 
to receive new philosophies, even tho they are not all well 
founded. Ultra-conservatism is a barrier to progress. 

It is a noteworthy fact that no new philosophies, or 
theories, or innovations in science have ever been recognized 
by the rank and file of scientists, until the discoverer, as well 
as his discovery, had been "torn to shreds." 

The practice of medicine is no exception to this rule. The 
well-known saying that to be free from criticism one must 
say nothing, do nothing, and be nothing, applies as much or 
more to medicine than to any other line of scientific work. 
This state of affairs must eventually change, but "the secret of 
reform lies not in revolution but in evolution — in unfolding 
along the axis of growth." 

We made some discoveries that were helpful to us in 
diagnosis and therapeutics and we told some of our intimate 
colleagues about them. Little by little they induced us to 
teach them and their friends some of these new methods, and 
so the work has grown and is growing. What at first seemed 
impossible, has been found to be as natural as gravitation. 
This new work is simply utilizing some of Nature's laws as 
our assistants. 

The foundation of any structure must be well laid, even 
tho the digging be hard. It is for that reason that this first 
lecture is a discussion of natural physical phenomena. Our 
new method in diagnosis and percussion cannot be learned 
from books or illustrations, but must be personally taught. 
By giving you this work at the very beginning of the course, 



you will be enabled to begin practicing some of the technic 
at once. This is the only way you can master the work. 
"Nothing of value is gained without effort.". This applies as 
much to our system of diagnosis and therapeutics as to any- 
thing else. 

The work is not difficult but, like many laboratory 
methods, every part of it must be carried out in an exact 
manner to achieve uniform results. Hundreds of physicians 
thruout the United States are now employing these methods 
to their great satisfaction. 

To succeed, a profession as well as a business must earn 
profits ; and to earn profits, it must benefit those who support 
it. If you master this work, it will be profitable to you as 
well as your patients. 

We have had this lecture printed in order that our pupils 
may study it, and the more you study it and the better you 
understand the underlying principles, the more interesting it 
will become. 

In this* lecture we have tried to link together all physical 
phenomena that can be used in diagnosis and therapeutics and 
to briefly tell our method of using the earth's magnetic fields 
as a method of diagnosing and treating disease. That the 
subject is a broad and interesting one, there is no doubt, and 
its possibilities are limitless. Nature, in her own laboratory, 
has provided us with every means for preventing, diagnosing 
and curing disease, without resorting to artificial means, if 
we only knew how to interpret her. 

Do not think that the whole course of this work is along 
lines of Biodynamics. In subsequent lectures we shall take up 
Spinal Reflexology in a simple manner, Physical Therapeutics 
for practical men, and touch upon Practical Points for Pro- 
gressive Physicians, as well as Zone Therapy. 

"The man who really grows great is not the one who 
thinks he knows it all, but the one who never forgets that 
each day reveals a new force, a new method. It is the man 
who feels the need of learning more, and is open to new con- 
victions." 



THE MAGNETIC MERIDIAN 

IN 

DIAGNOSIS AND THERAPEUTICS 

A Discussion of Natural Physical Phenomena 



Emerson, in his essay on Compensation, says: "Polarity, 
or action and reaction, we meet in every part of nature ; in 
darkness and light ; in heat and cold ; in the ebb and flow of 
waters; in male and female; in the inspiration and expiration 
of plants and animals ; in the equation of quantity and quality ; 
in the fluids of the normal body ; in the systole and diastole of 
the heart ; in the undulations of fluids and of sound ; in the 
centrifugal and centripetal gravity ; in electricity, galvanism 
and chemical affinity. Superinduce magnetism at one end of 
the needle and the opposite magnetism takes place at the 
other end. If the south attracts, the north repels." 

Some scientists claim that the body cannot have electri- 
cal centers nor be possessed with polarity, because the body 
as a whole is composed so largely of water and salt, which 
makes the interior of the body itself an efficient "conductor" 
of electricity. We must remember, however, that there is as 
much difference between living or bioplastic insulation and 
artificial insulation as there is between test-tube digestion 
and gastric digestion. In other words, the chemistry of living 
and dead organisms is not identical, neither is the insulation 
or conductivity of dead material to be compared with that of 
living material. Nature has a method of insulating her energy 
conductors in a way that man cannot duplicate. We must take 
Nature as we find her and not try to interpret her to fit 
laboratory methods. 

As we have no better nomenclature at our command, we 
shall employ electrical terms in speaking of Biodynamics, or 
as some term it, "Vital Force." 

Cellular Development 

If we, as physicians, could know more of the development 
and physiological processes of each organ of the body, and 
then of the body as a whole, we could much more intelligently 
treat any disease. 



It is well known that the human body is an aggregate 
of myriads of cells, estimated in number at twenty-six million 
five hundred thousand millions. Each cell has its own func- 
tion to perform, and each cell is a part of a cell community and 
works for weal or woe. 

The more we study the development of cells, the more 
we are impressed with what is electrically termed polarity. No 
one can witness cell division by mitosis under a powerful lens 
without thinking of the appearance of iron filings in a mag- 
netic field. Are they not both phenomena of polarity? 

Electrical Analogy 

As we look at the development of any species of animal 
or vegetable life, we find that one cell divides into another 
cell, and that again into another. If there were not some 
controlling influence over these cells, they would all develop 
in the same way, and the organism would be all of a single 
tissue without any differentiation between the ectoderm, the 
mesoderm, and the endoderm, or any of the structures devel- 
oped therefrom. 

In our modern way of thinking, the electron is the smallest 
particle from which the atom is formed, and in turn the mole- 
cule is formed from the atoms. Each cell seems to be an 
electrical entity with positive and negative poles, and that 
entity appears to be the electron. As these electrons are 
arranged in a specific manner, so are their atoms arranged 
to have certain definite lines of force. As the atoms in turn 
form the molecules, it is probable that they, from the arrange- 
ment of poles and magnetic fields, are created in a definite 
internal arrangement according to the arrangement of the 
electrons. Inasmuch as the molecules form the cells, those 
cells would be electrically and magnetically arranged accord- 
ing to the formation and arrangement of the electrons. 

As cells divide and develop one by one, they appear to 
be limited in their development by electrical or magnetic 
conditions existing in their internal formation. This might 
be on the order of a multitude of galvanic cells connected 
either in series or in multiple, so arranged that when the 
amperage was of a certain degree the voltage would be modi- 

8 



fied, or conversely. Considering each cell as a great multitude 
of electric cells, this theory seems plausible. 

By this arrangement, when a certain amount of electric 
force was exerted, or a certain quantity generated, the elec- 
trons would be affected in such a way that they would form 
different kinds of structure or different forms of the same 
structure. In this way we could formulate a reason for the 
definite manner in which cells develop. Sometimes we have 
monstrosities or malformations. These might be caused by 
some electrical change having taken place at the time of devel- 
opment. 

All atomic characteristics can be quite satisfactorily ex- 
plained from the recognized theory that the electron is always 
associated with an unvarying unit-charge of negative elec- 
tricity revolving within a sphere of positive electricity. 

As the universe is made up of electrical systems and, as 
many believe, our very atmosphere and form of life is governed 
by electrical changes in this universe, it is reasonable to be- 
lieve that the animal body is made up of electrical systems, 
each system possessing its own polarity. 

The molecules would simply be an aggregation of electric 
batteries. The tissues in turn would follow in the same order 
as the molecules, since each tissue is an aggregate of similar 
molecules. The organs would follow in the same order as the 
tissues, inasmuch as they are aggregates of the tissues and 
determine the character of the work. The collective organs, 
having co-related functions, form the body as a whole. 

Electric or Magnetic Equilibrium and Health 

It would hardly be compatible to believe that the entire 
body was composed of one electric system ; on the contrary 
it would seem as tho the body of any animal were made up of 
separate electric systems or magnetic fields. 

If this hypothesis be correct, the body, to be in health, 
must be in electric or magnetic equilibrium or, in other words, 
in normal electronic vibration. As soon as any one system 
in the body is in any way deranged so as to cause a change of 
polarity, or rate or form of vibration, that would mean disease 
in that particular system. In the same degree as that sub- 

9 



system was deranged, so would the whole system be out of 
balance. If the polarity, or rate, or mode of vibration, of any 
tissue were changed, disease or unrest of tissue must take 
place. 

During the evolution of matter from vegetable to animal 
life, electrical centers have apparently been developed to con- 
trol automatically the several sub-systems or electrical seg- 
ments. 

At first, we have the nucleus of the cell to govern the cell 
itself, then a system of cells is governed thru the nerves or 
connecting wires by ganglia, or small nerve centers. As evolu- 
tion progressed, larger nerve centers governed the sub-nerve 
centers, until eventually we have what is called the brain to 
govern the ganglia, or substations, thruout the organism. 

If we accept this theory of "electronic unity" or normal 
electronic vibration, it will be much easier for us to conceive 
the idea that the chromosomes in the cell are an aggregation 
of electrons representing every other cell in the organism. In 
no other way can we explain heredity or the laws of eugenics 
— each species having its own characteristic chromosomes of 
its specific number. 

Different parts of the body possess different polarities 
or, as some express it, different modes or rates of electronic 
vibration. Some parts of the body are affected more by the 
negative pole while others are affected more by the positive 
pole. If a part of the body normally positive become nega- 
tively charged, or vice versa, that part is diseased. If it be- 
come neutral, we also have a state of physical unrest. 

If there be any way by which we can prove that the body 
is made up of aggregations of electrical systems or spheres 
of radioactivity, we shall draw nearer to the etiology of dis- 
ease as well as its relief. 

It has been proved that certain rays of light cause the 
body to give off more or less electrical force. It has likewise 
been proved that other rays of light cause sedation. From 
these proven phenomena, it seems as tho the body were com- 
posed of radioactive segments and controlled by them. Since 
different parts of the body do give different forms of polar 
energy, it follows that their spheres of radioactivity vary. 

10 



Natural Electronic Vibration or Vital Force 

According to the world's greatest scientists, ''matter" is 
only a form of vibration or "a mode of motion." As soon as 
its "rate" or "mode" is changed, the form of matter is also 
changed. According to this recognized theory, each cell or 
group of cells in the body has its own characteristic mode or 
rate of vibration, which is normally constant. In other words 
each part of the body has its "normal electronic vibration." 

On the other hand, if any part of the body become dis- 
eased, there is a change in the rate or mode of vibration of the 
electrons and in turn of the part affected. 

It is a generally conceded fact that one form of vibration 
interferes with, or changes another form of vibration. There- 
fore an abnormal vibration in one part of the body will mani- 
fest itself more or less in any other part of the body. It is a 
proven fact that vibrations from the surface of the body are 
influenced by the vibrations within the body, whether they 
be physical or mental. It seems as tho emotions of all varieties 
are merely manifestations of a rate or mode of vibration. 

The chasm between life and death is only a matter of 
vibration, be it electric or otherwise. There is a change in the 
rate or mode of vibration in all life which, if it come within 
the "death-line" means disease or unrest of tissue, while be- 
yond the death-line, it means death. As the ratio between 
normal and abnormal vibrations of the body differ, so does the 
ratio between life and death differ. Anything that interferes 
with the normal electronic vibration must interfere with the 
health of the living being. 

Altho the "life-impulse" as well as electricity, gravitation, 
and other "natural phenomena" are known only by their mani- 
festations, yet we know a few of the laws that govern them. 
From this reasoning, we might logically conclude that all 
forms of life differ from each other only as the mode and rate 
of their natural vibrations differ. 

From the theory of natural electronic vibration, person- 
ality as well as natural likes and dislikes can be explained. 
From the same theory we can also understand why all living 
beings require rest or sleep. Sleep might be compared with 
the charging of a storage battery. 

11 



"Old age" is not expressed in years but by the slowing 
up of the electronic vibrations of the body. This is another 
way of expressing the axiom, "Conservation of energy spells 
longevity." 

After this reasoning, we are ready to take up other forms 
of vibration and explain their effects upon the sympathetic- 
vagal reflex. 



THE SYMPATHETIC-VAGAL REFLEX 

It can be deduced from what we have already said that 
every phenomenon in nature is a matter of vibration. Light, 
color, sound, electricity, and radioactive energy are forms of 
vibration, and the rate and mode of vibration differentiate 
them from each other. 

The effect of light is seen in all forms of vegetable and 
animal life. 

Colors also produce a far-reaching effect upon the develop- 
ment of all •forms of life. Scientists have demonstrated the 
profound effect of color. It has been shown that bacilli, when 
exposed to the ultra-violet rays, are changed into a different 
species, and the revised or new bacilli when injected into 
animals develop an entirely new disease. It has also been 
found that intense rays from the ultra-violet region of the 
spectrum, when radiated from a quartz, mercury-vapor lamp, 
will coagulate Qgg albumen and solutions of serum proteins. 

The effect of sound upon the sympathetic system has 
been well shown by its influence on insects, birds, fish, ani- 
mals and people. 

The effects of other forms of energy have not been so 
well known, but they have recently been shown in the change 
of vegetable and animal development, when under certain 
forms of high frequencies. 

We know that the ear responds to sound waves and the 
eyes to light and color waves. It can be shown that other 
organs in the body respond to waves produced by light, color, 
sound, and other forms of vibration ; and from this we may 
infer that every organ in the body responds to every form 
of energy. 

12 



In the body we have a nervous organism which might be 
likened to a telephone system, of which the brain is the central 
office and the ganglia the substations. This nervous system 
is the most accurate index of external energy. The internal 
organs are controlled by the sympathetic and vagus nerves. 
Any stimulation of the vagus produces what is termed "vagal 
tone," and with a change in "vagal tone" there is a change in 
the tension of the viscera. That the tension of the viscera 
changes under external energy, we can prove by means of 
various mechanical devices. 

It can be proved that the magnetic meridian ; energy from 
a magnet ; human energy ; and light, color, and sound waves, 
will all produce a change in the tonicity or tension of the 
viscera. This change in tonicity we call the Sympathetic- 
Vagal Reflex. 

This change in tonicity or tension of the viscera can be 
demonstrated by means of the organotonometer, cardiograph- 
kymograph, plethysmograph, stethoscope, psychophanometer, 
psychophanograph, sphygmomanometer, and by air-column 
percussion. The technic for demonstrating the sympathetic- 
vagal reflex has been thoroly worked out. 

As the sympathetic-vagal tone of the body is changed, 
so is the tension of the vascular system changed in propor- 
tion to the susceptibility of the subject and the energy given 
off. This can be shown by various tests, but before we can 
explain our technic we must briefly consider magnetics as 
well as a few other physical phenomena. 



13 



MAGNETICS 

We cannot all be megneticians, but we should know some- 
thing regarding magnets when studying biodynamics, either 
in diagnosis or therapeutics. 

Sir William Gilbert in 1600 published in his book entitled 
"De Magnete" his theory regarding magnetism. He con- 
sidered the globe of the earth a great magnet with the positive 
magnetic pole of the earth for its south geographical pole and 
its negative magnetic pole as its north geographical pole. 

The law of magnetic action is that like poles repel, while 
unlike poles attract each other. Therefore the north-seeking 
pole of a magnetic needle must be the positive pole, while 
the south-seeking pole must be the negative pole. 

Among the synonymous terms given in the new Standard 
Dictionary for the poles of a magnetic needle are, north pole, 
north-seeking pole, or positive pole ; south pole, south-seeking 
pole, or negative pole. 

According to the molecular theory of magnetism, every 
molecule or elementary part of a bar of iron or steel is natur- 
ally a magnet, and to magnetize it we need only to line up 
more or less perfectly the little elementary magnets. 

If a rod of soft, Norway iron be held parallel with a freely 
moving magnetic needle and gently tapped a few times, it 
will have polarity the same as the magnetic needle ; but the 
iron being soft, the magnetic retentivity will be short. If a 
piece of hard steel be held parallel with the magnetic needle, 
it will have to be hit a great many times before it will show 
polarity ; but once it has become polarized, its magnetic reten- 
tivity is very lasting. 

The regular way of making a permanent magnet is to 
take a piece of hardened steel and place it within a solenoid, 
(that is, within a hollow core surrounded by more or less turns 
of insulated conducting wire) and pass a galvanic current 
thru the coil. The end of the bar that is placed toward the 
positive end of the core will be the north-seeking pole, and 
the opposite end will be the south-seeking pole. 

Another method of making a magnet is by means of 
friction. For this purpose we use a large bar magnet and rub 
the south or negative end of the small diagnosing magnet, 

14 



in a uniformly outward curved direction, with the north or 
positive pole of the large bar magnet. 

The north-seeking pole of a bar magnet stroked on the 
south-seeking pole of another bar will make the end that is 
stroked the south-seeking pole. In other words, stroking a 
piece of steel with a bar magnet, gives to the end of the steel 
that is stroked an opposite polarity to that which is used in 
stroking it. Do not rub a large bar magnet back and forth 
on the steel bar, but stroke it in one direction, and let that 
be from about the middle of the bar outward to the end which 
you are magnetizing. In this manner the wmole bar is mag- 
netized, and if one be particular they can always be sure 
that the small bar magnet is properly polarized. To prove 
that this bar magnet is correct, always test it with the mag- 
netic needle. 

Large magnets should be bonded and kept a long distance 
from the room in which you diagnose and preferably on the 
floor. Small magnets should be kept on the floor where this 
work is done, as the human organism is so sensitive to mag- 
netic energy. 

For diagnostic work a large bar magnet is not required, 
but is used only for magnetizing the small, diagnosing bar 
magnets, if one does not have a solenoid. 

Any magnet for the purpose of diagnosis should be 
standardized by finding out how near it must approach a com- 
pass needle to deflect it. This distance is about the distance 
it should be from the subject or patient being tested. A mag- 
net causing a deflection of the magnetic needle at about six 
inches is correct for this work. Always try any magnet to 
s.ee which is the north-seeking end. Do this by means of a 
compass needle. This is very important as some bar magnets 
are wrongly marked. 

Remember that like poles repel and unlike poles attract 
each other, so the north-seeking or positive pole of the bar 
magnet will repel the north-seeking pole of the magnetic 
needle, but will attract the south-seeking or negative pole. 

The practical way of measuring magnetic intensity is by 
means of a magnetometer. The simplest form is a magnetic 
needle, with a meter measure, pointing at right angles to the 

15 



magnetic meridian. By means of the magnetometer we can 
measure the relative strength of a magnet. 

Each magnet is accompanied by its own magnetic field. 

Magnetic induction may be defined as the production of 
magnetism in a body by placing it within a magnetic field. 

Another law in magnetics that we should remember is that 
magnetic lines of force run side by side and do not cross each 
other. 

Altho physicists have agreed that magnetism has no 
effect upon the human body, we can prove that it has, accord- 
ing to the sympathetic-vagal reflex. 

For ages magneto-therapy has been practiced empirically, 
and those who have practiced it have been considered as 
unscientific. Investigators have found that the living body 
is influenced by magnetic energy from a magnet- We are now 
able to prove that a living body is also influenced by the 
earth's magnetic field. 

We have made another very singular discovery, and that 
is that an a*nemic person does not give as decided a reaction 
to magnetic energy as a plethoric individual. Whether this 
be owing to the fact that there is less iron in the system, we 
do not know. 

Because of the supposed effect of magnetism upon the 
living organism, various appliances containing magnets have 
been made for a person to wear. We have proved by means 
of the sympathetic-vagal reflex that this is a wrong procedure, 
as this reflex will become dissipated after a certain length of 
time, no matter what energy is used. 

Over-stimulation produces relaxation, and constant stim- 
ulation from magnets, or any other source, loses its stimulat- 
ing effect if too prolonged. 

Stimulating energy must be intermittent. Animal instinct 
seems to demonstrate this fact. 



16 



POLARITY 

The north-seeking pole of a bar magnet gives off positive 
energy while the south-seeking pole gives off negative energy. 

(NiP— North is Positive. SiN=South is Negative.) 

Every form of energy seems to possess polarity. For 
example, non-actinic light appears to have a similar effect 
upon the body as negative electricity, while actinic light 
seems to exert the influence of the positive pole. 

To ascertain the polarity of any energy or substance, we 
use a small bar magnet. If the energy we are differentiating 
be positive energy, it will be neutralized by the negative or 
south-seeking pole of the bar magnet. If it be negative energy, 
the negative pole will augment the energy or leave it un- 
changed. (Opposite poles neutralize each other while like 
poles do not.) If the energy be neutral, both poles of the 
bar magnet will dissipate it. If the energy be isopolar, each 
pole will augment it or leave it unchanged. 

By ascertaining the polarity of the energy coming from 
a painful site, we can tell whether pus be present or not. 
Appendicular disease, an ulcerated tooth, or pus in the differ- 
ent sinuses of the head, can be quickly and accurately diag- 
nosed by this method. A painful area without pus gives a dif- 
ferent form of energy than that containing pus. 

Polarity of Metals 

In working with an extremely sensitive d'Arsonval gal- 
vanometer, we have found that brass, copper, iron, and nearly 
all other metals, when influenced by human energy, turn the 
indicating mirror in the same direction as glass rubbed with 
silk, which is considered to be electrically positive. We also 
made the discovery that aluminum in contact with, or in close 
proximity to the body, deflects the mirror in an opposite 
direction the same as ebonite rubbed with cat's fur, which is 
considered to be electrically negative. 

In working with different metals, we also found that 
nickel, whether solid or plated on some non-magnetic material, 
exerts an influence over the magnetoscope, sometimes at- 
tracting the north and south-seeking poles and at other times 

17 



repelling them. It will also at times repel one pole and attract 
the other. In other words, nickel is an unstable, para-mag- 
netic metal. 

We give these facts to emphasize the importance of being 
exact in this new line of work. We spent a long time in 
working out data with nickel-plated energy terminals, only 
to find that the work had to be all done over because of the 
instability of the findings with nickel. We have also spent 
much time experimenting in diagnosing diseases without real- 
izing the importance of standardizing the power of the mag- 
netic energy employed. 

The very fact that the sensitive galvanometer is deflected 
by copper or brass in an opposite way than by aluminum, 
shows how important it is that we should use one kind of 
metal for energy-conductor terminals in all this work. For 
many reasons we have found that aluminum is the best. 

We have also found that the magnetic flux given off to 
the body directly, without passing it thru any other metal, 
does not seem to give as uniform results in differential diag- 
nosis as wlfen it is screened thru aluminum. It is for that 
reason that we are now encasing all our pole-differentiating 
magnets in a closed aluminum shell. 



18 



THE MAGNETIC MERIDIAN 

Physicists have agreed that the lines of force from the 
north-seeking pole of a bar magnet tend to move along a line 
of force, leave the north-seeking pole and enter the south- 
seeking pole, and that these lines are in a continuous circle 
thru the body of the magnet as well as the outside of it. 

The Magnetic Meridian, according to this theory, is an 
imaginary line of positive energy, passing from the south 
geographical pole over the earth to the north geographical 
pole, and then thru the earth as negative energy to the south 
again ; and the lines of energy from a magnetic needle are 
passing in the opposite direction. 

Effects of the Magnetic Meridian 

A compass needle points north and south, and the north- 
seeking pole is drawn in its definite direction by some unseen 
energy. We have made the discovery that this same energy 
will also change the tonicity, or tension, of the organs of the 
body, if a certain technic be followed. (We consider the 
heart and blood vessels together as an organ.) 

About thirty-five years ago, while watching racing pigeons 
when they were liberated, we noticed that they went straight 
up in the air, made several turns, and then each lot of pigeons 
would go to their respective homes, even tho they were many 
miles away. Ever since then we have been seeking a solution 
for this. We noticed that if a pigeon were sick with certain 
ailments, it lost its power of orientation. We later learned 
that such birds were affected with what appears to have 
been avian tuberculosis. 

We have found that insects and birds take a definite 
geographical direction when going home, and birds do not 
deviate from this direction for miles and miles of flight. When 
this is done in the dark, it cannot be the eyes that guide them. 
Their ears are not sensitive enuf to show them the way; 
their sense of smell is limited. What guides them? We have 
asked this innumerable times, but have never received a satis- 
factory answer. 

From our observations and experiments we are inclined 
to believe that it is the magnetic fields of the earth. That is, 

19 



the magnetic meridian has more or less of an effect upon the 
sympathetic system of all insects, birds and animals in a 
similar manner as it has upon the magnetic needle, by which 
they are able to orientate themselves, when all other senses 
are out of use. 

We have experimented with some individuals whom we 
could blind-fold and turn about on a pedestal, and they could 
tell in what direction they were facing. Some blind people 
have this faculty. We might say that it is the "natural in- 
stinct," but like so manv so-called "instincts" it has been 
stunted by modern "civilization." It is well known that abo- 
rigines had a greater faculty for orientation than their "cul- 
tivated" descendants. 

The Biological Survey have published in one of their 
reports the fact that the golden plover makes the longest, con- 
tinuous bird flight on record. This little bird nests in the 
Arctic and at the end of the summer follows the coast south 
as far as Nova Scotia. There the coast line takes a jog to 
the west, and the plover puts out boldly to sea and does not 
stop in many cases until he has reached the balmy shores of 
Venzuela. This distance is about twenty-four thousand 
miles, and the flight is made every autumn.* 

This report also makes note of the fact that it would take 
a very good knowledge of the ocean currents and extremely 
good steering, with regards to astronomical observations, for 
a steamship to strike so small a mark at so great a distance, so 
we may well marvel at the "instinct" which carries these tiny 
migrators straight to their goal thru an element more mobile 
than the sea. 

The longest flight, altho not continuous, is that made 
by the Arctic tern. Twice a year he flies almost from pole to 
pole, covering an aggregate distance of twenty-two thousand 
miles. The chimney swift also makes great flights at certain 
times of the year and, altho the flocks are innumerable about 
the northern coast of the Gulf of Mexico, yet they disappear 
in a night and no one yet knows where their hiding place is 
during an intervening five months before they re-appear. 



*In making this tremendous flight, the plover reduces its body weight only about two ounces. 
The most efficient 1000-pound aeroplane consumes in a twenty-mile flight one gallon of gasoline. 
Figuring combustion in proportion to weight and distance, the plover consumes only one-eighth 
as much carbon as the latest model aeroplane. 

20 



That the magnetic meridian has an effect upon animal life 
other than the sympathetic-vagal reflex, there can be no doubt. 
Just what that effect is we do not know except from its man- 
ifestations. Years ago we were told by a stock raiser that 
he had noticed that cattle standing in a stable so they were 
facing in the magnetic meridian did better than those stand- 
ing at right angles to it. Just why this was he did not know, 
but said he was going to build all his stables in the future, 
so the cattle would face in the magnetic meridian, that is, 
north or south. 

For years we have at various times demonstrated to dif- 
ferent individuals, some of them professional men, some of the 
effects of the magnetic meridian upon the human organism. 
We have often empirically advised anemic persons to sleep 
parallel with the magnetic meridian. In the majority of in- 
stances the people were benefited by the change. Whether 
this were all psychic or not, we did not know at the time. 
Later we began changing the cribs of infants, that were not 
doing well, so that they lay parallel with the magnetic merid- 
ian. Almost invariably the infants have done better with the 
change. Of course this could not have been psychic. 

Unquestionably the magnetic meridian has a far-reaching 
effect upon life; and that it has a different effect upon a well 
individual than upon one that is not, we are able to demon- 
strate in very many ways. When we consider that life is a 
manifestation of "vital force" and "vital force" is a rate or 
mode of vibration, then we can readily understand why the 
magnetic meridian, which is in itself a rate or mode of vibra- 
tion, must have a different effect upon one with a normal elec- 
tronic vibration than it would have upon one with an abnormal 
electronic vibration. 

That you may know how we interpret the effects of 
energy upon the human organism, it will be necessary for us 
to briefly discuss air column vibration. 



21 



AIR COLUMN VIBRATION 

A column of air in vibration changes its pitch in direct 
ratio with its length, or tension of its limiting ends. For 
example, the pitch of a violin string varies directly with its 
tension. In this instance the string is one end of a vibrating 
column while the belly of the violin is the other end. If a 
tambour be vibrated over a solid table top, the pitch will vary 
in a direct ratio with its proximity to this table top. On these 
two principles of air-column vibration is based the construc- 
tion of all musical, or tone producing instruments. Even the 
voice is a modification of the same principle. 

The Organotonometer, such as we have devised, is a tam- 
bour three inches in diameter and attached to a wooden 
Jjandle. It is really a wide, specially constructed pleximeter. 
As it is vibrated over the body when it is held in a definite 
relation to the body, its tone will raise or lower in direct ratio 
to the tension of the body, either of the skin or its underlying 
tissues. 

Most of the other devices mentioned as being used for 
demonstrating the sympathetic-vagal reflex, are described in 
standard textbooks. The psychophanometer and the psycho- 
phanograph are modified sphygmomanometers. The plethys- 
mograph is a device for demonstrating the change in the 
amount of blood in the extremities. As to the stethoscope, 
there are very many different styles and modifications, and 
some are especially adapted for this work. Various other in- 
struments are now being devised for demonstrating, in an 
entirely objective manner, the effects of energy in eliciting the 
sympathetic-vagal reflex. 



22 



AIR-COLUMN PERCUSSION 

This original form of percussion we have neologized "air- 
column percussion," because it is percussion thru a column of 
air. (The old style percussion means the laying of a plexi- 
meter on the skin of the person percussed and striking the 
pleximeter with a plexor.) The pleximeter or plexor can be 
either the fingers or some mechanical device. 

The Thimble 

In our air-column percussion, we utilize as the pleximeter, 
any of the fingers of the left hand, when very firmly hyper- 
extended ; and for the plexor we use the index finger of the 
right hand, having on it a loaded celluloid thimble. This 
thimble is smoothed at the end and is filled half-full of melted 
beeswax, which is mixed with dust shot. When it begins to 
cool, the finger is placed into the thimble, in a sliding man- 
ner, and left there for the wax to cool around the finger end. 
In this way there is no air space left between the loading 
material and the finger. 

How We Percuss 

For demonstrating the elicitation of the sympathetic-vagal 
reflex, we hold the fingers horizontally just far enuf away 
from the body so that we feel the lanugo hairs. The finger 
can be farther away as long as it is kept at a uniform distance 
from the body. 

We strike the pleximeter finger with the thimbled, plexor 
finger with a firm, staccato stroke, striking the pleximeter 
finger squarely between the middle and distal joints. By this 
method of percussion, organs can be mapped out and different 
conditions in the body diagnosed in a way that is impossible 
by the old method of percussion. 

With the old method of percussion, the tension of the skin 
is changed by the pressure of the pleximeter. This immedi- 
ately alters the normal tone. 

By careful practice, one can map out the viscera in a 
very obese person, as well as in a very thin person, with the 
air-column method of percussion. For demonstrating the 

23 



elicitation of the sympathetic-vagal reflex, this is the only 
method of percussion that is at all reliable. All this technic 
has to be taught personally as it cannot be learned from read- 
ing. 



THE "PRACTICE DRUM" 

For ascertaining just what physical change takes place 
in the viscera during sympathetic-vagal stimulation, an alum- 
inum drum-like device has been constructed, with which we 
can mechanically produce changes similar to those we get 
from the organs in the body. This device we call a "practice 
drum." It is also used for cultivating the ear and to aid in 
giving the proper finger tension and stroke in air-column 
percussion. 

The drum head is made of a specially prepared vellum 
material fastened on air-tight. The tension in the drum may 
be changed by suction or propulsion of air from the mouth 
thru a tube attached to a nipple in the side of the drum. 
When the fension of air in this drum is changed, there will 
be a change in the percussion note, when using air-column 
percussion over this drum head. A similar change in note, 
from air-column percussion, over any viscera during sympa- 
thetic-vagal stimulation, seems to prove that this stimulation 
changes the tension in the viscera. 

In practicing, one should first begin with the pleximeter 
finger about half an inch distant from the drum head, and 
gradually lift it above the drum head until differentiating 
notes can be distinguished when the finger is three or more 
inches away. 

While we are practicing, we hold the mouthpiece in our 
mouth and change the tension within the drum in order to 
cultivate the ear to the various shades of tone. 

The Practice Drum as a means of demonstrating the elicita- 
tion of the Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex. 

The following experiment is another method of demon- 
strating the elicitation of the sympathetic-vagal reflex. It is 
based on the fact that with a change in capillary tension the 
area in the oral cavity changes. 

24 



The above described aluminum drum is air-tight with the 
exception of the tube that is attached to the side of the drum. 

Have a healthy individual hold this tube in his mouth 
while grounded, in a subdued light, and facing east or west. 
Have him hold his breath and not move any of the muscles 
in the mouth or pharynx as he turns to face in the magnetic 
meridian. 

The closed aluminum drum, being in direct air communi- 
cation with the oral cavity, will have a change in its internal 
pressure to correspond with that in the oral cavity. During 
the elicitation of the sympathetic-vagal reflex this tension in 
the oral cavity is increased and the cavity is made smaller. 
Therefore the tension in the drum is increased. This can be 
demonstrated by a rise of pitch of a column of air vibrated over 
it just as the individual faces in the magnetic meridian. 

Another method of using this aluminum drum for the de- 
monstration of the elicitation of the sympathetic-vagal reflex, 
is to attach the tube from the drum to a nipple blown thru the 
side of a bell jar- Any change of air tension in this bell jar 
will be communicated to the air within the drum. 

Place a healthy individual in a subdued light, grounded 
and facing east or west, with the bell jar fitted air-tight over 
some part of the body. As the tension of the skin at one end 
of the bell jar changes, so will the air within the bell jar and 
within the aluminum drum change. As soon as the individual 
has turned to face in the magnetic meridian, there will be a 
change in the tension of the air within the drum, which can 
be demonstrated by vibrating a column of air over the head of 
same. 

Grounding the Individual 

In eliciting the sympathetic-vagal reflex by means of the 
magnetic meridian, it is very important that the person is in 
static equilibrium or, in other words, is grounded. 

If energy other than the magnetic meridian be employed, 
it is not so essential that the person be grounded; but to 
achieve uniform results in all this work, it is best that the 
person be always grounded while eliciting the sympathetic- 
vagal reflex. 

25 




We are all familiar with the phenomenon experienced, 
especially in a cold, dry climate, when we walk across a car- 
pet and put our finger in contact with metal. We know that 
there is a static discharge. No static discharge could emanate 
from a person if they were in static equilibrium. 

If a person is not in static equilibrium, he is under a 
certain tension, and this tension interferes with the magnetic- 
meridian-sympathetic-vagal reflex. It is for that reason that 
the person being tested must be grounded. If the person be- 
ing tested be standing on the bare ground with bare feet, or 
if the test be made in very damp weather at a place of low 
level, the person will generally be in static equilibrium ; but 
to be uniform in this work, we must be exact in our technic 
and therefore we specify that the person should always be 
grounded to metal, preferably aluminum, while the tests are 
being made. 

It matters not what the conductor to the ground is. It 
can be a wire or a metal chain attached to a water-pipe, gas 
pipe, or to a piece of copper driven into the ground. 

To be uniform, we always specify that the metal that 
comes in contact with the body should be aluminum. This 
is not essential if testing but one at a time ; but when using 
two persons at the same time, one as an indicator for the other, 
it is imperative that the skin contact piece be aluminum. 



26 



ENERGY CONDUCTORS 

About seven years ago we made our first energy conduc- 
tors of wet bamboo, rattan, or willow. Later we used wet 
fiber. More recently we have employed only insulated wire 
for this work, as it is more practical and gives more uniform 
results. 

We now use an ordinary insulated battery cord with 
specially made applicators or terminals at each end. These 
terminals or applicators must be of aluminum and be so ar- 
ranged that they will not come in contact with any part of 
the substance or person being tested except the part under 
examination. 

The "patient-terminal" of the conductor is an aluminum 
rod in a special insulating handle. 

In order that the work may be more uniform and exact, 
the "subject-terminal" is a special revolving aluminum car- 
riage so designed that it will carry the aluminum encased 
diagnosing magnet. This revolving terminal, or carriage, can 
be either attached to a stand or held in the hand in such a 
way that the fingers do not point in the same direction as the 
magnet. Made in this manner, this conductor is in reality 
a pole-differentiating energy conductor. 

An ordinary camera tripod, or a high frequency tube 
holder, can be used for holding the subject-terminal of this 
conductor. 

Altho it is not necessary for a person to use so elaborate 
an outfit, yet experience so far has demonstrated the fact that 
such a subject-terminal is preferable to any other style. 

Manner of Employing the Energy Conductors 

Energy can be taken from one part of the body of the 
patient to his epigastric region (auto-excitation), or to another 
person, whom we call the subject (subject-excitation). The 
subject must be a healthy person. Both patient and subject 
must be grounded to the same kind of metal, preferably alum- 
inum. 

The polarity of any substance can be tested in this same 
manner, by laying it on a grounded aluminum plate, and sup- 
porting the patient-terminal in such a manner that it is insu- 

27 



lated from everything except the substance being examined. 
As an energy indicator for the substance examined, we use a 
healthy person. 

In all this work of energy conducting, the subject or pa- 
tient, or both, must be well grounded and face east or west 
in a subdued light. 

In taking the energy from any lesion or part of the body 
being examined, the patient-terminal must be placed over the 
site that is being diagnosed. 

To begin with, let the terminal come in contact with the 
skin. Then move it farther and farther away until the energy 
from the location fails to elicit the sympathetic-vagal reflex. 

In this manner, we are not only able to differentiate the 
polarity of the energy given off, but we are able to determine 
the activity of the pathological process. The proximity to 
which we must come to the skin in taking the energy, will 
often tell us whether the organ under examination be normal 
or not. 

In all this work we use the human body as a galvanometer. 
A properly constructed galvanometer can be used the same as 
the body, but it'is not practical for the average person to have 
an elaborate galvanometer so set that it will not be influenced 
by vibration or the earth's magnetic fields. 

Biodynamic diagnosis is not as complicated as it appears, 
but every part of the work must be carried out in an exact 
manner to achieve uniform results. 

In the place of a diagnosing magnet for differentiating 
polarity, radiant color can be employed. 

For checking up one's work, it is well to use both methods. 

Measuring the Energy 

As previously mentioned, the distance that the patient- 
terminal can be from the skin over the lesion, and still elicit 
the sympathetic-vagal reflex, is an indication of the activity of 
the diseased process, or indicates whether the organ being 
examined be normal or not. 

For example, if a tuberculous or cancerous lesion be very 
active, the patient-terminal may be from twelve to twenty-four 
inches distant from it. As the activity of the disease sub- 
sides, the terminal must be brought nearer and nearer to the 

28 



skin. In this manner we are able to gauge the progress of 
the therapeutic measures as well as judge of the activity of 
the disease. 

For measuring this energy, we use either a specially con- 
structed ohm meter, or energy-rheostat, which is simply a re- 
sistance coil ; or we can use an ordinary wooden ruler, placing 
one end of the ruler in contact with the skin and moving the 
patient-terminal on the rule, making note of just how far it is 
from the body when the energy becomes too feeble to elicit 
the sympathetic-vagal reflex. 

Our special energy measuring outfit which we use, we 
have named biodynameter, which means a measure of energy 
from the living body. 



EFFECTS OF THE MAGNETIC MERIDIAN ON THE 
SYMPATHETIC-VAGAL REFLEX 

If a healthy person be well grounded and face east or west 
in a subdued light, there will be a certain tension in his cir- 
culatory system, which is especially demonstrated. in the cap- 
illaries. This gives to the surface of the body, as well as to 
all the internal organs, a certain tension or "tone." 

If a column of air be vibrated over the surface of the body 
by means of the organotonometer, or air-column percussion, 
a certain pitch will be observed. 

If the same person be now turned to face exactly parallel 
with a freely movable magnet needle, which is another way of 
saying "facing in the magnetic meridian," his capillary tension 
will immediately change. This can be proved by the rise of 
pitch of the column of air vibrating between the organotono- 
meter and the body, or by our air-column percussion. This 
rise in pitch in a healthy individual varies from one-quarter 
to three tones, depending upon his nervous susceptibility. That 
this is a reflex, pure and simple, can be easily proved by the 
fact that within a few minutes the tension over the body, or 
in the organs, will go back to where it was when the person 
was facing east or west. This magnetic-meridian-sympa- 
thetic-vagal reflex obtains in some individuals five to ten 
minutes, while in others it is more quickly exhausted. The 

29 



amount of rise and its continuance will depend upon the sub- 
ject's physical condition as well as his sympathetic suscepti- 
bility. 

If there be no change in visceral tension in a grounded 
subject just after turning from east or west to north or south, 
we know the patient is suffering from some form of toxemia. 
By a long series of experiments we have been able to tempo- 
rarily dissipate or obliterate, the abnormal vibrations coming 
from the toxemic individual, so they would not interfere with 
the effects of the magnetic meridian upon the organism. This 
can be done with magnets, if a certain technic be employed, 
but can much better be done by means of radiant color. 

If we are able to elicit the normal magnetic-meridian- 
sympathetic-vagal reflex only by shedding a ruby light upon 
the face or chest, we then conclude the patient is suffering 
from tuberculosis or carcinoma. If the ruby light does not 
elicit this reflex, then we try shedding a blue light on his 
body. If this elicits the normal sympathetic-vagal reflex in 
the magnetic meridian, the patient may be suffering from 
auto-intoxic*ation, malarial infection, or syphilis. If neither ruby 
nor blue will elicit the normal magnetic-meridian-sympathetic- 
vagal reflex, we try other colors, for example, violet, which is 
a color produced by the combination of red and blue. If 
violet produces the normal magnetic-meridian-sympathetic- 
vagal reflex, we conclude the patient is suffering from specific 
urethritis. 

All our findings, one by one, have been proved by the 
most rigid laboratory technic. By detailed methods we think 
we are able to differentiate each one of the group toxemias. 
We think it is only a matter of time and proper technic and 
colors, when we shall be able to definitely say which one of 
any of these toxemias we are dealing with and not have to 
group them as we do now. 

These are general reactions, and tell us whether the pa- 
tient be in a normal condition or be suffering from any of the 
named toxemias. It does not matter so much where the lesion 
is located, if we know a person has the lesion, for example 
tuberculosis, as our method of treatment would be the same, 
regardless of the location. 

For definitely locating the site of different diseased con- 

30 



ditions as tuberculosis, cancer, etc., we use the special energy 
conductors already described, along with the diagnosing mag- 
nets ; or colors. 

Sympathetic- Vagal Tone and Blood Pressure 

We recently sent out over sixty letters to as many differ- 
ent physicians thruout the United States, asking them to 
make the following observations : 

Take the blood pressure, preferably by the ausculatory 
method, of healthy, normal individuals, while they are 
grounded to metal and facing at right angles to the magnetic 
meridian in a subdued light. 

Then remove the cuff from the body, turn the patient 
so as to face parallel with the magnetic meridian, that is due 
north or south, and take the blood pressure again in exactly 
the same manner as before. 

Observe if there be any difference in the findings. 

Many of these physicians had never heard of our methods, 
but from curiosity, followed out the instructions. We have 
received replies from many of them and each one, with only 
one exception, observed that there was a difference in the 
blood pressure in an individual facing parallel with the mag- 
netic meridian from that when at right angles to it. With some 
individuals the blood pressure will be higher, when they are 
facing parallel with the magnetic meridian, than when at right 
angles to it, while with others it will be lower. These findings 
coincided with ours. 

For a long time we have been trying to formulate a reason 
for the blood pressure being lower in an individual when 
facing parallel with the magnetic meridian. In 90% of the 
cases exhibiting this phenomenon we have found what is gen- 
erally termed "neurotic heart," that is, it was either intermit- 
tent or irregular. 

Energy From a Magnet 

If a grounded person stand facing at right angles to the 
magnetic meridian, that is east or west, and the energy from 
a magnet be directed toward the epigastrium, or other regions 
of the trunk, the sympathetic-vagal reflex will be elicited. 

31 



About fifty years ago a surgeon, while trying to locate a 
piece of iron in his patient's stomach by means of a magnetic 
needle, observed that the magnetic flux changed the resonance 
of that organ. 

Individuals working with powerful giant magnets have 
observed that their "face flushed," when they first came within 
the field of a powerful magnet. 

Energy From the Living Body 

Human energy, described by some as human aura, human 
atmosphere, or life emanations, will elicit the sympathetic- 
vagal reflex in persons grounded and facing at right angles to 
the magnetic meridian, if a certain technic be observed. It is 
this peculiar phenomenon of the "human atmosphere" that 
enables a person to know when another person is present, even 
tho he neither see nor hear him. 

Energy From Light Waves 

If a grounded person be in a dark room and face east or 
west, and a shaft of bright light be suddenly shed, upon his 
face or chest, the sympathetic-vagal reflex will be elicited. 

Blind persons have often noticed what they described as a 
"stimulating sensation" when a bright light was suddenly shed 
upon their body. 

Energy From Colors 

We have already cited the fact that if a healthy person, 
that is, one possessing a normal electronic Vibration, be 
grounded and face from either east or west to either north or 
south, the sympathetic-vagal reflex will be elicited. - 

If a dim, ruby light be shed upon this individual's bare 
face or epigastric region, while in this position, this magnetic- 
meridian-sympathetic-vagal reflex will be immediately dissi- 
pated, or obliterated. 

As soon as this radiant ruby light is extinguished, the re- 
flex will immediately return. 

(When using colored light for biodynamic diagnosis, care 
must be exercised that the radiations are not too bright. A 
two-candle-power light, thru the proper medium and shed on 
the bare skin, is sufficient-) 

32 



Energy From Sound Waves 

If a regular sound vibration, such as is given from a 
vibrating fork or resonator, be made near the epigastric region 
of a person grounded and facing east or west, the sympathetic- 
vagal reflex will be elicited. 

This phenomenon of "sound tone" was described many 
years ago by a scientist working with tuning forks and reso- 
nators. 

A Practical Demonstration of the Elicitation of the Sympa- 

thetic-Vagal Reflex 

Stretching and Yawning 

We all "stretch." All animals, especially warm-blooded 
animals stretch. When we say "stretch" we refer to the 
extension of muscles, as in yawning. 

Did you ever think what this does? Some tell us it is 
an involuntary act to rid the muscles of carbon dioxid gas ; 
but it appears to be a stimulation of the vagus thru the cervi- 
cal ganglia during the extension of the neck. 

The stimulating effect of stretching and yawning appears 
to be a natural method of eliciting the sympathetic-vagal reflex. 

Stretching seems to stimulate the sympathetic system, and 
for that reason many devices have been invented to stretch 
the body. Hanging by the hands from a horizontal bar, lifting 
weights by the feet, and jumping, all tend to stretch the mus- 
cles ; but voluntarily extending the neck seems to produce the 
most stimulation and is a recognized exercise for various heart 
affections. 

An Ocular Reflex 

This particular reflex is produced if the 6th and 7th cervi- 
cal vertebrae be stimulated by means of concussion, vibration, 
or other localized energy. 

It is also elicited in a healthy individual, if he be grounded 
in a subdued light and turn from facing east or west to north 
or south. 

By means of the punctumeter or the. ophthalmo-axonom- 
eter, which are instruments for testing the ocular accommo- 

33 



dation, this ocular reflex can be very readily demonstrated. 
This reflex will change the accommodation, as is shown on 
the graduated bar of these instruments, and this will vary 
according to the density of the crystalline lens and the per- 
son's sympathetic susceptibility. This change in accommoda- 
tion will vary from *4 to 3+ diopters. 

This reflex will obtain for from a minute to several min- 
utes, depending upon the subject. 

Another way of demonstrating this ocular reflex is by 
trying to read very fine type while grounded and facing east 
or west, and then repeating the procedure while facing north 
or south. Invariably a healthy individual will be able to read 
finer type while the magnetic-meridian-sympathetic-vagal re- 
flex obtains. 

Stimulation of the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae is used 
as a remedy for asthenopia when due to low vagal tone. 

An Aural Reflex 

This aural reflex is elicited in the same manner as the 
ocular reflex referred to, and obtains for about the same 
length of time. 

It is demonstrated by the fact that the listener can hear 
with greater acuteness during the elicitation of the reflex. 

Stimulation of the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae is used 
as a remedy for impaired hearing when due to low vagal tone. 

Increased Visceral Tension Demonstrated by the Organoto- 
nometer 

Another method of demonstrating the elicitation of the 
sympathetic-vagal reflex by means of the magnetic meridian, 
or any other energy, is by translating the increased tonicity of 
the viscera into audible tones by means of the Organotonom- 
eter. 

If this instrument be sounded over any portion of the 
trunk, especially over the lungs or epigastric region, while 
the individual is grounded and facing east or west, a certain 
pitch will be observed. As soon as the sympathetic-vagal 
reflex is elicited, there will be a rise in pitch, which appears 
to be caused by the increased tension in the capillaries. 

34 



Air-Column Percussion can also be employed to demon- 
strate the elicitation of the sympathetic-vagal reflex. 

There are various methods for employing air-column per- 
cussion to do this, but the most practical method, as well as 
a very reliable one, is by means of the working line and the 
reflex line. 

These lines for demonstrating the elicitation of the sym- 
pathetic-vagal reflex are obtained as follows, for any energy 
except that of the magnetic meridian : 

Ground the subject and have him face either east or west 
in a subdued light. Over the bared abdomen begin to percuss 
from the pubes upward, first on one side and then on the other, 
until the maximum degree of dulness is obtained in that par- 
ticular area. When this is found, mark with a dermatograph 
on a line with the under side of the pleximeter finger. This 
line is the Working Line. 

This working line will not always be on the same level 
on the two sides of the abdomen, but will vary according to 
the efficiency of the splanchnic area. 

Now elicit the sympathetic-vagal reflex by means of any 
artificial energy, and repeat the air-column percussion ma- 
neuver, as in getting the working lines. You will find' that 
this elicitation of the reflex will be demonstrated by the fact 
that the maximum area of dulness will be from one to three 
fingers' breadth lower than the working line. Mark with your 
dermatograph on the abdomen on the under side of your 
pleximeter finger. This line is the Reflex Line. 

If the energy that you are using does not elicit this re- 
flex, there will be no reflex line, as the maximum area of dul- 
ness will not have changed from the working line. 

In using this air-column percussion over the body, be 
sure the pleximeter finger does not touch the skin, but is held 
so it just touches the lanugo hairs, or a little farther away, 
but at a uniform distance from the skin. If the skin be moist, 
dusting it over with talcum powder will facilitate the work. 

In employing air-column percussion to demonstrate the 
elicitation of the magnetic-meridian-sympathetic-vagal reflex, 

proceed as follows : 

With your subject grounded, use the same technic as 

35 



above described in getting the working line. Then turn the 
subject to face north or south and proceed as above described 
for obtaining the reflex lines. 

If the reflex lines can be obtained, it proves that your 
subject has a normal electronic vibration, that is, has no 
toxemia. If you cannot obtain the reflex lines, it shows that 
your subject has some form of toxemia, or has an abnormal 
electronic vibration. To ascertain the character of the toxe- 
mia affecting the subject, use a dim, radiant color. The color 
that elicits the reflex indicates the form of toxemia causing 
the abnormal condition. 



36 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS 

The following are some of our observations in eliciting 
and demonstrating the sympathetic-vagal reflex : 

1. Magnets, if in or anywhere near the room in which 
the biodynamic diagnosis is being made, should be on the floor 
when they are not in actual use for differentiating polarity. 

2. No magnet possessing power to deflect the magnetic 
needle more than eight inches distant, should be used for this 
work.. 

3. A magnet that will deflect a magnetic needle about 
six inches distant, if pointing due east or west, is the proper 
one to use for differentiating polarity. This magnet should 
be enclosed in an aluminum shell and be supported on a stand 
and not held in the hand. 

4. Odors from cigars, pipes, cigarettes, or the odor of 
anything nauseating, will often inhibit or change the sym- 
pathetic-vagal reflex. Air overcharged with carbon dioxid gas 
will have the same effect- 

5. Any odor of chloroform, ether, or other anesthetizing 
vapor in the room will inhibit or change the sympathetic- 
vagal reflex. 

6. There should be only enuf light in the room to 
enable the operator to see the lines marked on the patient's 
body. 

7. The patient or subject, upon whom the biodynamic 
tests are made, should not extend the neck during the exami- 
nation, but should look straight ahead, as looking up at the 
ceiling will elicit the sympathetic-vagal reflex. 

8. No harsh words, or sudden movements to frighten or 
disturb the patient being tested, should be allowed in the 
examination room. 

9. If the person to be tested has just come in from the 
bright sunlight, have him sit facing east or west for several 
minutes before making the test. 

10. If possible, have the subject's bowels well cleared 
before making the tests. This is especially important if the 
blue light be required to elicit the magnetic-meridian-sympa- 
thetic-vagal reflex. 

37 



11. Any energy that will elicit the sympathetic-vagal 
reflex, will hold that reflex for only a certain period, the dur- 
ation depending upon the individual. This seems to prove 
that the sympathetic nervous organism causing this reflex 
becomes fatigued and must have a rest the same as voluntary 
muscles. 

12. The sympathetic-vagal reflex seems to be a change 
in the condition of the organs, which may be caused by a 
change in the musculature of the organs themselves, or of 
the blood vessels supplying these organs. 

13. The magnetic meridian and radiant colors are among 
the most reliable agencies for differentiating abnormal con- 
ditions in the body. 

14. In making biodynamic tests, every detail as regards 
technic must be rigidly enforced, as we are dealing with a 
nervous mechanism that is more sensitive than any instru- 
ments made by human hands. 

15. Energy possessing only positive polarity is dissipated 
by radiant ruby light. 

16. Energy possessing only negative polarity is dissi- 
pated by radiant blue light. 

17. This seems to prove that ruby or non-actinic rays 
of light have a similar effect upon the sympathetic-vagal re- 
flex as negative energy, or as negative electricity. It is well 
known that the rays of light toward the red end of the spec- 
trum are stimulating. It is also well known that negative 
electricity is stimulating. 

18. The fact that blue or actinic rays act on this reflex 
similar to positive energy, or positive electricity, seems to 
prove that they are in some way related. 

19. It is well known that the colors toward the blue end 
of the spectrum are sedative in their action. It is also well 
known that positive electricity is sedative in its action. 

20. There are many other reactions whereby we can 
prove that colors give off polar energy. A very remarkable 
one is that which has already been cited, that is, that ruby 
light dissipates the effect of the magnetic meridian upon a 
healthy individual. Magnetic energy from the south-seeking 
or negative pole of a magnet, if a certain technic be employed, 

38 



will do likewise ; while the positive end of the bar magnet 
will have no such effect. The fact that the energy from the 
magnetic meridian, as it passes over the earth, is positive in 
character, seems to give us a reason for this very remarkable 
phenomenon. 

21. Energy that can be dissipated by the negative end 
of a bar magnet can also be dissipated by the ruby light, while 
energy that can be dissipated by the positive end oi the bar 
magnet can be dissipated by blue light. 

22. The fact that some energies are complex seems to be 
the logical reason why various colors which will dissipate 
various complex energies, are made by the combination of two 
or more colors. 

This will give you some idea of the manner in which we 
use colors for differentiating general toxemias and definite dis- 
eased areas, as well as for obtaining the sympathetic-vagal 
reflex, when the patient is grounded and facing in the mag- 
netic meridian. 

The superiority of our Biodynamic Method of Diagnosis 
over all others is 

1. That it tells us at once whether our patients have any 
toxemia or not, because if the magnetic meridian elicit the 
normal sympathetic-vagal reflex in the individuals, we know 
they are not suffering from any intoxication, that is, we know 
they possess a normal electronic vibration. 

2. That the disease can be detected earlier than by any 
other known method. In fact the effect of the magnetic merid- 
ian upon the individual's organism is immediately obliterated 
at the very inception of a toxemia, that is, as soon as there is 
an abnormal electronic vibration. 

3. That the system is simple and can be carried out by 
any intelligent physician in his office without any very great 
outlay for paraphernalia. 

4. It makes the practicing physician independent of any 
outside laboratory for making his diagnosis. 

5. As the diagnosis can be made at once, without the 
delay of an outside laboratory man's report, proper treatment 
can be immediately inaugurated. 

6. This method of diagnosis not only aids us in the diag- 
nosis, but maps out the course of therapeutic procedure. 

39 



SUMMARY 

1. Nature seems to be only another name for a "store- 
house of physical phenomena." 

2. Physical phenomena appear to be modes or rates of 
vibration. 

3. The origin of life appears to be only the polarization 
of energy. 

4. Cellular development appears to be a phenomenon 
of polarity. 

5. As all natural phenomena appear to be but modifica- 
tions of vibrations, it follows that the differentiation of tissues, 
or species, is only a modification of polarities. 

6. Energy appears to be the manifestation of some rate 
or mode of vibration. 

7. All emotions appear to be waves of vibration tempo- 
rarily changing the individual's normal mode or rate of vibra- 
tion. 

8. In Jhe animal kingdom at least, a change in the natural 
electronic vibration is accomplished thru the sympathetic 
system. 

9. The sympathetic system is intimately related with the 
vascular system and consequently with every cell in the body. 

10. Disease, or unrest of tissue, appears to be a mani- 
festation of an abnormal electronic vibration. 

11. When progress in any form of life ceases, there is 
a slowing up of electronic vibrations (senility), and conse- 
quently the beginning of "death." 

12. Death appears to be the cessation of one form of 
electronic vibration and the beginning of another. In other 
words, it seems to be an electronic metamorphosis — "vital 
force" is changed into that of a simpler form of matter. 

13. Each rate or mode of vibration acts upon, or changes 
any other rate or mode of vibration. 

14. The magnetic meridian is a definite rate or mode of 
vibration and must consequently influence all other rates or 
modes of vibration, be they animate or inanimate. 

15. All energy to be stimulating must be intermittent. 

40 



16. Energy of any kind, if unvaried and constant, acts 
as an irritant upon the sympathetic system. 

17. If any abnormal energy emanating from the body be 
changed to normal, even temporarily, the individual is ben- 
efited. 

18. An individual can do more and better work by oc- 
casionally changing his position with regard to the magnetic 
meridian. 

19. The cosmic effect of all the internal vibrations in 
the body are manifested at the surface of the body in what 
might be called a "human atmosphere." This human atmos- 
phere, or surface vibration, is transmissible from one person 
to another and, under certain conditions, can be transmitted 
thru conductors from one person to another. 

20. All true remedial agencies must have for the ultimate 
aim the equalizing of an abnormal electronic vibration. 

21. All repair must be made thru the vascular system. 

22. The vascular system can be influenced best thru the 
sympathetic system. 

23. Any agency that acts best on the sympathetic and 
vascular systems most promptly stabilizes metabolism and 
consequently augments nutrition. 



41 



VEGETABLE ELECTROLOGY 

We have recently made many experiments with fruits and 
vegetables, as well as with eggs and poultry, to study polarity 
by means of the sympathetic-vagal reflex. Our technic was 
as follows : 

We placed the substance to be examined on a grounded 
aluminum plate, and had the subject stand facing east or west, 
grounded to aluminum. The examining, or patient-terminal, 
was aluminum and rested on a pasteboard box so the end of 
the terminal would come only in contact with the portion 
of the substance being examined. The subject-terminal of the 
energy conductor was six inches distant from the subject, op- 
posite the epigastrium and held by a wooden arm. The light 
in the room where the examinations were made was extremely 
dim so we could just see the penciled lines on the abdomen 
of the subject. 

The magnet used for making the findings was encased in 
an aluminum shell and had a deflecting force of about six 
inches. (In doing accurate work, the subject-terminal of the 
energy conductor should always be the same distance from 
the subject, and that distance should be about six inches. If 
it is less than six inches, the magnet should have a correspond- 
ingly less deflecting power.) 

The following were our findings : 

A fig leaf just picked from the tree gave from its stein 
and large veins negative energy. Between the stems and 
veins, it gave positive energy. 

Fresh roots of vegetables just pulled from the ground 
gave negative energy. 

The stem end of fresh oranges, lemons or apples gave 
negative energy, the core of the fruit gave negative energy, 
while the edible portion of the fruit gave positive energy. 
The rind or protecting part, gave neutral energy. 

Duck eggs, that we have reason to believe were fertile, 
gave from the poles iso-polar energy. 

Hens' eggs that had been set on four days gave in some 
instances no energy, while others gave positive energy, and 
some gave negative energy. Those giving no energy were not 

42- 



fertile. The chick from one egg giving positive energy we 
were able to mark and watch develop. It proved to be a pullet. 

We do not know what sex is indicated by the different 
polarities, as we have not had time to work this out. It re- 
quires a great deal of work to incubate one egg in a separate 
compartment and mark the chick hatched to determine its 
gender. Our experiments are simply to show that there is a 
difference in polarity in eggs, and it must mean something. 

The difference in polarity of fruit and vegetables has a 
very far-reaching significance, because fruit that was decayed 
around the stem gave positive energy from the decayed site. 
An orange with a decayed spot on one side, gave from that 
spot positive energy, but from the side that was sound, it gave 
neutral energy. 

Our experiments seem to show that by means of the sym- 
pathetic-vagal reflex we have as accurate a method of differ- 
entiating polarities as by means of an extremely delicate gal- 
vanometer. 

Our findings seem to show that everything that grows 
in the earth is negatively charged from the roots to the sap 
and by means of the sap to the leaf, while the foliage between 
the veins is positively charged. 

Fruits seem to receive their electricity or "vital force" in 
the same manner. For example, the apple is negative from 
the stalk to and including the core, while the edible portion is 
positive. The outside rind or conserver of the fruit's energy, 
is an insulating material and gives off neutral energy. 

A fact to be well noticed is that that part of the plant 
which is negatively charged is the part that is usually em- 
ployed medicinally. If the negatively charged part of the 
fruit be used as food, it is usually cooked. Vegetable poisons, 
as a rule, are extracted from the negatively charged part of 
the plant. A strong infusion of tea, as well as a solution of 
tobacco, gives off negative energy. 

It is noteworthy that the stems and the leaves of fruit 
as well as the veins of same, and roots of plants give off 
negative energy. Arterial blood also gives off negative energy. 
Normal ovaries and testicles (the generative organs) give off 
negative energy. 

43 



It is also interesting to observe that the portion between 
the stems and veins of leaves, and the edible portion of the 
fruit, give off positive energy, which is the same energy as 
that given from venous blood. 

From these findings it seems as tho generation were 
electrically negative while degeneration were electrically pos- 
itive. 

Our findings go to show that any dead material gives off 
energy the same as the atmosphere in which it is placed, but 
that decaying material, where the process is going on, gives 
off positive energy. A dead substance in vitiated air gives off 
a different energy than if it be saturated with pure air. This 
gives us another scientific reason for living as much as possi- 
ble in fresh, non-polluted air. 

Tobacco smoke changes the polarity in a room in the 
same manner that carbon dioxid gas does. 

All our experiments tend to prove, in a scientific manner, 
that oxygen vapor, when properly generated and inhaled, is a 
logical method of rectifying metabolism, thereby enhancing 
nutrition. 



44 



ABBREVIATIONS 



The following 


abbreviations will be of service in making 


records : 




MM 


Magnetic meridian 


FS 


facing south 


FN 


facing north 


FE 


facing east 


FW 


facing west 


VR 


sympathetic-vagal reflex 


no VR 


no sympathetic-vagal reflex 


MM VR 


magnetic-meridian-sympathetic-vagal re- 




flex 


N 


north 


S 


south 


E 


east 


W 


west 


*(+) 


positive energy from the magnet 


(-) 


negative energy from the magnet 


(+) 


neutral energy (joined signs) 


(+-) 


isopolar energy (signs not joined) 


blue 


blue light shed on body 


ruby 


ruby light shed on body 




(designate any color in same way) 


pat. 


patient 


subj. 


subject 



*In all this work, the words positive and negative refer 
only to polarity. 

*In writing the signs for positive, negative, etc., it is well 
to make a circle around them, so there can be no mistake in 
reading them. 



45 



TUBERCULOSIS 

(Summary from actual record cards) 

1* Pat. FS no VR 

2 Pat. FS, blue no VR 

3 Pat. FS, ruby . VR 

4 Pat FS, S pole (— ) directed W VR 

Energy from area in upper right lung carried 
to subject (male or female). 

5 Subj. FS VR 

6 Pat. FW Subj. FE VR 

7 Pat. FW Subj. FE, ruby to subj. or pat.....no VR 

8 Pat. FW Subj. FE, S pole (— ) to subj no VR 

9 Pat. FW subj. FE, N pole (+) to subj VR 

Diagnosis is T.B. Localized energy positive (+)• 
Ruby MM VR. 

*(The numbers refer to explanations on following two 
pages.) 



46 



EXPLANATION OF RECORD CARD 

1. Shows that the patient has no MM VR. 

2. Shows that the blue light does not elicit the MM VR. 

3. Shows that the ruby light does elicit the MM VR. 

4. Shows that the S pole ( — ) directed at right angles to 
the MM about four inches distant from the patient elicits the 
MM VR. 

5. Shows that the subject had a normal MM VR. (Be 
sure that the subject used for this work is normal in this 
respect.) 

6. Shows that the energy carried from the tuberculous 
lesion from the patient facing west to the subject facing east 
elicits the VR. 

7. Shows that the ruby light shed on either subject or 
patient, when they are facing each other at right angles to the 
MM, dissipates or obliterates the lesional energy, therefore 
there is no VR. (For technical reasons we prefer to shed the 
light on the subject.) 

8. Shows that the S pole (— ) will dissipate or obliterate 
the lesional energy, if the patient and subject be facing at right 
angles to the MM. 

9- Shows that the N pole (+) does not dissipate or oblit- 
erate the lesional energy, if the patient and subject face at right 
angles to the MM. (This shows the energy from the lesion is 
positive energy. Unlike poles dissipate the energy, but like 
poles leave it unchanged or augment it.) 

It will be noticed from these findings that the same color, 
or polarity that dissipates, or obliterates, the energy from 
the lesion to the subject (7 and 8) will elicit the VR when 
the patient is facing in the MM (3 and 4). 

It will also be noticed that the S ( — ) pole of the diagnos- 
ing magnet will elicit the same change in reflex under the same 
conditions as the ruby light (3 and 4, 7 and 8). 

In the MM our findings are the same whether the person 
be standing facing either north or south. 

At right angles to the MM, our findings are the same 
whether the person be standing facing either east or west. 

47 



Our findings are the same whether the subject or patient 
be male or female. 

After making our findings as above by biodynamic re- 
actions, we have proved by the ordinary known physical signs, 
as well as by the microscope and by animal inoculation, that 
the patient suffered from tuberculosis. 

Now that we have proved this diagnosis so many times 
by other methods, we feel sure that the patient has tuberculo- 
sis when giving these biodynamic reactions, provided there 
are no indications of cancer. 

We first get our biodynamic findings and then try to cor- 
roborate them by every other means at our command. In most 
instances, it is very easy to corroborate our findings, once we 
know what to look for. 



48 



BIO-DYNAMO-CHROMATIC THERAPY 

(Treatment of Disease by means of the Life Force and Ra- 
diant Colors). 

We have mentioned the fact that if a person possess 
normal electronic vibration — is a healthy individual — the en- 
ergy from the magnetic meridian will elicit the sympathetic- 
vagal reflex in him if he be in a subdued light, grounded, and 
turn from east or west to north or south. 

If a dim ruby light be shed upon the bare skin of the face 
or trunk of such an individual, this magnetic-meridian-sym- 
pathetic-vagal reflex is immediately dissipated or obliterated. 

For this reason, if we wish to stimulate the sympathetic 
in an individual having a normal magnetic-meridian-sympa- 
thetic-vagal reflex, we use intermittent ruby light following 
the technic as given below. This temporarily dissipates the 
normal magnetic-meridian-sympathetic-vagal reflex while the 
light is on, but it immediately returns when the light is ex- 
tinguished. 

The fact has already been mentioned that if a person does 
not exhibit the magnetic-meridian-sympathetic-vagal reflex, 
he is suffering from some disease or form of intoxication. In 
other words, he has an abnormal electronic vibration. 

As far as our investigations have gone, we have found 
that this abnormal electronic vibration, so far as it is related 
to the magnetic meridian, can be temporarily made normal by 
the shedding of a dim colored light upon the bare face or 
trunk of the individual, if a certain technic be carried out. For 
example, if the patient, while grounded and in a subdued 
light and facing in the magnetic meridian, have a ruby light 
shed upon him, the magnetic-meridian-sympathetic-vagal re- 
flex will immediately be manifested if the disease be tubercu- 
losis or cancer. Other diseases call for other colors. 

Reasoning from the observations we have already given, 
it occurred to us that if a proper technic were followed and 
the radiant, indicated color were shed upon the body, it would 
act as a remedy toward neutralizing the condition, that is, 
in curing the patient. 

That this reasoning was well founded, we have proved 

49 



beyond all speculation, and we are now able to say definitely 
that intermittent light energy is of decided benefit in treating 
any disease. 

Our technic is as follows : 

We ground the individual, preferably to aluminum in 
contact with the skin. This puts the patient in static equilib- 
rium. 

We have him sit or recline facing exactly parallel with 
the magnetic meridian. 

We have the indicated color, that is, the color that will 
elicit the MM VR, be it what it may, radiate on his bare chest 
or face at intervals of about four seconds — that is, about four 
seconds on and four seconds ofT. 

This treatment we give in a dark room, for the reason 
that white light dilutes any color. 

Inasmuch as we want to improve the nutrition or, in 
other words, rectify the metabolism in any person who is sick 
or thinks he is sick, we employ oxygen-vapor inhalation at 
the same time we are giving the intermittent light treatment. 
In this way we are not only increasing the hemoglobin carry- 
ing power of the blood and rectifying metabolism, thereby 
enhancing nutrition, but at the same time we are intermit- 
tently normalizing the abnormal electronic vibration of the 
body, and doing it thru the sympathetic system. 

These treatments we give once or twice daily, each seance 
to consume from twenty to forty minutes. 

(W r e have now made over one thousand diagnoses by 
means of the magnetic-meridian-sympathetic-vagal reflex, and 
not one has been found wrong. We are receiving splendid 
reports from our pupils in every part of the United States, 
who are employing Bio-Dynamo-Chromatic Diagnosis, as well 
as Bio-Dynamo-Chromatic Therapy.) 



50 



Lecture Two is a continuation of Lecture One, taking up 
Bio-Dynamo-Chromatics in various diseases, such as Tuber- 
culosis, Diabetes, Syphilis, Auto-intoxication, Malaria, Jaun- 
dice, Gonorrhea, etc., and giving clinical cases- It also takes 
up Concussion and Vibration, Spinal Reflexology or Sympa- 
thetic- Vagal Stimulation, Spinal Column in Diagnosis, Re- 
ferred Pains, Differentiation of Pain at its site ; and Differen- 
tiation of Pus. Also a Key to the Therapeutic Application of 
Concussion and Sinusoidalization, a short discussion regarding 
the Intervertebral Foramina, Relaxation of the Lumbo-Sacro- 
Iliac region, such as relaxation of the sacro-iliac ligaments, a 
general discussion of the various forms of Physical Therapy 
and clinical cases. 

Subsequent lectures go more fully into Radiant Light and 
Its Therapeutics, Oxygen Vapor Inhalation, Splanchnoptosis 
with or without Neurasthenia, Constipation, various Skin Dis- 
eases, Pelvic Diseases of Women, Goiter, Asthma, Bronchitis, 
Neuritis, Arterio-Sclerosis, Blood Pressure, Gastric Diseases, 
Neuroses, Diseases of the Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat, Elec- 
tro-Therapy, Zonetherapy, Zone Analgesia, Zone Anesthesia, 
and many other points of interest to the general practitioner 
as well as specialist. 



51 



INDEX— LECTURE ONE 

Page 

Abbreviations used in Biodynamic Diagnosis 45 

Air Column Vibration 22 

Air Column Percussion 23 

Air Column Percussion and Demonstration of VR 35 

Air Column Percussion and Demonstrattion of MM VR - 35 

Analogy between Electrical Phenomena and Cellular Development 8 

Arctic tern ----- - - 20 

Aural reflex - 34 

Biodynamic method of diagnosis, superiority of — 39 

Biodynamic therapy 49 

Biodynamic therapy, technic of 49 

Birds, Orientation of r 19 

Blood Pressure influenced by VR - 31 

Cellular Development 7 

Chimney Swift - ■» 20 

Colors, Effect on VR 12 

Colors, Energy from i 32 

Compensation - 7 

Conductors for Energy — - 27 

Conservation of Energy 12 

Demonstration of Elicitation of VR - 13 

Demonstration of Elicitation of VR, Instruments Used 13 

Diagnosis by Biodynamics, Superiority of 39 

Drum for Percussion Practice 24 

Effects of MM 19 

Electrology, Vegetable 42 

Elicitation of VR, Practical Demonstration — - 33 

Electrical *or Magnetic Equilibrium in Health 9 

Electronic Vibration, Normal 11 

Electronic Unity 10 

Energy Conductors - - i 27 

Energy, Conservation of 12 

Energy from Colors - 32 

Energy from Light Waves 32 

Energy from Living Body — - 32 

Energy from Magnets 31 

Energy from Sound Waves — - 33 

Energy, Intermittent 16 

Energy Measure - 29 

Energy, Stimulating 16 

Explanation of Record Card for Tuberculosis , 47 

Galvanometer, Work with 18 

General Observations 37 

Golden Plover ■■ 20 

Human Energy, Effects of 13 

Life Force, Treatment of Diseases by 49 

Life Impulse 11 

Living Body, Energy from 32 

Light, Effects on SVR 12 

Light Waves 32 

Magnets 14 

Magnet, Energy from , 31 

Magnetic Equilibrium in Health 9 

Magnetic Meridian — - 19 

Magnetic Meridian Demonstrated by Air-Column Percussion 35 

Magnetic Meridjan Effect on VR 29 

Magnetic Meridian in Diagnosis and Therapeutics 7 

52 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Matter 11 

Measuring Energy 28 

Metals, Polarity of 17 

Motion, Mode or Rate of -- 11 

Natural Electronic. Vibration or Vital Force 11 

Natural Physical Phenomena, Discussion of 7 

Natural Physical Phenomena, Manifestations of 7 

Normal Electronic Vibration 1 1 

Observations, General 37 

Ocular Reflex 33 

Old Age - 12 

Organotonometer, Demonstration of 34 

Orientation of Birds 19 

Percussion, Air-Column 23 

Percussion, Method of 23 

Personality 11 

Polarity 17 

Polarity of Metals 17 

Practice Drum 24 

Record Card for Tuberculosis 46 

Reflex, Aural 34 

Reflex Line 35 

Reflex, Ocular 33 

Reflex, Sympathetic Vagal 12 

Sleep 1 1 

Sound Waves, Energy from 33 

Sound, Effects on VR 12 

Stretching and Yawning 33 

Summary 40 

Sympathetic- Vagal Reflex, Practical Demonstration of 33 

Sympathetic- Vagal Reflex Demonstrated by Air-Column Percussion 35 

Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex, Effect of Colors on 12 

Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex, Effect of Other Forms of Energy on 13 

Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex, Effect of Light on - 12 

Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex, Effect of Magnetic Meridian on 13, 29 

Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex, Effect of Sound on 12 

Sympathetic Vagal Tone and Blood Pressure 31 

Tension or Tonicity of Viscera — . 13 

Tension of Viscera, Demonstration of 34 

Therapy, Bio-Dynamo-Chromatic 49 

Thimbles for Percussion 23 

Tuberculosis, Record Card for 46 

Vegetable Electrology - — 42 

Vibration, Air-Column 22 

Vital Force 11 

Working Line 35 



53 



LECTURE TWO 



From the Fifth Edition of a 



Lecture Course to Physicians 



on 



DIAGNOSIS by means of BIODYNAMICS 
PERCUSSION from a new standpoint 
SPINAL REFLEXOLOGY in simple form 
PHYSICAL THERAPEUTICS for practical men 
PRACTICAL POINTS for 

PROGRESSIVE PHYSICIANS 
ZONETHERAPY 



By 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 

Los Angeles, California 



Copyright, 1916, by 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 

327 South Alvarado Street 

Los Angeles, California 



All rights reserved 



CONTENTS LECTURE TWO 

This Lecture is not only a continuation of Lecture One, 
which deals only with natural forces as related to Bio-dynamo- 
chromatic Diagnosis and Therapy, and Air-Column Percus- 
sion, but gives Clinical Cases which help to exemplify this new 
work. 

It also discusses 

The Diagnosis and Treatment of Tuberculosis, Cancer, 
Diabetes, Syphilis, Specific Urethritis, Jaundice, The Grip, 
Auto-Intoxication and Malaria, and gives Clinical Cases. 

Lumbosacro-iliac Malformations and Mal-conditions. 

Concussion vs. Vibration as a means of eliciting reflexes 
thru the spine. 

Intervertebral Foramina in Man. 

Differentiation of Pus. 

Differentiation of Pain at its site or its origin. 

Method of ascertaining activity or non-activity of Ovaries 
or Testicles. 

Polarity of different substances by the galvanometer and 
by Biodynamic tests. 

Names used in Spinal Therapy. 

Physical measures used in Therapy, including Electro- 
therapy, Cataphoresis, Heat, Light, Cold, Electric Light Baths, 
Hydrotherapy, Freezing. 

Electrodes used in Electro-therapy. 



INTRODUCTION 

This introduction is to be read in connection with the 
introduction to Lecture One of this series. 

This LECTURE TWO of the fifth edition of our LEC- 
TURE COURSE to PHYSICANS is not printed to be sold 
to anyone except our pupils. 

Before studying Lecture Two, the physician is supposed 
to have carefully read Lecture One and to have seen the prac- 
tical application of the work. 

No ofle can learn Air-Column Percussion, nor the technic 
of Bio-Dynamo-Chromatic Diagnosis and Therapy without 
seeing practical demonstrations. It is for that reason that the 
foundation of the work, as laid down in Lecture One, should 
be thoroly understood before proceeding further. 

The gymnastic exercises for cultivating the muscles of 
the hand for Air-Column Percussion are easily practiced and 
quickly mastered. If the physician will apply himself a few 
minutes each day, he will be surprised to see how quickly he 
can master this method of Percussion and Bio-Dynamo- 
Chromatic Diagnosis. 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 



THE MAGNETIC MERIDIAN IN DIAGNOSIS AND 
THERAPEUTICS— Continued 

Treatment of Tuberculosis 

The general hygienic measures for treating tuberculosis 
are well understood. The treatment that we wish to call at- 
tention to is that of the powerful incandescent lamp and oxy- 
gen-vapor inhalation along with intermittent radiant ruby 
light. 

The fact that ruby light shed upon the body of a person 
suffering with tuberculosis, when grounded and standing fac- 
ing in the magnetic meridian, will elicit the normal VR, gives 
us the reason for using ruby light. 

We flash these rays on the grounded subject while he is 
reclining and facing in the magnetic meridian. This stimulates 
his sympathetic-vagal reflex and is a scientific auxiliary. For 
this purpose we use a thermostat make and break device, 
which we call an Electric Bio-dynamo-chrome. The 16-candle- 
power light is intermittently radiated thru glass, gelatin, or 
celluloid of a ruby color. 

The dark-room ruby lamp can be employed if some clock- 
work arrangement be attached for intermittently blinding the 
light. 

We give the intermittent light treatment in a dark room 
in such a manner that the rays shine on the face and bared 
chest of the patient, while he is grounded and sitting or re- 
clining facing in the magnetic meridian. We also teach the 
patient how to do deep abdominal breathing. We give this 
bio-dynamo-chromatic treatment, along with oxygen-vapor in- 
halation for from thirty to forty minutes daily. 

We also instruct the patient to sleep parallel with the 
magnetic meridian and have a ground wire over the mattress 
under the lower sheet. This wire can be attached to a water 
or gas pipe or to a rod driven into the ground. This puts the 
patient in a static condition. Altho it may appear very simple, 
yet it is useful, and a harmless auxiliary. 

The 2,000-candle-power light and electric light baths are 
also very valuable adjuncts in treating tuberculosis. When 
we have determined by percussion that the patient has a cavity 
in the lungs, we are very particular to have him breathe nat- 

69 



urally for the first two or three weeks when he takes the 
oxygen-vapor inhalation treatment. For the first few treat- 
ments the patient may think he is worse. This is only a reac- 
tion and is what we look for. After about two weeks the 
patient will begin to improve and will keep on improving 
surely and steadily. 

We do not take patients for treatment for incipient tuber- 
culosis unless they agree to come daily for at least two months. 
If the case be farther advanced, we do not take them unless 
they agree to come for at least six months. 

We could fill a book with testimonials from doctors who 
are using these methods thruout the United States. We are 
firmly convinced that up to the present time there is no 
method of treatment for tuberculosis that can compare with 
the methods above outlined. 

Heliotherapy no doubt is of marked benefit in the treat- 
ment of tuberculosis, especially of the bones, but after inves- 
tigating a great many cases, we are inclined to believe that 
the 2,000-candle-power lamp, oxygen-vapor inhalation, and 
intermittent ruby light and hygienic adjuncts will do more for 
tuberculosis in any form than heliotherapy, as it is generally 
given. No doubt sun baths of any kind are good for many 
tuberculous conditions, but it is a mooted question as to 
whether it be the rays of the sun or the respiration of the skin 
that produces the beneficial results. Probably both factors 
enter into the case. Comparatively few can avail themselves 
of heliotherapy for tuberculosis, and therefore we must ap- 
proach nature in this respect as much as possible. 

Recently much is being done with the "Heraeus Quartz 
Light." From the reports we are receiving, it appears to be a 
very valuable adjunct in the treatment of tuberculosis. 

Chromotherapy in Tuberculosis 

Years ago Dr. Edwin D. Babbitt in his great work enti- 
tled, "The Principles of Light and Color," mentions a woman 
35 years of age, suffering from tuberculosis in an advanced 
stage. Both lungs were seriously involved and she had night 
sweats, and periodical chills about 11 a.m., followed by fever 
and flushing in the afternoon. This woman's history was 

70 . 



tuberculous from the beginning, and many of her immediate 
family had succumbed to the disease. 

This lady was cured by light baths. This was at a time 
when very little was known about the special, hygienic meas- 
ures in treating this malady. 

Dr. Babbitt's method was to treat the head with a blue 
color and the trunk with red and yellow, and the legs with red 
This scheme, from our present knowledge of color vibrations, 
is very remarkable. Blue is cooling to the head, and the effect 
upon the organism thru the eyes is very well known. The 
effect of the yellow and red combination, which would be sim- 
ilar to our ruby color, we have found to be very potent in the 
treatment of tuberculosis. Red is stimulating and therefore 
the plan of using it to the lower extremities is very ingenious. 

The ruby, or fotografic safety color, that we use in diag- 
nosing tuberculosis in the MM, is a non-actinic color and is 
really a combination of orange and red frequencies. The fact 
that we have recently proved that ruby color will neutralize 
energy from the living body in a manner similar to the nega- 
tive or south pole of a magnet, shows that its energy is in 
some way similar to that of the negative or south pole of a 
magnet. All workers in electro-therapeutics know that nega- 
te electricity is stimulating, while positive electricity is 
sedative. 

The following cases illustrate our methods : 

Case I. Bovine Tuberculous Abscess. 

January 27, 1915, Mrs. B., aged 50, was sent to us for ex- 
amination. Family history : Father died at the age of 48 from 
chronic diarrhea, which lasted for a year. Mother is past 80 
and in fine health. 

Personal history : Always practiced gymnastics and ath- 
letics, and was accustomed to long horse-back rides on the 
plains. Worked at teaching and stenography since she was 
18. Constipated since she was 30. Never pregnant. Men- 
struation ceased when she was 40. Was conscious of a sensi- 
tive area on the right side just below the diafram and on a 
line with the gall bladder about two years before I saw her. 
She put on hot cloths and the next day noticed a slight swell- 

71 



ing. For three months this swelling continued to grow until 
it was "as large as a base ball." When the swelling was at its 
height, her voice nearly failed, her jaws apparently set, and 
she said she tho't she was going to have lockjaw. She called 
on a surgeon who called in several other physicians. The 
swelling was lanced and about a pint of yellow pus, followed 
by a little green pus, came out. The surgeon gave no hopes, 
as he said the pus had gotten into the tissues and gangrene 
had set in. At this time she began to have a "reflex cough" 
night and day. 

As this woman has a crippled husband to support, she 
went to her work in a real estate office the next day. The 
opening continued to emit pus for about six months, when it 
healed over. Three months previous to the healing, a swell- 
ing appeared in the left sacral region, then down the right glu- 
teal region, and opened in the right gluteal fold about six 
months before I saw her. 

About January 15, 1915, pus began to collect and come out 
of the original opening. When we first saw the patient on the 
evening of January 27 , her temperature was 99. Her skin was 
covered with "silver lines'' and had fine, silver scales. She 
said she never had dropsy or any swelling of the skin to cause 
these lines. The skin was soft, notwithstanding its scaly ap- 
pearance. The peculiar appearance of the skin was caused by 
emaciation, as she had been quite fleshy. She was very weak 
and it was apparent that she was suffering from some profound 
toxemia. 

Her examination in the magnetic meridian showed a sym- 
pathetic-vagal reflex only with the ruby light, and by the 
energy conductors the typical reaction for tuberculosis could 
be taken from all the area that showed any swelling. This was 
a circle around the body about four inches wide which stood 
out something like a small life preserver. The energy over the 
openings was sufficient to elicit the reflex in a subject when 
the patient-terminal of the conductor was several inches dis- 
tant from the lesion. 

With this patient percussion of any kind was impractical, 
and we obtained the findings entirely by means of the organo- 
tonometer over the chest and scapular region. 

72 



That evening we gave her light from the 2,000-candle- 
power incandescent lamp for about one and one-half hours 
over the abdomen and back. Before she left the pus began to 
come out in large quantities from the anterior and posterior 
openings. Realizing the danger of manipulation, we took 
every precaution to not make any pressure on the skin, and 
cautioned her about it. This light we kept about twenty-four 
inches from the body, and it produced a cherry-red erythema. 

We feared to give x-ray treatment, thinking it might set 
up disastrous reactions, so resorted to the powerful light for a 
long period. 

We asked the patient to report the second night after, and 
we arranged to have several physicians present to see her. 
When she came, she reported that she had been a great deal 
worse the day after the treatment and was afraid to have the 
light used again as she could not be away from her work. We 
demonstrated to the doctors our method of diagnosis. One of 
them, a professional pathologist, made smears and we exam- 
ined them under the microscope. No micro-organisms could 
be found. He made more slides and took them to his labora- 
tory, but reported the same result. 

Three nights after we arranged to have the lady come 
again, and had several other doctors present, among whom 
were a laboratory specialist and an x-ray specialist. They all 
said they had never seen a case like this and were at a loss as 
to w r hat the conditions could be. They all agreed that there 
were no signs of tuberculosis and they would not think of that 
condition except for these findings. 

The first night of the examination, we w^rote on our diag- 
nostic card that the patient had a sub-diafragmatic, tubercu- 
lous abscess of the bovine type, situated posterior to the gall 
bladder. 

The laboratory man took a quantity of the pus, which was 
pouring from the anterior opening, and made slides as well as 
plantings on hydrocele agar and testicular agar. He also in- 
jected two c.c. into a guinea pig. 

We persuaded the patient to let us give her another treat- 
ment with the light, and she was under it from one and one- 
half hours to two hours. We advised her to begin sleeping 

73 



parallel to the magnetic meridian, have as much fresh air in 
her room as possible, and eat all the nourishing food she could. 

The following day she reported she had slept better that 
night than she had in a long time, altho the pus was flowing 
from the openings in great quantities. We cautioned her about 
being careful with this pus. 

Within a few days the radiograph specialist took some 
skiagraphs and the plates showed nothing pathological. Later 
he took some more in a different position to see if there were 
a diseased rib or other caries, but the skiagraphs showed noth- 
ing abnormal. 

We wanted to inject bismuth into the openings, but the 
patient would not consent, for fear it would keep her from her 
work. 

The laboratory man reported that the pus was sterile and 
the guinea pig was growing fat. He considered the diagnosis 
of tuberculosis must be wrong. 

None of the fifteen doctors who saw this patient would 
venture a, diagnosis, as the tissues seemed to be impregnated 
with pus from an unknown source. This abscess is what used 
to be known as a "cold abscess" as there was no special fever, 
and the pus was sterile. (The bovine type of tuberculous ab- 
scess often possesses these characteristics.) 

Under two or three weeks' treatments with the 2,000-can- 
dle-power lamp, each treatment lasting from one to two hours, 
and other methods mentioned, the patient began to improve 
in every way. For the first month of her treatment her tem- 
perature was subnormal in the morning and practically normal 
every evening. Then it went up to about 98.2 in the morning 
and 98.5 in the evening. The following October it was about 
normal both morning and evening, altho some days it showed 
.2 or .3 rise in the afternoon after a hard day's work. 

Five weeks after the guinea pig was inoculated the labora- 
tory man reported its death. The pathologist, in the presence 
of the laboratory man, opened the pig, and they found the 
peritoneum, heart, lungs, liver, spleen and kidneys macroscop- 
ically normal with no enlarged glands. The site of the inocula- 
tion was surrounded by a yellowish mass. The entire colon 
appeared to be black. The yellowish mass in the center of the 

74 



abdominal wall proved to be teeming with tubercle bacilli of 
a short, stubby variety — the bovine type. This finding clinched 
our diagnosis and shows the importance of this method in 
diagnosing tuberculosis. 

As for the treatment, it is speaking for itself. The first 
of April, 1915, the patient told us that we could never know 
how much better she was feeling, the swelling had gone down 
and not more than enuf pus to soil a cloth came from the open- 
ings in twenty-four hours. 

For about four and one-half months this patient received 
radiations from the 2,000-candle-power lamp for an hour every 
other night. Then we began oxygen-vapor inhalation without 
the treatments from the big light. This was given for over 
half an hour each night for about six weeks. During all this 
time, progress was slow but sure. We then adopted the inter- 
mittent ruby light treatment along with the oxygen-vapor in- 
halation. 

With this last form of treatment the patient has improved 
far more rapidly than she has with any other. She now has 
no cough, her bowels work perfectly, her appetite is good, she 
is strong enuf to go from the trolley and upstairs without stop- 
ping to rest, can get in and out of bath tub and take baths 
without any ill effects, is hardly ever conscious of any pain or 
soreness, and has gained about twenty pounds. All this im- 
provement has taken place while this woman worked from 
eight in the morning until five at night in an office, kept house, 
and did her own dressmaking, while coming for treatments 
nearly every evening. She has to go up and down stairs about 
two hundred times a day in the place where she works. She 
says she cannot average over six hours a night in bed. 

As she considered herself a "well woman," she stopped 
taking regular treatments after having them for about one 
year. 

Case II. Tuberculous Iridocyclitis 

About April 1, 1915, an oculist bro't a lady to us for con- 
sultation. He had diagnosed the case as syphilitic iridocy- 
clitis. We found the symptoms of iriditis very pronounced, 
with tenderness in the ciliary region and swelling of the upper 

75 



lid. The woman was about twenty-five years old and the 
mother of two healthy children. She had received a Wasser- 
mann test which was said to be "positive." We examined her 
in the magnetic meridian and found that she had no blue MM 
VR, but that she gave a decided ruby MM VR. Consequently 
we diagnosed the case as tuberculosis with involvement of the 
iris, ciliary body and choroid. 

The oculist said he did not think this diagnosis was right 
as the eye did not look like a tuberculous eye. 

The energy from the eye, by auto-excitation, was dissi- 
pated by a ruby light and w r e told the oculist that we were 
sure it was tuberculous iridocyclitis, and that the woman was 
free from syphilis. We told him we had found as many Was- 
sermann tests wrong as right and placed no dependence upon 
them. 

Altho the woman gave no history of syphilis and her hus- 
band and children were healthy, because of the Wassermann 
test, the oculist decided to treat the patient for syphilis. We 
told him the longer he did that, the greater the possibility that 
the woman would lose one or both eyes. 

We did not see the oculist again for about three months, 
when he came in and told us that after two months of mercury 
rubs, he had indisputable evidence of tuberculosis ; that the 
temperature was higher in the afternoon than in the morning, 
that the patient had night sweats, and that tubercle bacilli 
could be found in the secretion from the eye. 

There is no hope of saving the sight of one eye, and per- 
haps both will be lost. Had rigid treatment for tuberculosis 
been instituted at once, no doubt the sight of both eyes could 
have been saved. 

Case III. Tuberculosis of the Lungs 

The following case was referred to us for diagnosis. The 
man was 40 years old. By the magnetic meridian and color 
method w r e diagnosed the case as tuberculosis and located the 
lesion in the upper lobe of the right lung. The reaction in 
every way was typical for tuberculosis. After the diagnosis 
was made, the doctor told me the man had been his patient for 
four years. He had found tubercle bacilli in the sputum, and 

76 



the man had been sent to the Pacific Coast from New York 
state because he had tuberculosis. The doctor bro't him to 
see whether this method of diagnosis were accurate. 

Following out the bio-dynamo-chromatic treatment, this 
patient gained more in a few months than he had before in five 
years, altho he had been following the open air and good food 
treatment. 

Case IV. Beginning Tuberculosis of Lung 

Early in 1915 a robust man, weighing about 225 pounds, 
was sent to, us for diagnosis. He complained of a slight cough 
which had been persistent for about eight months. His case 
had been diagnosed as bronchitis. By the magnetic meridian 
and color method, we found he had the ruby MM VR, and we 
diagnosed his case as tuberculosis. By careful testing we lo- 
cated the site of the lesion in the apex of the right lung. He 
could not believe he had tuberculosis, and would not begin 
treatment for it. Within three months his temperature and 
loss of weight proved beyond all doubt that our diagnosis was 
correct. 

Case V. Pulmonary Tuberculosis 

Miss B., teacher, 25 years old. Resident of Minnesota. 
Was sent to us for diagnosis and treatment. Her history 
showed that up to two months previous to our seeing her, she 
was in robust condition and had never been sick. She went to 
some convention about Thanksgiving time and had a chill one 
evening. The next morning she "felt achy and had pains all 
over." Within a week or so her school opened and she com- 
menced her duties again and kept them up until Christmas 
vacation when she collapsed. 

A ''change of climate" was advised and she came to us in 
California. As soon as we saw her we tested her in the mag- 
netic meridian and found she had no MM VR. We tried 
every combination of light that we could put together, includ- 
ing several combinations of non-actinic light, but no rays 
would elicit the reflex in the magnetic meridian except foto- 
grafic ruby. 

77 



Her blood pressure was 87, temperature 101, at 4 p.m. (96.6 
at 10 a.m. following day), respiration 64, pulse 120, hemoglobin 
70, heart intermittent. By means of air-column percussion we 
located a pus formation in the lower lobe of the right lung. 
The energy from this location, by anto-excitation, would elicit 
the VR, and it was immediately dissipated by the same color 
as elicited the MM VR. 

Our diagnosis was tuberculosis of the rapid type with pus 
formation. 

Some of the sputum was collected and given to a patholo- 
gist who examined it and reported "numerous tubercle bacilli." 

As this case had been diagnosed as "anemia and bron- 
chitis" and we found a ruby MM VR that was confirmed by 
microscopical findings, it demonstrates the fact that our bio- 
dynamo-chromatic diagnosis is a valuable adjunct to any phy- 
sician's attainments. 

Case VI. Chronic Incipient Tuberculosis 

Some months ago a doctor from the Middle West pre- 
sented htmself to us for examination by the biodynamic 
method. As his general physique was so robust and healthy, 
we could not see why he should want to be examined, unless 
it were to study our technic. 

He did not give a normal MM VR. Altho we tried all our 
colors none would elicit the MM VR except ruby. As we 
could see no signs of epithelioma, we gave a tentative diag- 
nosis of incipient tuberculosis. 

Other doctors who saw the method of diagnosis and heard 
our report said they could not see how it was possible. We 
then asked the doctor to give his history, which we had not 
asked previous to the examination. 

He said that while he was taking a postgraduate course 
in New Orleans about ten years ago, he discovered that he had 
contracted tuberculosis. He then went to what he supposed 
was a very favorable location in Colorado and "recovered his 
health." At the time of the examination, he weighed 175 
pounds ; his height is 5 feet 8 inches. Altho he feels well, he 
gives a history of being conscious of lack of resistance and 
of taking cold very easily. When he does take cold he is con- 
scious of a very sore place in the affected lung. 

78 



After knowing the history, we modified our diagnosis to 
chronic incipient tuberculosis. 

We mention this case in particular to bring out the fact 
that many persons will have tuberculosis in an incipient form 
and their reactive energy does not seem to be sufficient to lib- 
erate them from the disease. This form of tuberculosis is 
what used to be termed dry or sclerotic tuberculosis. Persons 
can have this form of tuberculosis for years and attend to their 
regular work without any special inconvenience, provided 
they do not overdo. It seems as tho their resistance just about 
balanced the effects of the toxemia. Such persons can very 
readily have a very sudden relapse, which in many instances 
proves fatal. 

We have known of cases of this type, who did not know 
they had tuberculosis, but suddenly died from the effects of 
a pulmonary hemorrhage. We have seen other cases that gave 
a history of this same form of infection lasting for over thirty 
years, tho they had carried on a regular line of easy, physical 
work. 

In such a type we always advise all the rest the patient 
can take and caution them against sudden, or extra exertion. 
Within the past few years we have been apparently curing 
such cases by means of oxygen-vapor, which seems to give the 
system a boost, as it were, which puts the resistance above the 
effects of the toxemia. We believe oxygen-vapor, along with 
intermittent ruby light and hygienic measures, will cure 
this type of tuberculosis. Of course daily treatments will have 
to continue for at least a year. 

Case VII. Neurasthenia following Tuberculosis 

In January, 1915, a lady was bro't to us for diagnosis, 
whose only symptoms were extreme nervousness and insom- 
nia. She gave a ruby MM VR, and we diagnosed the case as 
neurasthenia following tuberculosis. We found a history of 
tuberculosis about ten years ago. The lady had taken a course 
of treatment in some sanitarium and supposed she had been 
cured six years ago. She had been losing weight on an aver- 
age of two pounds a year for the past six years. By watching 
the temperature for a week we found a rise of one to two de- 

79 



grees every afternoon above what it was in the morning. We 
immediately began the intermittent light and oxygen-vapor 
inhalation treatment. 

After the first five treatments the lady was able to sleep 
well from early in the evening until morning. Her nervous 
condition was greatly improved, and altho she had had only 
about thirty daily treatments of one-half hour each, her con- 
dition was so markedly improved that one would not have 
to guess as to whether the treatment were beneficial or not. 
This case is very interesting from the fact that neurasthenia is 
very often concomitant with incipient tuberculosis, as the sys- 
tem seems to have exhausted itself in combating the disease. 

Case VIII. Laryngeal Tuberculosis 

The following case was reported by one of our pupils : 
Man about 40 years old. Had characteristic brassy voice, tem- 
perature 2° above normal in the afternoon. Had lost flesh, 
had night sweats, and complained of prostration, etc. 

This patient gave a decided ruby MM VR, and the local- 
ized energy from the larynx was dissipated by the ruby light. 
He was treated with the 2,000-candle-power lamp over the 
throat and chest, followed by oxygen-vapor inhalation and in- 
termittent ruby light treatments daily. After two months, the 
patient had gained fifteen pounds in weight, the voice had re- 
turned to normal, and he said he felt better than he had for 
many years. He appears to be well in every respect. 

Case IX. 

One of our pupils gives the following report : 

"By means of your bio-dynamo-chromatic method of diag- 
nosis, I recently diagnosed two patients as having tuberculo- 
sis. Several other physicians were in consultation and my di- 
agnosis was disputed. One of the patients went to a well- 
known surgeon while the other one went to a medical special- 
ist at one of our large universities. They both declared that 
there were no symptoms of tuberculbsis and my diagnosis must 
be wrong. Time has now made it possible for anyone to diag- 
nose these cases as tuberculosis. I report this in appreciation 

'80 



of your method and I believe if anyone is particular in their 
technic they can rely on this method of diagnosis, no matter 
what any other method of diagnosis may infer." 

Case X. Renal and Pulmonary Tuberculosis 

C. N., 18 years old. Athletic. Very strong. Was sud- 
denly taken with a tired out feeling and sleeplessness. Began 
to cough and case was diagnosed as bronchitis and nervous- 
ness. Was referred to us in August and we diagnosed him as 
having tuberculosis of right lung, upper lobe, and of right 
kidney, because he had a ruby MM VR and energy taken 
from the areas named was dissipated by the ruby light. Care- 
ful examination of sputum and urine disclosed numerous T. B. 
He had two attacks of hemoptysis, after which he was taken 
to a "T. B. specialist" and told that he would not live two 
months, as it was "hasty consumption." He was bro't back 
to us and we began with .2,000-candle-power lamp over dis- 
eased areas for twenty minutes daily and forty minutes of 
oxygen-vapor inhalation along with ruby intermittent light 
daily. Within one month this young man began to improve 
in every way. After that he was taken to a ranch to live out- 
of-doors till December. 

We examined him again in February when he gave a 
normal MM VR and we pronounced him well. His tempera- 
ture has been normal for months, his blood pressure and all 
functions are normal, he has regained his normal weight, and 
he is well. 



81 



DIABETES MELLITUS 

As yet we have no sure biodynamic method for diagnosing 
diabetes mellitus. In several patients having glucosuria we 
have been able to produce the VR by energy taken from the 
region of the pancreas, but diabetes mellitus per se does not 
produce any change in the MM VR. 

If there be a ruby MM VR, immediately institute the 
treatment as outlined for tuberculosis, at the same time treat- 
ing the patient for glucosuria. The ruby MM VR, along with 
glucosuria, shows that the patient has diabetes mellitus and 
tuberculosis. 

We mention this disease in particular because of the many 
cases which are afterward afflicted with tuberculosis. Some 
observers claim that over 40% of all cases of diabetes mellitus 
sooner or later become tuberculous. It is for this reason that 
it is well to biodynamically examine all diabetic patients quite 
often, to see whether you obtain a normal MM VR. 

By the well-known hygienic measures, diabetes mellitus 
can be greatly benefited. 

In treating diabetes mellitus, never forget to employ con- 
cussion of the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae. We have many 
reports showing that this procedure has, within six weeks, 
cleared up all the sugar reactions, without using any other 
remedial agencies, not even changing the diet. 

The slow sinusoidal current can be used in place of con- 
cussion, placing one electrode over the 6th and 7th cervical 
vertebrae and the other over the sacrum. 

Our method of treating diabetes mellitus is by means of 
concussion or sinusoidalization over the 6th and 7th cervical 
vertebrae for from five to ten minutes daily. We then give 
oxygen-vapor inhalation along with the intermittent ruby light 
for about forty minutes daily. We institute measures to facil- 
itate elimination and at the same time cut down the hydro- 
carbonates in the diet. 

By testing the urine quite often, we find that by following 
out the prescribed method of treatment the patient can toler- 
ate a fairly normal diet. Drinking plenty of fresh water, pref- 
erably distilled water, or, better, distilled water that has been 

82 



exposed to the sunlight in an amber bottle for at least eight 
hours, we have found to be very beneficial in treating this 
disease. 

We have found that giving radiations from the 2,000-can- 
dle-power lamp over the pancreatic region for from ten to 
twenty minute's at least once a week is also very beneficial. 



S3 



CARCINOMA— CANCER 

Up to the present time our biodynamic findings for car- 
cinoma are identical with those for tuberculosis. We have 
not had enuf cases or opportunities to work out many differ- 
entiating methods. As a rule, it is quite easy to differentiate 
in a general way between tuberculosis and carcinoma by tak- 
ing into consideration the concomitant symptoms. 

The similarity of our findings in -carcinoma and tuberculo- 
sis by means of the biodynamic reactions, or what might be 
called the biodynamic tests, is very suggestive. Our findings 
by means of the magnetic meridian and colors suggest that car- 
cinoma is found under similar conditions to those in which 
tuberculosis is found. 

This systemic condition is sub-oxygenization. The very 
latest research work seems to show that persons with a history 
of tuberculosis in the family are more prone to cancer than 
others. It may be that cancer follows a lowered resistance, 
but in the light of our present knowledge, it seems as tho 
tuberculosis and cancer are to be studied from the same stand- 
point. 

One authority says : "The term, cancer, includes all those 
forms that are caused by the infection of the lymph space of 
of a patient by growing epithelial cells. All forms of cancer 
are malignant, that is, they often recur after removal, invade 
the surrounding tissues, are reproduced in other parts of the 
body and tend to destroy life." From this recognized defini- 
tion of cancer, it can at once be understood why the cutting 
out of a cancerous growth, or otherwise destroying it, does not 
cure the condition which made the cancerous growth possible. 
In other words, to cure a cancer one must cure the patient. 

The most recent researches as to the condition of patients 
having cancer show that : 

1. Cancer must follow a chronic alkaline intoxication 
which is secondary to chronic constipation. 

2. The locus of the tumor is determined by chronic irri- 
tation, either direct or reflex. 

3. The cancerous condition must be corrected by means 
of elimination. 

84 



4. The oxygen carrying power of the blood must be in- 
creased. 

5. The improvement of digestion and proper assimilation 
must be increased. 

6. A cancerous tumor must be destroyed by inflammation. 

7. Inflammation is best secured by electrical measures and 
by chemical caustics. 

By carefully looking over the known facts regarding can- 
cer, it can readily be seen that the constitutional treatment for 
cancer and tuberculosis are identical. 

The Sympathetic- Vagal Reflex in Cancer 

A person suffering from cancer does not have the normal 
magnetic-meridian-sympathetic-vagal reflex. 

This abnormal condition can be temporarily changed by 
the shedding of ruby light upon the body while it is grounded 
and facing in the magnetic meridian. This gives us the indi- 
cation for intermittent ruby light therapy. We give this bio- 
dynamo-chromatic therapy along with oxygen-vapor inhala- 
tion while the patient is grounded and facing north or south. 

Elicitation of the sympathetic-vagal reflex by means of the 
intermittent light is a most profound measure for rectifying 
metabolism. Oxygen-vapor inhalation not only rectifies faulty 
metabolism but is the remedy par excellence for increasing the 
hemoglobin carrying power of the blood, thereby enhancing 
nutrition. No doubt that is the reason we are receiving so 
many good reports from those who are treating cancer by 
means of oxygen-vapor inhalation in conjunction with bio- 
dynamo-chromatic therapy. 

Fulguration is a very popular method for exciting an 
acute inflammatory condition at the site of an epithelioma. A 
special electrode is made for this purpose. 

Fulguration carried to the point of dessication is also a 
very efficient method of producing the reactionary condition 
necessary for eradicating the growth. 

Another method that has worked wonders is that of zinc 
ionization. 

Zinc cataphoresis by means of zinc sulphate is also very 
efficient in treating some forms of cancer. 

85 



The x-ray, if properly administered, no doubt is a great 
adjunct in the curing of cancer. 

Radium has many advocates, but whether it really be of 
as much therapeutic value as some would lead us to believe, 
is a mooted question. 

In some cases no doubt the knife is the only rational 
method for eradicating the neoplasm, but whenever it can be 
done by other means the danger of metastasis and the lowering 
of body resistance is avoided. 

Some seem to be of the opinion that a cancerous growth 
can be eradicated only by means of knife surgery. By care- 
fully perusing the most recent literature on the subject, it 
has been found that a general anesthesia lowers resistance, and 
by lowering the resistance the metastasis of the "cancerous 
cells" is augmented. 

As we have seen for so many years the results of non- 
surgical methods in the treatment of cancers of all varieties, 
we are of the firm opinion that there are other means for erad- 
icating the local growth that are perhaps superior to "knife 
surgery." -When anyone says that a cancerous growth cannot 
be eradicated without the knife, it only shows his ignorance. 
For over thirty years we have seen cancers (and real cancers, 
too) eradicated without anesthesia or knife, but in all these 
cases the patients themselves were treated as well as eradicat- 
ing the neoplasm. In many of these cases thirty years have 
elapsed and there has been no return of the growth in any 
part of the body, and the patients have lived in a normal, 
healthy condition. 

In treating cancer, one must always keep this axiom in 
mind : Treat the man that has the cancer rather than the can- 
cer that has the man. 

Zonetherapy in Cancer 

Zonetherapy has recently been proved to be very bene- 
ficial in the treatment of cancer. Whether zonetherapy will 
cure a cancer we do not know, but this much we are sure 
about, that is, that some cancerous growths are in a location 
that makes them "inoperable." For example, a cancerous 
growth in some parts of the neck and throat, and in some 
regions about the heart and great blood vessels are in a posi- 

86 



tion that would make it impractical and very unsafe to use any 
form of operation, be it with the knife, caustics, or even de- 
structive ionization. Some such cancerous growths are in a 
position to cause great pain, and the only relief the patient 
gets is a hypodermic of some analgesic such as opium or its 
derivatives, or some other drug. 

We have recently had the privilege of seeing patients who 
had "inoperable" growths and who had suffered excruciating 
pain and consequent loss of sleep because of these neoplasms. 
These patients had been examined by several specialists who 
diagnosed the growth as cancer. By means of our biodynamic 
tests, we also diagnosed the growths as cancer. We have seen 
fotografs of these persons when they first came under the care 
of their physician and we have seen them after they have been 
under the care of the physician for at least one or two years. 
One of these cases in particular had a growth on the side of 
the neck, which had been diagnosed as cancer. By the bio- 
dynamo-chromatic method, we likewise diagnosed it as cancer. 
This growth was as large as an ordinary sized orange and 
very hard and unyielding. The lady herself told us that she 
had not slept for months without some opiate until she began 
being treated by means of zonetherapy or zone analgesia. For 
over two years this particular patient told us she had taken 
no opiates and had rested without any pain whatsoever when 
zone pressure anesthesia, according to the FitzGerald method, 
was used. When we saw this lady, the size of the growth had 
diminished from this treatment, until it would not be recog- 
' nized except by palpation. 

We do not know whether zonetherapy will ever cure this 
case, but we do know that it is making life endurable to the 
unfortunate victim. We have seen a case that had been diag- 
nosed as cancer of the larynx, and to which we gave the same 
diagnosis, that was being greatly improved and the patient 
made comfortable by the FitzGerald method of zonetherapy. 

That zonetherapy is an adjunct in the treating of all forms 
of neoplasms, especially those that are painful, is a fact beyond 
all speculation. We have seen too many cases of neoplasms 
that were benefited by this method of therapy to doubt its 
efficacy.* 



*Zonetherapy will be fully discussed and illustrated in a subsequent lecture. 

87 



The radiations from the 2,000-candle-power incandescent 
lamp is a most efficient treatment in all cases of cancer after 
the growth has been destroyed. 

Volumes have been and will be written on Cancer — Its 
Cause and Cure. Some can give very good arguments in favor 
of the parasitic theory and others of some other theory. It 
matters not to what theory you adhere. The fundamentals in 
the treatment of the condition are the same. 

We do not want to take sides with any advocates of any 
special methods. In a concise way we think we have shown 
the essential conditions that cause cancerous growths and if 
those conditions be thoroly understood and eradicated along 
the lines set forth, we think there is no doubt but that the neo- 
plasm can be eradicated and the patient cured. It is necessary 
to be broad-minded in the treatment of this disease probably 
more than in almost any other, because of the superstition in- 
herent in so many professional people regarding it. 

Clinical Cases in Cancer 

Case 1. Miss H., 26 years of age, was bro't to us for diag- 
nosis as to the cause of continued uterine hemorrhage which 
began about three or four weeks previous. Family history all 
right. Biodynamic examination showed her to have a ruby 
MM VR. Upon making a vaginal examination, we found a 
raspberry-looking mass about the cervix from which blood 
was constantly oozing. The bleeding was augmented by any 
friction over the mass. 

Energy taken from this growth to a subject would elicit 
the VR when the patient-terminal was over eighteen inches 
distant from the lesion. A ruby light shed upon the subject 
immediately obliterated the reflex. 

We advised zinc ionization for this growth and advised 
immediate treatment, as the strength of the energy coming 
from the lesion indicated a very active process. 

Contrary to our advice, the case was turned over to a sur- 
geon who said nothing but a knife operation would be of any 
use. He performed what was said to be a "successful opera- 
tion," but the patient died within two days. 

A pathologist examined specimens from the growth and 
pronounced it "carcinoma of a very active type." 

88 



Case II. A physician bro't a man to us for diagnosis. 
Aged 70 years. Had been a smoker for years. Family his- 
tory gave no interesting information. This patient gave a 
ruby MM VR and therefore we diagnosed the case as either 
tuberculosis or cancer. 

Upon examining the right side of his neck, we found a 
hard lump. An examination of the buccal cavity showed a 
hard lump on the right side of the tongue. From this sclerotic 
area we were able to elicit a VR, by anto-excitation, while the 
patient-terminal was about eight inches distant from the part 
being examined. This energy was immediately dissipated by 
the ruby light. 

We diagnosed the case as epithelioma of the tongue with 
involvement of the cervical glands on the right side of the 
neck. Several microscopical examinations were made from 
this lesion on the tongue and the pathologist pronounced it 
epithelioma. ' 

For this case we advised cataphoresis for the lesion, 2,000- 
candle-power lamp over the neck, oxygen-vapor inhalation 
with bio-dynamo-chromatic therapy. We lost track of the pa- 
tient and do not know whether the physician carried out these 
directions or not. 

Case III. A man about 50 years of age was sent to us for 
diagnosis. He gave a ruby MM VR. On the right side of his 
face we found a localized discoloration from which we could 
conduct energy that would elicit a very decided VR in the pa- 
tient himself by auto-excitation. We diagnosed the localized 
area on the face as epithelioma. A pathologist made a micro- 
scopical examination of scrapings from this area and pro- 
nounced it epithelioma. 

Case IV. Mrs. S., about SO years of age. Family history 
not interesting. Complained of a sore spot over the anterior 
wall of the stomach. Also complained of burning sensation 
in the stomach within an hour or so after eating. 

This lady gave a ruby MM VR. From the sensitive area 
over the stomach we were able to conduct energy to a subject 
while the patient-terminal was eight inches from the patient. 
This energy was immediately dissipated by means of the ruby 
light. We diagnosed the case as cancer of the stomach. 

89 



A surgeon operated on this patient and excised what he 
said was a cancerous growth on the anterior surface of the 
stomach. This was examined by pathologists who pronounced 
it ''carcinoma." 

Case V. A man 70 years of age was bro't to us for diag- 
nosis. His family physician said he had a cancer of the rectum 
and advised a surgical operation. 

This patient gave a normal MM VR, and consequently we 
said it was not a case of cancer. The area in the rectum that 
had been diagnosed as "cancer" proved to be a benign ulcer, 
which was quickly cured by nascent iodin locally, and KI 
along with oxygen-vapor inhalation and intermittent ruby 
light. 

(Inasmuch as ruby light obliterates the normal MM VR, 
we give that color intermittently in all cases with a normal 
MM VR when we wish to tone up the sympathetic system.) 

Case VI. One of our pupils reports a man sent to his in- 
stitution to be operated on for cancer of the rectum. As he 
gave a normal MM VR, the physician would not operate, but 
treated the rectal sore as he would a simple ulcer, and the pa- 
tient made a rapid recovery. 

Case VII. A lady 72 years old was referred to us for diag- 
nosis and treatment. The case had been diagnosed as epithel- 
ioma by five specialists. She gave a very decided ruby MM VR T 
and localized energy (by auto-excitation) from the growth on 
the right side of the face elicited the sympathetic-vagal reflex, 
which was immediately dissipated by the ruby light. 

We used a compress of terpene peroxid on the growth for 
about ten days, and followed that with a flaxseed poultice for 
about five days. We then instituted the 2,000-candle-power 
light therapy over the face and chest for about twenty minutes 
daily. During all this treatment, the patient received oxygen- 
vapor inhalation along with the intermittent ruby light forty 
minutes daily. At the end of two months' treatment the 
growth was entirely obliterated, the skin normal, and the gen- 
eral condition of the patient better than it had been in years. 

We might add that in all such cases we push elimination 
to the very limit. 

90 



Case VIII. Cancer of Cervix Uteri. A woman about 70 
years of age was referred to us for bleeding from the uterus. 
Upon examination, this patient gave a decided ruby MM VR, 
and localized energy from the lesion at the cervix would elicit 
the VR in a subject. This VR was immediately dissipated by 
the ruby light. 

We found an old laceration about the cervix which had 
been there for forty years. One side of the cervix showed a 
growth that looked like a red raspberry. 

"We placed a terpene peroxid compress over this growth, 
covering the lower part of the compress with oiled silk and 
packing the vagina with a wool tampon. We changed this 
terpene peroxid compress daily for two weeks, after which 
we began using tampons saturated with Tholo. This tam- 
pon we left in 22 hours each day, the patient taking it out 
each morning before coming to the office aud using a vaginal 
douche of chinosol — half a tablet to the half pint of normal salt 
solution. i 

Within three weeks from the first treatment, the growth 
entirely sloughed away, and much of the tissue about it also 
broke down. This was replaced by normal healthy tissue. 

Along with this local treatment we gave the patient oxy- 
gen-vapor inhalation with intermittent ruby light every day 
for forty minutes. At the end of two months we considered 
the patient entirely well, and her general condition, she said, 
was better than it had been in years. 

If the terpene peroxid compress had not bro't about an 
active enuf inflammation to destroy the neoplasm within a few 
days, we would have applied a more vigorous escharotic, but 
so far the terpene peroxid has always been very efficient. 

That oxygen-vapOr and intermittent light of the indicated 
color are great adjuncts in the treatment of tuberculosis and 
cancer especially, there is no doubt. Some think this treat- 
ment alone is specific. 

That the radiations from the 2,000-candle-power lamp is 
also of great benefit, there is no doubt. In all these cases we 
employ the most modern hygienic methods that we know of. 
We do not believe in riding any one hobby horse, but if we 
have a good many we are sure of being carried where we want 
to go. 

91 



As we have not explained what terpene peroxid is, we will 
say that it is a group of terpene oils, notably eucalyptus, w T hich 
has become saturated with ozone. This terpene peroxid is a 
by-product in generating oxygen-vapor, following out the Neel 
system. This method will be fully described in a subsequent 
lecture. 

We could mention very many other similar cases that have 
been bro't to us for diagnosis and treatment. The diagnoses 
have as often as possible been checked up by other laboratory 
methods. In every instance the bio-dynamo-chromatic diag- 
noses have been found to be correct. 

Case X. Another of our pupils reports the following case : 

"One of my patients had been operated upon for cancer of 
the tongue. After the operation he was in great distress be- 
cause he could not eat. He could not bite at all without suf- 
fering great pain. He had been under opiates some time, 
which made his general condition worse. It occurred to me to 
see what I could do with zonetherapy. By making firm pres- 
sure over the proper digital zones, this patient was, within 
three minutes, able to clench his teeth together without any 
pain. I used no suggestion whatsoever, and the patient did 
not know what I was trying to do. 

"Zone analgesia supplanted morphin in this case. Later 
the patient died, but both he and his wife were grateful for 
the relief zone analgeisa had given him." 

Case XI. Another of our pupils reported that by means 
of our bio-dynamo-chromatic method of diagnosis he was able 
to differentiate between an ulcer of the stomach and a carci- 
noma of the stomach, which by any other means would have 
been practically impossible. An operation proved that the 
diagnosis of carcinoma w r as correct. 



92 



SYPHILIS, AUTO-INTOXICATION, MALARIAL IN- 
FECTION 

Syphilis-Biodynamic Findings 

Pat. FS no VR 

Pat. FS, blue VR 

Pat. FS, ruby no VR 

Pat. FS, north pole (+) W VR 

Energy from initial syphilitic lesion to sub VR 

(Pat. and Sub. facing each other at right angles to 

MM.) 
Dissipated by blue light, but not affected by ruby. 
Also dissipated by the north (+) pole of magnet. 
Localized energy negative ( — ) Blue MM VR. 

There is much work to be done in clearing up the diag- 
nosis for syphilis, as so many cases that have been investi- 
gated have had some other concomitant, systemic disease, or 
auto-intoxication. It is only a matter of having a few known 
cases without complications, before we shall be able to find a 
definite method for differentiating syphilitic toxemia from 
other toxemias. 

Treatment of Syphilis 

In regard to the treatment for syphilis, we would suggest 
using blue intermittent light in connection with oxygen-vapor 
inhalation. As it is the blue light that will elicit the sympa- 
thetic-vagal reflex when shed upon the grounded body of a 
syphilitic patient when standing facing in the magnetic merid- 
ian, it is the color indicated for the treatment. 

This treatment should be given while the patient is 
grounded and facing either north or south. That oxygen- 
vapor and bio-dynamo-chromatic therapy are beneficial in the 
treatment of syphilis has been proved beyond doubt. Any 
agency that will increase the oxyhemoglobin and consequently 
the resistance of the patient is particularly indicated in treat- 
ing this disease. 

Along with this treatment we give five grains of potassium 
iodid three or four times daily. Oxygen vapor, which is nas- 
cent oxygen in a vapor of terpene peroxid, appears to have 

93 



a very selective action upon the system when it is impreg- 
nated with potassium iodid. There is no doubt as to the bene- 
ficial results obtained when giving this form of treatmtent in 
any stage of syphilis. 

Precipitated sulfur sifted in the shoes of a patient having 
mercury rubs, seems to be beneficial. Continue the sulfur 
until there is a decided sulfur reaction. Push elimination to 
the limit.* 

No doubt arc and incandescent light baths are of great 
value in the treatment of syphilis, whether used singly or in 
connection with other recognized methods. 

Another procedure that may be new to some, is treating 
the site of the infection by electrolysis, using mercury at the 
positive pole. Some have reported this as a great adjunct to 
other methods of treatment. 

If any are especially interested in the treatment of syphilis, 
we would advise them to read a little work entitled,. "The 
Intensive Treatment of Syphilis and Locomotor Ataxia by_ 
Aachen Methods," by Dr. Reginald F. Hays, of London, sold 
by the Chicago Medical Book Co. It certainly is not neces- 
sary to send a patient to Aachen to get this treatment. It can 
be carried out under the direction of any physician. Dr. Hays 
has found that of all methods of treating syphilis, none can 
compare with the inunction method according to the technic 
adopted at Aachen. We have found that the above treatment, 
with the powerful incandescent lamp and sulfur medication 
thru the skin, are very beneficial in locomotor ataxia. 

As many physicians have been inoculated while treating 
syphilis, it might be well for us to mention the discovery by 
Metchnikoff. That is, if shortly after inoculation with the 
spirocheta pallida, the site of entry be well rubbed with a 
40% calomel inunction, it is quite likely that no further symp- 
toms will develop. As Dr. Hays puts it, "That this fact with 
its many possibilities of application ought to be very widely 
known, appears to be, for numerous reasons, highly desirable." 



*Sulfur medication will be discussed in a subsequent lecture. 



94 



AUTO-INTOXICATION 

Altho auto-intoxication gives the blue MM VR, it can be 
cleared up within a few days by systematically increasing the 
elimination of the patient. This seems to be best accom- 
plished by administering some saline laxative. For this pur- 
pose we have found Salithia and Sodoxylin the best. Both 
are manufactured at the Abbott Laboratories, Chicago. 

Many times the blue MM VR can be cleared up within 
one week if it be caused by auto-intoxication. Use every means 
at your command for righting metabolism. Oxygen-vapor in- 
halation with bio-dynamo-chromatic therapy are very valuable 
for the treatment of auto-intoxication. 

MALARIA, or MALARIAL INFECTION, as it is 

sometimes called, when active, will give the blue MM VR. 
This reaction can often be cleared up within a fortnight by 
giving either quinin or arsenic, depending upon which remedy 
seems to be indicated. It can also be cleared up by many 
other remedies, taking into consideration the patient rather 
than the disease. Elimination by means of the bowels, kid- 
neys, and skin is to be pushed to the very limit. 

We have found powerful electric light, as well as electric 
light baths, to be very efficient in clearing up malaria. 

As metabolism is very much disturbed during an attack of 
malaria, oxygen-vapor inhalation along with intermittent blue 
light are also indicated. These modalities greatly enhance 
nutrition. 

Clinical Cases in Syphilis 

Case I. About seven years ago a man 33 years of age 
was sent to us to be relieved of spasmodic, sub-occipital head- 
aches. The history of the young man was : Married, no 
children, complained of voracious appetite bordering on bu- 
limia. Was apparently temperate in all his habits except eat- 
ing. Possessed remarkable muscular strength ; blood pressure 
220; very nervous in his actions. This "maddening head- 
ache" would come on in the middle of the night and within 
an hour or so he would have a violent attack of vomiting. 
These headaches had been tormenting him for about six 
months. 

95 



Upon testing the urine we found true albumen as well as 
granular casts. In the MM this patient gave no normal reflex, 
but gave what we now call the blue MM VR. 

We put him on a very rigid milk and vichy diet for three 
weeks and tested him again. Still the blue MM VR persisted. 
From the occipital region we obtained energy three or four 
times as great as a normal individual would give. This energy 
was dissipated by a blue light. We told the patient that he 
must be suffering from syphilitic infection. At first he denied 
it, but later admitted that he had been exposed to "something 
that might be contagious," and he had had a very sore throat, 
for which he had taken potassium iodid which had cleared 
it up. 

We diagnosed the case as gumma of the brain concom- 
itant with Bright's disease. When his relatives learned of our 
diagnosis, they were indignant and wanted other diagnosti- 
cians to examine him. He was examined by a very well known 
diagnostician in New York City and he also pronounced the 
case syphilitic infection with probable brain gumma. Within 
a few months this patient's mind began to fail and he died in 
an apoplectic stroke. 

Case II. The wife of the man above mentioned came to 
us complaining of a persistent sore throat, which gave her 
voice a very husky sound. She gave a decided blue MM VR 
and we began treatment with potassium iodid, five grains four 
times daily. We also gave oxygen-vapor inhalation and the 
radiations from the 500-candle-power lamp (which was the 
largest made at that time) over the throat. 

About the external labia there was a scar which we be- 
lieved was syphilitic. From this lesion we obtained energy 
about four times as great as normal, which was dissipated by 
the blue light. We gave blue ointment to be used on this 
lesion. Knowing the history of her husband, we felt sure our 
diagnosis in both cases was correct. We treated these two 
patients without letting one know our diagnosis in the other 
case, but gave them advice applicable to the circumstances. 

Within six months after the husband of this woman died, 
we pronounced her well. Altho it is over six years since we 
gave these treatments, which lasted about a year, this woman 
has not had a return of the symptoms that would give anyone 

96 



an idea that she was syphilitic, and we believe she is cured of 
the disease. 

Case III. About five years ago a married woman about 
28 years old was sent to us for diagnosis. She gave a blue 
MM VR. She complained of pains in the back with a numb 
feeling in the thighs. After three weeks' treatment with sa- 
lines, we diagnosed the case as syphilis. x\s the patient had 
never been exposed to that disease to her knowledge, the diag- 
nosis was disputed. Within one year she had all the symp- 
toms of tabes and there was no disputing our former diag- 
nosis. 

Case IV. About four years ago a doctor presented him- 
self for diagnosis. He complained of persistent headaches, no 
appetite, melancholia, and a peculiar "woody sensation" about 
the lower half of his body. He gave a blue MM VR, and we 
diagnosed the case as syphilis, after having satisfied ourselves 
that it was neither malaria nor auto-intoxication. 

The physicain gave no syphilitic history but when we told 
him our diagnosis, he said he remembered many years pre- 
vious having received a wound on one of his hands while he 
was examining a woman, whom he afterward found had 
syphilis. 

This doctor afterward had five Wassermann tests made, 
three being "negative" and two "positive," All were made by 
the most reputable men. 

Later the symptoms of tabes developed very rapidly, and 
no one could doubt our diagnosis. 

Case V. About two years ago a man was sent to us for 
diagnosis. He had had several Wassermann tests, some being 
"negative" and some "positive." This man said he did not 
know that he had ever been exposed to syphilis, altho he 
"might have been" years before. He gave a blue MM VR. 
We commenced treating him with salines and other elimin- 
ants. Within three weeks we tested him again and found he 
had a normal MM VR. We diagnosed the case as neuras- 
thenia without any signs of syphilis. 

As this man has entirely recovered from his supposed 
syphilic intoxication, we think there can be no doubt as to the 
correctness of our diagnosis. 

97 



Case VI. A married woman about 40 years of age was 
sent to us for diagnosis and treatment. The only symptoms 
she gave were nervousness with persistent occipital headaches. 
She gave a very decided blue MM VR, and altho we tried very 
many other colors, no color would elicit the VR in the mag- 
netic meridian. As this patient's general condition showed 
that she had good elimination and that her bowels were well 
taken care of, we diagnosed the case as syphilis. At first she 
seemed surprised, but later admitted that her first husband 
had had syphilis and their only child, who was about 20 years 
of age, had all the symptoms of hereditary syphilis. 

This woman finally admitted she had had several Was- 
sermann tests made by reputable men in various parts of the 
country, some of them being well known authorities on this 
work. Some of the tests were "positive" and some were "neg- 
ative." It was for that reason that she was sent to us for bio- 
dynamo-chromatic diagnosis. 

Case VII. A doctor in the Middle West recently, pre- 
sented himself for diagnosis, saying he had no special symp- 
toms, but wanted to know whether he had a normal MM VR. 
He gave a decided blue MM VR. As his general condition 
was so good, we diagnosed the case as syphilis. He then told 
us that a few weeks previous, while operating upon a woman 
with syphilis, he had injured his hand. On his hand we found 
a chancre from which we could elicit the VR by auto-excita- 
tion and by subject-excitation. This energy was dissipated 
by the blue light. This doctor said he felt confident that he 
had been infected, but wanted this test made to see whether it 
were reliable. 

Case VIII. One of our pupils reports the following case : 

"Mr. B., 28 years of age, was sent to me for diagnosis and 
treatment. He had been treated for several months by another 
physician for gonorrheal rheumatism. 

"By means of bio-dynamo-chromatic diagnosis we found 
this man did not have a normal MM VR. Neither did he give 
a violet MM VR, but he gave a very decided blue MM VR. 
Consequently we diagnosed the case as syphilitic. The way 
he is responding to syphilitic treatment proves most conclu- 
sively that your bio-dynamo-chromatic method of diagnosis is 

98 



reliable and can be used to advantage by pupils without very 
many months' experience." 

Case IX. About a year ago a doctor presented himself at 
one of our clinics for examination. He gave no special history 
except that of nervousness and melancholia. He gave a very 
decided blue MM VR, and as he said his general elimination 
was in fine condition we diagnosed the case as syphilis. He 
said that thirty years before he was inoculated while doing 
clinical work in one of our eastern hospitals, after which a hard 
chancre appeared on his finger and had apparently been cured. 
He had had a course of mercury inunctions as well as a course 
of mud baths. 

By further testing this doctor we found that many of his 
reflexes were absent and that he had an Argyll-Robertson 
pupil. There is no doubt that our diagnosis was correct. 

AYe could mention scores of other cases that we have 
tested in the past few years that have given a blue MM VR, 
in which other methods and time have made very evident 
that our diagnosis of syphilis was correct. 

AYe have also examined a great many who were supposed 
to have syphilis, owing to the AVassermann reaction, that 
by the biodynamic method of diagnosis we Avere reasonably 
sure did not have it. After they had received treatments along 
general lines for enhancing nutrition, as well as getting their 
minds right, their condition became normal and has remained 
so. 

Syphilis is one of those infections that a person may have 
for years and not know it. It is also one of those insidious dis- 
eases that may attack a person without any known exposure. 

Many persons are said to have syphilis who do not have it r 
and many are said not to have it who do have it. It is for this 
reason that we should be very cautious in making a diagnosis 
of syphilis. 

Inasmuch as we have had such success ourselves, and have 
received so many good reports from those who are using these 
methods, we cannot help but think that many of the so-called 
cases of syphilis can be made normal by the methods set forth 
for the treatment of this disease. 

i 99 



We are likewise as sanguine in believing that cases of real 
syphilis can be cured by the same methods. The clinical ex- 
perience of many users of these methods seems to prove this. 

Auto-Intoxication 

We will not cite any special cases of auto-intoxication 
which have given the blue MM VR, as they have been so 
numerous. Many cases which had indican in the urine, and 
those which did not have, but which gave all the symptoms of 
general toxemia and the blue MM VR, have been entirely 
cured by means of radiations from the powerful incandescent 
lamp, electric light baths, oxygen-vapor inhalation, and the 
blue intermittent light. 



100 



JAUNDICE 

A few cases that did not give a normal MM VR gave a 
green MM VR, that is, the normal reflex in the magnetic 
meridian was elicited by means of the green light. We have 
every reason to believe this was caused by an abnormal condi- 
tion in the gall bladder or its appendages. 

Such patients we have treated with salines, radiations 
from the powerful lamp exhibited over the region of the liver 
and gall bladder, oxygen-vapor inhalation and green intermit- 
tent light. Inasmuch as these conditions have been relieved 
after two or three weeks of treatment along these lines, and 
the patients then gave a normal MM VR, we believe our diag- 
noses were correct and that this method of treatment is indi- 
cated in jaundice and allied conditions. 

INFLUENZA— THE GRIP 

A person with an active attack of influenza or grip will 
not give a normal MM VR. We 'have not had an opportunity 
to test out many of these cases, but so far we have found that 
radiations passed thru the ruby and green glass together will 
elicit the reflex in the magnetic meridian. 

We hope many of our pupils will try this out and report. 

For treating this infection, we have found that salithia 
and sodoxylin are really all the internal medicaments that are 
usually required. Let the patient drink all the water he can. 
Give electric light baths if possible. Oxygen-vapor inhalation 
and the intermittent indicated color are most valuable adjuncts 
to any other form of treatment. 

For the localized pains, we find Zone Analgesia to be very 
efficient. 



101 



SPECIFIC URETHRITIS— GONORRHEA 

Any person suffering from gonorrhea, whether it be from an 
old or a recent infection, will not give a normal MM VR. So 
far all the cases we have examined that had known histories 
of gonorrhea, have given a violet MM VR, that is, the normal 
MM VR was elicited when light was shed thru a combination 
of ruby and blue colors. This color is violet. 

As there are so many different shades of red and blue, one 
must be very particular to have the correct colors. A combi- 
nation of true red or ruby and true blue will give true violet. 
It is very difficult to find true violet glass, but true violet can 
be found in gelatin and celluloid. One must also bear in mind 
that true violet is the complementary color of yellow, so by 
making suitable tests, any one can be sure of this color. 

In using the violet-color for biodynamic diagnosis, one 
must be very careful to not have the radiations too intense. 
A one or two-candle-power lamp with a thin colored media is 
about right. If a higher power lamp be employed, it must be 
quite a long distance away from the patient being examined, 
This appli*es to all colors, but especially so to violet. 

There are several methods that w r e have found to be very 
efficient in treating specific urethritis, and we will give them 
in what we consider the order of their importance. 

1. Nascent Iodin. In a subsequent lecture we shall ex- 
plain fully nascent iodin therapy, but while specific urethritis 
is under consideration, we must mention this method. 

When ozone comes in contact with potassium iodid solu- 
tion, nascent iodin is immediately formed. Nascent iodin is as 
potent a germicide as nascent oxygen. 

Our method of procedure is to inject into the urethra, 
vagina, or such cavities as we are treating, a 15% solution of 
potassium iodid. We then, under suitable force and regula- 
tion, let ozone, as fast as it is generated, flow into the cavities 
being treated. This produces nascent iodin just where we 
want it, and it is not irritating to the most delicate membrane. 

In treating the urethra of the male, we use the ozone 
under pressure so as to inflate the urethral canal, thereby 
opening up all the crypts which are the natural habitat of 
these organisms. 

102 



Along with this nascent iodin treatment, we give concus- 
sion of the 12th thoracic vertebra and oxygen-vapor inhalation 
along with intermittent violet light. 

Sometimes we find giving potassium iodid, five grains 
three times daily, is beneficial in clearing up the case. This 
method of treatment for prostatic urethritis is very efficient, 
especially in the old, chronic conditions. 

Radiant light from the 2,000-candle-power lamp, allowed 
to radiate on the perineum while the thighs are protected by 
asbestos paper, enhances any other therapeutic measures. 

Specific Vaginitis 

The nascent iodin method of treatment when the vagina 
is infected is excellent as it spreads out the folds in the vagina, 
thereby bringing the nascent iodin in contact with all the 
hidden micro-organisms. 

Yeast and hydrogen peroxid is another method of treating 
specific vaginitis. The technic is as follows: 

Place about half a compressed yeast cake well up in the 
cul-de-sac while the speculum is in situ. Fill a one-ounce 
syringe, that has a long rubber or glass outlet, with hydrogen 
peroxid. Place that into the vagina and pack around it a good, 
tight cotton tampon. "Withdraw the speculum, approximate 
the lips of the labia and inject the hydrogen peroxid into the 
cul-de-sac. The chemical action that takes place is very ac- 
tive, and one must be prepared for quite an accumulation of 
gas. (If you have never used yeast w r ith hydrogen peroxid 
and do not know its effect, mix the two together in a dish. 
This will give you an idea of what takes place in the vagina 
when the two substances meet.) 

2. Radiant light and oxygen-vapor inhalation. 

Another method of treating specific urethritis, which some 
claim to be the best, is by means of radiations from the 2,000- 
candle-power lamp, allowed to radiate on the perineum and 
genitals. In the male, lift the scrotum so that the rays of light 
will fall upon the perineum as well as upon the genitals. Pro- 
tect the thighs with asbestos paper. Let this powerful light 
radiate on the perineum for from twenty to forty minutes each 
day. 

103 



Along with this treatment, give oxygen-vapor inhalation 
and intermittent violet light forty minutes daily. 

For an antiseptic wash about the genitals, use chinosol — 
one full sized tablet to a pint of normal salt solution. Use as 
warm as can be borne. 

3. Cataphoresis 

Another method is that of cataphoresis. First concuss 
the 12th thoracic vertebra for about two minutes. Then irri- 
gate the urethral canal with a solution made by dissolving one 
full-sized chinosol tablet in one pint of warm normal salt solu- 
tion. Place in the urethra a special cataphoric electrode made 
by perforating a small-sized rubber catheter and placing within 
it a regular cotton pipe cleaner which has soldered at its end 
a cord tip holder. Have this electrode well wet with the chi- 
nosol-sodium-chloride solution. When this electrode is in the 
urethra, attach it to the positive pole and place an indifferent 
clay electrode over the abdomen. Use from 5 to 20 milliam- 
peres of current for from five to ten minutes every second or 
third day. 

Some think the cataphoric effect is enhanced by having a 
piece of No. 32 copper wire wound about the cotton inserted 
in the perforated catheter. 

This cataphoric method of treatment will cause exacerba- 
tion of local symptoms during the day after the first treatment, 
but after the second or third treatment the patient will very 
rapidly recover. 

Should there be old strictures in the urethra so as to im- 
pede the entrance of the catheter, use negative galvanism with 
a dilating olive. For a lubricant for this cataphoric electrode 
any non-oily lubricant can be used, such as glyco-thymoline 
lubricant or a lubricant made from gum tragacanth and water. 

4. Another method for treating urethritis, which can be 
used where the operator has no other conveniences, is as fol- 
lows : 

Give stimulating concussion of the 12th thoracic vertebra 
for about two minutes. Then proceed as follows : Insert once 
or twice daily into the urethra an unguentine crayon with pro- 
targol. These are manufactured by the Norwich Chemical Co., 
New York. Fasten it in with cotton and elastic band. Keep 

104 



it in situ as long as possible. Internally give salol and sanatol 
compound, P. D. & Co. 

Clinical Cases — Specific Urethritis 

Case I. A physician 66 years of age presented himself to 
us for diagnosis. He gave no symptoms but wanted to know 
if he had a normal MM VR. Upon examination we found he 
did not have a normal MM VR, and altho we tried very many 
colors to elicit the MM VR, no color would do it except true 
violet. We diagnosed the case as gonorrheal infection. 

The doctor then told us that 46 years before he had been 
infected with gonorrhea and altho he had consulted with phy- 
sicians from far and near and had used all the regular methods 
known, none of them had cured his prostatic trouble. 

We mention this case to show how the reaction is reliable 
even in a case of such long standing. 

Case II. A man was sent to us for diagnosis. His only 
symptoms were melancholia and "chills up and down the 
back." This man gave a violet MM VR and no other color 
would elicit the MM VR. We diagnosed the case as gonor- 
rheal infection. We had his prostate "milked" and very many 
gonococci were found in the secretions. 

This man gave a history of having contracted specific ure- 
thritis eighteen years previous, and emphatically said he had 
not been exposed to the contagion since and knew that he had 
never had any but the "original attack." 

Case III. A girl 12 years of age was bro't to us for diag- 
nosis. The symptoms given were leucorrhea with an uncom- 
fortable burning sensation thru the pelvic region at times. In 
every other way the girl was normal and well developed, and 
menstrual periods had begun about six months before we saw 
her. 

This girl did not give a normal MM VR, and altho we 
tried various colors none would elicit the MM VR except 
violet. We were obliged to diagnose the case as gonorrheal 
infection. When we inquired into the case we found from the 
mother and her physician that this child had been raped about 
five years before and had had more or less leucorrhea ever 
since. 

105 



Case IV. A young man about 28 years of age was bro't to 
us for diagnosis. His physician was treating him for "incip- 
ient tuberculosis." He did not give a normal MM VR, and 
no other color would elicit the MM VR except violet. We 
diagnosed the case as gonorrheal infection. His physician 
could not believe the diagnosis was correct, so we asked him 
to make "milkings" from the prostate and examine them under 
the microscope. He did so and found every evidence of 
chronic, specific urethritis, which was then located in the pros- 
tate. The prostate was enlarged and many shreds came out 
with the secretions. 

Inquiry as to his wife's condition showed she had been 
troubled with what her husband called "the whites" and 
"burning sensations thru the pelvic regions" for the past 
eighteen months. 

This patient gave a history of a gonorrheal infection eight 
years previous. He had been married two years. 

Case V. A young man 32 years of age, who was being 
treated for neurasthtenia, was bro't to us for diagnosis. He 
gave a viplet MINI VR. He gave a history of having con- 
tracted specific urethritis twelve years before. He had been 
married about three years and his wife for over two years had 
been treated for burning sensation thru the pelvic region and 
hypersensitiveness over the ovaries. The specific organisms 
were found in milkings from the prostate of the man and from 
the vaginal discharge of his wife. 

This case is very interesting, as treatment by means of 
the 2,000-candle-power lamp, oxygen-vapor and intermittent 
violet light, was immediately instituted. Within six weeks 
this young man gave a normal MM VR and his general con- 
dition was so much improved that he said he "felt like a new 
man." His wife was also very much improved under the same 
treatment. 

The treatment given was radiations from the 2,000-candle- 
power lamp for twenty to forty minutes daily over the perin- 
eum of the man and over the lower abdomen of the woman. 
Concussion of the 12th thoracic vertebra was used for the man 
and over the 12th thoracic and 2d lumbar with the woman. 
Oxygen-vapor inhalation and intermittent violet light were 
used for about half an hour daily in each case. 

106 



Case VI. One of our pupils has reported a case of acute 
gonorrhea in a young man about 23 years of age. He gave a 
violet M M VR and said he tho't he had been infected about ten 
days before. Radiations from the 2,000-candle-power lamp 
were immediately instituted along with concussion of the 12th 
thoracic vertebra, oxygen-vapor inhalation and intermittent 
violet light. 

This case was discharged as cured six weeks after the first 
treatment. Treatments were given daily. There were no 
strictures, chordee, or any other of the common symptoms that 
go with specific urethritis. No internal medication was given 
except saline laxatives. 

We could mention scores of cases of specific urethritis, 
with its many sequellae, that we have examined and treated 
according to the methods outlined. Several cases of prostatic 
trouble that had been persistent for over 25 years and had baf- 
fled all forms of treatment have been entirely cured by means 
of the slow sinusoidal current thru the rectum, concussion over 
the 12th thoracic vertebra, radiations from the 2,000-candle- 
power lamp along with oxygen-vapor inhalation and intermit- 
tent violet light. 

We have reports of many other cases that have been cured 
by cataphoresis along with other methods. We have also had 
very remarkable success in using nascent iodin along with 
other methods. 

Many cases of diagnosed "pus tubes" have been entirely 
cured by means of radiations from the 2,000-candle-power 
light, oxygen-vapor inhalation and the violet intermittent 
light. 



107 



PUS 

Pus formation, no matter how slight, gives a decided bio- 
dynamic reaction. The pus from an acne pustule will elicit 
the VR either by auto-excitation or subject- excitation, if both 
subject and patient be grounded and face at right angles to the 
MM. The polarity of the pus ordinarily found in acne is pos- 
itive. 

Sterile pus, as far as we have had an opportunity to inves- 
tigate, elicits the VR when patient and subject are grounded 
and face at right angles to the magnetic meridian, and it has 
positive polarity. 

Appendicular or Streptococcic Pus in general, also elicits 
the VR in auto-excitation, or subject-excitation, if both pa- 
tient and subject be grounded and face at right angles to the 
MM. The polarity of such pus is negative. 

In all instances where the pus formation is limited and 
gives no general toxemia, we find no change in the normal MM 
reaction, but if the pus formation be extensive enuf to give a 
general toxemia, there will be a change in the MM VR, it 
being eithe'r a blue or ruby reaction, depending upon the ex- 
citing organism. As a rule, it will be ruby. 

PAIN 

The site of pain, that is not referred pain, elicits a pro- 
nounced VR if the subject and patient be grounded and face 
at right angles to the MM. This helps us many times to dif- 
ferentiate between pain at its source and referred pain, as re- 
ferred pain elicits no VR. 

HEART— POLARITY 

We have repeatedly ascertained that the right heart gives 
off a very pronounced energy which is neutralized by the neg- 
ative pole. The large veins also give off an energy of the same 
polarity. Therefore the venous side of the heart and its ap- 
pendages are positive. Venous blood always gives off positive 
energy. 

The left ventricle, as well as the large arteries, give off 
energy that is negative in polarity. Therefore the arterial side 
of the heart and its appendages are negative. Arterial blood 
always gives off negative energy. 

108 



OVARIES OR TESTICLES 

A healthy ovary or testicle gives off negative energy. If 
a person have disease in one of these organs only, the energy 
from that organ is changed. For example, if we have an in- 
flamed condition in one ovary or testicle and not in the other, 
the one that is inflamed will give off more energy that the one 
that is not. On the other hand, if there be no inflammation and 
the member be in a state of atrophy or inactivity, less energy 
will be given off than when it is normal. In this way we have 
been able to quite definitely decide whether one ovary or tes- 
ticle were inactive or not. 

We have found that the normal polar energy given off 
from a healthy ovary or testicle is negative. If there be pus 
about the ovary or in the tubes, or testicle, the energy will 
also be negative, but will be so much more pronounced than 
from the normal organ that there seems to be no difficulty in 
determining it. The energy from a normal ovary or testicle 
has to be taken when the patient-terminal of the energy con- 
ductor is in near-contact with the skin over the organ, but if 
there be any inflammation or pus formation, the energy will 
elicit the VR with the terminal several inches away. 

If an ovary or testicle be tuberculous, the patient will give 
the ruby MM VR, and the energy from the organ will be pos- 
itive. 



109 



POLARITIES BY THE GALVANOMETER AND BIO- 
DYNAMIC TESTS 

Recapitulation 

Aluminum to living skin negative 

Arteries (same as left ventricle) negative 

Blood — arterial negative 

Blood — venous ,-....-—. — , positive 

Cancer — ruby MM VR — lesion energy positive 

(VR dissipated by ruby light.) 

Copper, silver, iron, etc., to living skin positive 

Ebonite rubbed with cat's fur negative 

Eggs ....positive, negative, or neutral 

Eye and ear, female, right. negative 

Eye and ear, female left . positive 

Eye and ear, male, right positive 

Eye and ear, male, left negative 

Fruit — Stems of leaves and fruit as .well as veins 

and roots (same as arterial blood) negative 

(Ovaries and testicles have same polarity.) 
Between stems and veins of leaves, and the 

meat of fruit (same as venous blood) positive 

Decayed fruit positive 

Glass rubbed with silk , positive 

Goiter positive 

Hand, female, right .'. positive 

Hand, female, left negative 

Hand, male, right , , : , , negative 

Hand, male, left positive 

Heart — left vetricle (arterial side) negative 

Heart — right ventricle (venous side) positive 

Light — polarity of a person is reversed by some 
actinic lights or colors, by eating food of 
'some actinic colors, drinking yellow col- 
ored liquids, and by drinking radio-ac- 
tive water or "ambereau," that is, dis- 
tilled water exposed to sunlight for eight 
hours in an amber bottle. 

110 



Menses, delayed, or two days previous and two or 
three days subsequent to beginning — po- 
larity of extremities neutral 

Pain, from origin neutral or iso-polar 

Pain, from referred region no energy 

Pus, acne, staphylococci — from focus positive 

Pus, streptococci — from focus negative 

Red thru left female eye, facing E. or W., elicits VR. 
Red thru right male eye, facing E. or W., elicits VR. 

Syphilis — blue MM VR — lesional energy negative 

(VR dissipated by blue light.) 

Testicles negative 

Tuberculosis — ruby MM VR — lesional energy positive 

(VR dissipated by ruby light.) 
Veins (same as right heart) positive 



111 



NAMES— OLD VS. NEW 

Anatomy is from two words meaning to cut apart. Sup- 
pose every author of a Avork on anatomy gave it a new term, 
using Latin or some other language as a basis. 

Therapy is from a Greek word meaning treatment, or 
treatment of disease. 

Reflex is from a Latin word meaning reflected, or a re- 
flected action or movement. 

Reflexology is denned as the science, or study of reflexes. 

Spine is from a Latin word meaning a slender process, or, 
in anatomy, the vertebral column. 

Spinal is the adjective from the same Latin root and is de- 
fined as pertaining to the spinal column. 

Writers on Anatomy have, in most instances, adhered to 
that name. Unfortunately, writers on therapeutics, spinal 
therapeutics, reflexes and spinal reflexology, have coined all 
sorts of names to individualize the author's name. Original 
names, as a rule, cannot be improved upon. 

From time immemorial spinal therapeutics and reflexol- 
ogy have been practiced. This author and that author claims 
he first discovered this or that reflex, and puts his name to it. 
Is this scientific? If we carefully peruse old records and ob- 
serve the work of comparatively natural man, we shall see that 
there is very little "new under the sun." 

Why should one school in medicine antagonize another by 
using coined names, instead of having recognized, scientific 
terms? If the subject or device have no recognized name, then 
we should coin a name that is scientific, that is, having roots 
of a definite significance. 

SPINAL THERAPEUTICS, SPINAL THERAPY, 
SPINAL REFLEXES, SPINAL REFLEXOLOGY, RE- 
FLEXOTHERAPY, or REFLEX THERAPY, are all terms 
that have a recognized meaning and cannot offend broad- 
minded physicians. Why should we not employ such terms 
rather than the numerous coined names meaning the same 
thing? 

Every practitioner of the healing art employs reflexes of 
some kind. Most of them use spinal therapeutics, spinal re- 
flexes, or reflex therapy in some way, whether they know it 
or not. 

112 



SPINAL REFLEXOLOGY 

or 

Elicitation of the Sympathetic-Vagal Reflexes thru Stimula- 
tion of the Spinal Nerves 

That Spinal Therapeutics is based on the stimulation of 
the sympathetic ganglia is the consensus of opinion. 

It has been proved beyond all speculation that spasmodic 
contraction of the spinal muscles irritates branches of the 
spinal nerves and thereby affects the sympathetic system. 
Whether it be possible for the bony parts to impinge upon 
these spinal nerves, we do not know. Research work seems 
to show that this does not take place except in rare cases, and 
then from caries or severe external injury. 

We think that many of the so-called "misplaced verte- 
brae" are not misplaced, but have that appearance, owing to 
natural bony conditions or spasmodic contraction of muscles 
caused by irritation (referred or direct) of peripheral nerves. 

Altho these are mooted questions, yet no intelligent or 
observing physician can dispute the fact, that many obscure 
conditions can be cured by means of/ the spinal reflexes, that 
cannot be cured in any other way. 

Spinal manipulation for the cure of disease, or relief of 
pain, has been practiced for centuries. Some have produced 
results that have been little less than marvelous. 

Various coined names have been given to this method of 
treatment. There has been no need of this as the old names, 
that every one knows and understands, would have answered 
far better. 

Spinal Reflexes have been elicited in all sorts of ways. 
Among them are pounding certain areas of the spine — sudden 
hammer blows (concussion) ; treading on the spine ; bending 
and twisting of the spine; steady pressure on the spine; 
stretching of the spine ; alternate compression and stretching 
of the spine ; prodding of the spine, by various devices ; sudden 
thrusts against the spine with various instruments ; vibration 
of the spine ; electrical modalities, especially the sine wave cur- 
rent, on the spine ; etc. 

When properly applied at the correct area, good results 
have been obtained by almost all the methods, crude tho they 

113 



may have seemed. Very bad results have also been obtained 
thru ignorance and the use of too much force. 

Errors have been made in every branch of therapeutics, 
but that is no reason why the whole system of therapeutics 
should be discarded. 

Every physician should understand about spinal thera- 
peutics and spinal reflexes. It is his duty to keep informed on 
all therapeutic methods as far as possible, so his patients may 
be relieved in every possible manner. 

Perhaps the oldest method of producing the reflexes thru 
the spine is that of Concussion, altho it was not used under 
that name. Pounding of certain areas of the spine has been 
used for hundreds of years for producing certain reflexes. A 
later modification of this has been Vibration, and still later 
electricity in the form of the sine wave current. 

All workers in spinal therapeutics have observed that 
stimulation of the 10th and 11th thoracic vertebrae will pro- 
duce anemia of the brain. Congestion of the brain is quickly 
relieved by such stimulation. Some forms of insanity are 
quickly relieved and at times permanently cured by such stim- 
ulation. 

The anatomies tell us that the small splanchnic nerve 
comes from the 10th and 11th ganglia, passes with the great 
splanchnic nerve, and ends in the solar plexus. 

We have recently had an opportunity to verify this 
in a very simple manner. Among a great many individuals 
upon whom we were testing out the spinal reflexes, was a lady 
with a very much deformed abdomen. The deformity did not 
show until her trunk was exposed, when a marked depression 
was observed just below the diafram. Upon a careful exam- 
ination we found that the pancreas, stomach, and in fact all 
the viscera, were much lower than normal, and that it was a 
congenital condition. We at once palpated for the celiac axis 
and solar plexus. When we tho't this location was found, 
we began to gently rotate the finger with a steady pressure. 
At once the subject felt faint and within a minute she was 
lying oh the floor in a faint. x\s soon as she revived, we tried 
the maneuver again and with the same result. The patient 
said she had never fainted before, but that her head began to 
"swim" as soon as we pressed and manipulated over that par- 

114 



ticular area. No symptoms were observed when other regions 
were manipulated. Our conclusions were that the stimulation 
to the solar plexus had caused anemia of the brain and conse- 
quent syncope. 

A sudden, severe blow in that region gives what is popu- 
uarly known as a "knock-out blow." 

This seems to show how we can produce anemia of the 
brain by prolonged stimulation of the 10th and 11th thoracic 
vertebrae, thus causing a relaxation of the splanchnic vessels. 

Investigators have observed that w r hile the abdomen was 
opened and a moderately large electrode placed over the 1st 
and 3d lumbar vertebrae, while the indifferent electrode was 
over the sacrum, with sixty to seventy volts of the slow sine 
current, the stomach would contract to about one-half or one- 
third its original volume. These experiments have been often 
repeated and have proved that intermittent stimulation over 
the 1st and 3d lumbar vertebrae contracts the stomach and in- 
testines, and is therefore indicated for dilated stomach or dys- 
pepsia due to motor insufficiency. 

By various methods we have proved that the slow sinu- 
soidal current, or concussion, over the 2d lumber vertebra will 
contract the uterus. In a like manner we have demonstrated 
and proved that the same stimulation over the 11th thoracic 
will dilate the uterus. 

By putting one electrode over the 11th thoracic vertebra 
and one over the 2d lumbar vertebra, and then passing the slow 
sine wave thru them, the uterus can be seen to contract and 
dilate. This is an indirect method of stimulating the muscles 
of the uterus and its appendages. 

Stimulation of the lower thoracic vertebrae, notably the 
7th and 8th, will contract the splanchnic vessels, thereby 
changing an anemic condition of the brain to a hyperemic con- 
dition. On the other hand, relaxation, which is bro't about by 
a prolonged stimulation of the same area, will dilate the 
splanchnic vessels and change a hyperemic condition of the 
brain into an anemic condition. 

Generally speaking, the upper five thoracic vertebrae,, 
when stimulated, dilate the splanchnic area; while stimulation 
of the lower seven thoracic vertebrae contract the splanchnic 
area. 

1 15 



CONCUSSION VS. VIBRATION IN SPINAL THERA- 
PEUTICS 

It is hard to speak of concussion without at the same time 
speaking of vibration. We now use concussion in spinal ther- 
apeutics where we formerly used vibration, for the reason that 
we have found concussion to be the better modality. 

We think that Reich (in the "Lexikon der Physikalishen 
Therapie Diatetic und Krankenflege") made the first distinc- 
tion between concussion and vibration. He differentiates them 
as we do electric currents, comparing vibration to a high fre- 
quency current and concussion to a current of less frequency 
but stronger. He classifies concussion as a change of move- 
ment from 120 to 150 a minute. In vibration he mentions that 
the body has no time to come back to rest before the succeed- 
ing strokes, while with concussion the muscles do have time to 
come to rest before the succeeding stroke. 

In spinal therapeutics it is of the greatest importance to 
differentiate between concussion and vibration. It is no longer 
a matter of doubt that the elicitation of the sympathetic-vagal 
reflex is ©f the greatest importance in the treatment of many 
diseases. We do not believe that the average person can se- 
cure the same results with a vibrator as they can with a con- 
cussor, altho some expert operators claim that they can. 

As there are so many different styles of vibrators on the 
market and so many different conceptions of the use of a 
vibrator, we cannot go into this subject in such a course of 
instruction as this. If any of you wish to go thoroly into vi- 
bration, we would advise reading Dr. Mary Arnold Snow's 
latest book on Mechanical Vibration. 

For exciting the spinal reflexes as well as some of the ten- 
don reflexes (such as the patellar), concussion is doubtless 
better than vibration. 

Concussion means a sudden hammer stroke. This stroke 
should be so slow that the stimulated part has time to come 
back to a state of rest before the succeeding stroke is given. 
For this work a slow, hammer stroke is called for. The stroke 
should be steady and strong and under the control of the op- 
erator. Concussion is easily applied and quickly mastered if 
one have the proper device and understand the underlying 
principles. 

116 



The Concussode 

When giving concussion one must use an applicator (con- 
cussode) that does not slip about on the skin. Otherwise 
there will be an abrasion. The concussode should have 
rounded parts to come in contact with both sides of the spin- 
ous process. Experience proves that a flat applicator, that 
comes in contact with the spinous processes, does not have 
as good an effect as an applicator which gives equal pressure 
on each side of the spinous process. 

Many physicians have given up spinal concussion because 
of the soreness, or abrasion, of the skin following the treat- 
ments. In every such instance we have found that they have 
used a rubber-covered applicator, and that was placed over the 
spinous processes. 

Another disadvantage of the rubber-covered concussode 
is the fact that it cannot be sterilized. We have seen some 
very bad sores on the spine, caused by carrying an infection 
from one patient to another. For this reason we must caution 
all users of rubber applicators which come in contact with the 
skin. We have found that aluminurfi makes the best concus- 
sode. The form of concussode that we have found to be the 
best is shown on page 121. 

The Application of Concussion 

There are two methods of giving spinal concussion. One 
is by a slow, hammer stroke, striking the concussode about 
forty to sixty times a minute. Another is to give four or five 
strokes in rapid succession and then have an intermission of 
an equal length of time as it takes to give the strokes. Expe- 
rience seems to prove that the slow method is the better, altho 
both methods have their advocates. 

No matter which method of concussion one uses, he 
must remember that slow, intermitted strokes produce excita- 
tion ; while prolonged, rapid strokes produce relaxation. When 
stimulation is desired in any muscle or set of muscles, never 
forget that the muscles must come back to rest before the 
succeeding stroke is given. 

It is a mistaken idea with many operators that concussion 
means a sledge-hammer blow. The only force needed for the 

117 



blow in concussion is that necessary to elicit the desired reflex. 
It is not so much the force of the blow as the kind of blow that 
is effective. The stroke must be sudden. It is because of the 
kind of stroke that is required for successful concussion treat- 
ment that so many operators have failed to obtain the results 
they anticipated. We do not believe that any vibrating appar- 
atus can be used successfully for concussion, when stimulation 
is required. Vibration can be used to exhaust a reflex or to 
produce sedation. 

Whether concussion or any other form of energy be used, 
always bear the following axioms in mind : Quick, firm blows 
or contractions cause stimulation. Prolonged stimulation pro- 
duces sedation. Stimulating energy must be intermittent, and 
not too prolonged. 

A/'ibration or concussion should be practiced with an ac- 
curate knowledge of the anatomy of the part we wish to treat, 
and with a full understanding of the effect of the modality. 
Know the action of the modality you are using:, and use dis- 
cretion in your work. 

Do not overdo any form of treatment. 

Magnetic Energy with Concussion 

Investigators have found that magnetic energy given off 
to the region being concussed greatly intensifies the reflex and 
enhances the permanency of its therapeutic effect. It might 
be said that concussion is to the reflex what in fotografy the 
developer is to the plate, and magnetic energy is to the ob- 
tained reflex what the fixing bath is to the developed plate. 



118 



A SIMPLE MAGNETIC CONCUSSOR 

We have had a good deal of experience in developing all 
kinds of therapeutic apparatus for physicians. "\Ye have spent 
much time and money in developing concussors and, altho we 
have gotten out elaborate and expensive concussion appar- 
atuses, we are frank to say that a very simple device, in many 
ways, is more practical and just as efficient. Of course, the 
psychic effect, which every physician must take into consid- 
eration, is enhanced by having an elaborate apparatus for any 
therapeutic use. 

As we could find no form of concussode or concussion de- 
vice to meet our requirements, we devised the Valens Mag- 
netic Concussor. It is a very neat and compact device, con- 
sisting of a concussode and hammer of an improved style, 
which meets all requirements for successful spinal-concussion 
work. The concussode is made of polished aluminum and 
therefore can be kept in a sanitary condition by washing it off 
with alcohol after each treatment. This makes it far prefer- 
able to any rubber-covered concussode. 

The shape of the concussode is such that it will project 
over the spinous processes, and the stimulation can be given 
simultaneously to each side of the selected vertebra. 

This concussode is ferruled and securely screwed into a 
finely finished wooden handle in which is placed a specially 
made magnet. Positive magnetic energy is directed toward 
the concussode, so this magnetic energy is given off to the site 
being treated. The concussode can be held in an exact posi- 
tion in contact with the skin without any danger of abrading 
the skin during the treatment. 

The mallet or hammer that is used with the Valens Mag- 
netic Concussor is of beautifully finished w T ood and of the re- 
quired weight to do successful work. In each end of the mal- 
let is countersunk a gum-rubber contact piece so that there is 
scarcely any noise while giving the treatment, which is very 
desirable with some patients. After this rubber is worn out, 
it is very easily replaced. 

When not in use, the concussode end of the concussor 
should point due north. This enhances the retentivity of the 
magnet. 

119 



If biodynamic tests are made in the room where this con- 
cussor is kept, the same precautions should be taken with it 
as with any other magnet, that is, it should be kept on the 
floor, while the tests are being made. 

If, after long continued use, the energy from the magnet 
become dissipated, it can easily be re-magnetized. The mag- 
net can be taken out of the handle, by unscrewing the concus- 
sode, and placed in a solenoid ; or the whole handle can be 
placed within the solenoid, having the concussode end toward 
the positive side and the galvanic current passed thru it. The 
concussode end gives off positive energy, that is, it will repel 
the north pole of the magnetic needle. 

(The Valens Magnetic Concussor is illustrated on oppo- 
site page.) 

Directions for Use 

In using the Valens Magnetic Concussor, find out from 
the appended "Key to Concussion" just what region you wish 
to stimulate. Place the concussode over that area, hold the 
handle at exactly right angles to the body. In that way the 
flat surface of the concussode is in contact with the skin. Hit 
the handle with a decided, steady blow but not too hard. Make 
these strokes with the mallet about forty or sixty to the min- 
ute. Rest about five seconds between each fifteen strokes. 
This treatment should consume not more than two minutes 
when treating for stimulation. 

If treating for relaxation in any area, make the strokes as 
rapid as possible for from half a minute to a minute without 
stopping. 

With a very fleshy person the blow must be struck with 
more force than with a thin, delicate person. A little practice 
will teach the operator what force to use in giving these 
strokes. Never strike hard enuf to hurt the patient. 



120 




VALENS MAGNETIC CONCUSSOR 

Devised by GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 

The wooden parts are of highly polished rosewood or 
some other wood equally. as elegant. 

The ends of the mallet are made of gum rubber about an 
inch thick. 

The concussode is made of polished aluminum and is at- 
tached to the wooden handle by means of a brass screw se- 
curely fastened to the concussode. This concussode acts as 
a ferrule on the wooden handle. 



121 



KEY TO THE THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION OF CON- 
CUSSION 

The fallowing Key to the Therapeutic Application of 
Concussion can also be used for the slow sinusoidal current, 
if the small electrode be placed over the vertebra named and 
the large or indifferent pad be over the sacrum or abdomen. 

This key is based on the findings of those practicing 
spinal therapeutics. 

The double-pronged spinal concussode should be placed 
over the spinous process of the vertebra named or between the 
vertebrae if so indicated, and concussion given according to 
directions set forth. This produces the reflex named, and is 
indicated as specified. 

Remember that prolonged stimulation produces relaxa- 
tion. 

Remember that the rapid sinusoidal current produces re- 
laxation. 

When giving treatment, always know whether you wish 
to bring about relaxation or contraction. 

Do not overdo these treatments. 

The secret of success or failure in spinal- reflexology is to 
a great extent in the manner of producing the reflexes. 

Stimulation of the motor part of a spinal segment seems 
to exert an analgesic action on a sensitive part. The more hy- 
peresthetic the viscera or other areas, the greater this anal- 
gesic action seems to be. 

2D AND 3D CERVICAL 

Indicated in diseases of Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat, and 
High Blood Pressure. 

4TH AND 5TH CERVICAL 

Lung reflex of contraction. 

Indicated in Bronchial Asthma, Emphysema, Hiccough. 

4TH TO 7TH CERVICAL 

Indicated in Numbness of Arms, Brachial Monoplegia fol- 
lowing Poliomyelitis. 

122 



6TH AND 7TH CERVICAL 

Heart reflex of contraction. Increases Vagal Tone. Re- 
duces Blood Pressure if due to cardiac weakness. Dim- 
inishes symptoms of Hyperthyroidism. Inhibits Pulse 
temporarily. Contracts Viscera. Changes Hypermia into 
Anemia. Relieves Cough and Pain. Relieves Asthenopia 
if due to low intraocular tension. 

Indicated in Cardiac Asthma, Tachycardia, Palpitation, 
Arhythmia, Goiter (simple and exophthalmic), Aneurism, 
Angina Pectoris with dilation, Diabetes Mellitus, Bright's 
Disease, Coryza, Chilblain, Hay Fever, Cold extremities, 
Dyspnea, Acute congestion of Bronchial Mucosa, Hemop- 
tysis, Epistaxis, Migraine, Congestion of Eye, Ear, Nose 
and Lungs, Pertussis, Vaso-Dilator Neuroses, Amblyopia, 
Digestion Auto-Intoxication, Nervous Deafness. 

1ST AND 2D THORACIC 

General heart stimulation, but not as marked as at 6th 
and 7th cervical. 

3D THORACIC 

Contracts Pylorus and Dilates Cardia. 

BETWEEN 3D AND 4TH THORACIC 

Dilates Peripheral Vessels. Increases Mammary Secre- 
tion. Dilates Esophagus. Develops busts. 
Diminishes Vagal Tone and depresses functions of struc- 
tures innervated by the Vagus. Dilates Heart. Reduces 
High Blood-Pressure. Inhibits Heart Action. Relieves 
Asthenopia if due to high intraocular tension. Relieves 
Abdominal Pain during menstruation. 

Indicated in some forms of Emphysema, Cardio-tonic An- 
gina Pectoris, Cardio-spasm, Atrophy of Mammary 
Glands, High Blood Pressure, Hyperemia of Brain. 

4TH THORACIC 

Contracts the Gall Bladder and Pancreas. Increases Pan- 
creatic Secretion. 

Indicated in Catarrhal Jaundice, Hepatic Fever associated 
with Cholelithiasis, Infectious Colecystitis. 

123 



5TH THORACIC 

Dilates Pylorus and Contracts Cardia. Accentuates symp- 
toms of Hyperthyroidism. Facilitates rapid Gastric Ab- 
sorption and Elimination. Lessens action of gastric juice 
on drugs. Aids in Duodenal Intubation. Aids in Gastric 
Skiagraphy. 

Indicated in Sick Headache and conditions requiring rapid 
evacuation of stomach. 

6TH AND 7TH THORACIC 

Dilates the Kidneys. 

Indicated in Interstitial Nephritis, Pseudo-Appendicitis. 

7TH AND 8TH THORACIC 

Constricts Splanchnic Blood Supply. Dilates Lungs. Pre- 
vents Bronchitis in children from becoming a Broncho- 
pneumonic condition. 

Indicated in Splanchnic Neurasthenia with Hypotension, 
Enteroptosis, Atelectasis, Anemia of Brain. 

9TH THORACIC 

Dilates Gall Bladder. 

Indicated in Biliary or Hepatic Colic. 

10TH THORACIC 

Dilates Pancreas and increases Pancreatic Secretion. Pro- 
duces Hyperemia by dilating Blood Vessels. Reduces 
Blood Pressure. Increases Red Blood Corpuscles. Di- 
lates Kidneys. Stimulates Renal Activity. Relieves pain 
in Duodenal Ulcer. 

Indicated in Locomotor Ataxia, Nephritis, Phthisis, Mitral 
Stenosis, Senile Heart, Anemia, Ovarian Neuralgia, High 
Blood Pressure. 

11TH THORACIC 

Dilates Heart, Stomach, Liver, Spleen, Abdominal Arter- 
ies, Intestines, L^reters, Uterus, Cervix Uteri, Gall Blad- 
der, Bowels, Thoracic Aorta. Increases Blood Supply to 
Lungs. Changes Anemia into Hyperemia. Increases Red 
Blood Corpuscles and Hemoglobin. Relieves Rigid Os. 



NOTE. — Upper five thoracic vertebrae, when stimulated, dilate or relax, the splanchnic area. 

124 



Indicated in Spastic Constipation, Nervous Diarrhea, Per- 
istaltic Unrest, Enteralgia, Contracted Os. Anginoid 
Pains, Angina Pectoris, Infantile Paralysis when legs are 
implicated, Congestion of Brain. 

12TH THORACIC 

Contracts Kidneys. Relieves Backache due to distension 
of Kidneys. Intensifies pain of Renal Calculus. Contracts 
Prostate. Replaces a Movable or Prolapsed Kidney. 
Indicated in Parenchymatous Nephritis, Prostatic Hyper- 
trophy, Nephroptosis, Nephrospasis, Urethritis, Consti- 
pation. 

1ST TO 3D LUMBAR 

Contracts Stomach, Intestines, Liver, Spleen, L'terus. In- 
creases Leukocytosis. Enhances excretion of Indican. 
Indicated in Dilated Stomach, Dyspepsia due to motor in- 
sufficiency, Hepatic Congestion, Atonic Constipation, In- 
larged Spleen, Uterine Subinvolution, Uterine Hemor- 
rhage, Dysmenorrhea, Amenorrhea, Splanchnic Neuras- 
thenia, Intestinal Auto-Intoxication, Malaria, Leukemia. 

3D LUMBAR 

Stimulates Ovaries. 

5TH LUMBAR 

Contracts Bladder. 

Indicated in Enuresis, Irritable Bladder, Prolapsed Blad- 
der. 



NOTE. — The seven lower thoracic vertebrae, when stimulated, contract the splanchnic area. 



125 



THE SPINAL COLUMN IN DIAGNOSIS 

The following areas, if persistently sensitive, refer to the 
organs or parts named. Altho not absolutely correct, this 
method of diagnosis is of great value. 

1st or 2d cervical larynx 

2d, 3d. 4th cervical... phrenic nerve 

3d, 4th, 5th cervical teeth or jaw 

5th cervical—. upper trachea and esophagus 

6th and 7th cervical inferior cervical sympathetic ganglia 

1st thoracic bronchial tubes 

2d thoracic , , , , upper heart 

3d thoracic lungs 

4th thoracic ....-lower heart 

5th thoracic stomach — fundus 

6th thoracic stomach — pylorus and duodenum 

7th thoracic liver 

8th thoracic , ,...—- diafram 

9th thoracic pancreas and spleen 

10th, 11th, 12th thoracic kidneys 

12th thoracic prostate and neck of bladder 

1st lumbar bladder, penis, scrotum, labia, perineum 

2d lumbar , , uterus 

2d lumbar (right) cecum and appendix 

2d lumbar (left) sigmoid flexure 

3d lumbar ovaries and testicles 

4th lumbar uterus, tubes and appendages 

5th lumbar lower bowel and bladder 



126 



THE SPINAL COLUMN IN DIAGNOSIS 
Referred Pains 

For examining the spinal column for sensitive areas, we 
use aluminum thimbles on our fingers, or a single or double- 
pronged applicator. The bare thumbs or fingers can be em- 
ployed, or the end of any blunt instrument. 

Make pressure first on one side of the various vertebrae and 
then on the other. Observe whether the patient complain of 
pain on one side more than another, or whether he notice that 
one point is more sensitive. Mark them with a dermatograph. 
Go over the areas again and see if the patient complain of the 
sensitiveness in the marked places. If the sensitiveness per- 
sist, it mav be a local muscular or peripheral tenderness, or it 
may be referred from some viscera. 

Freezing of the tender area will obliterate the pain or 
sensitiveness, if the trouble be peripheral, but will not if it be 
visceral. Sometimes steady, hard pressure over a sensitive 
area will so "block" the nerves that visceral, reflex pain is sub- 
dued. This same maneuver will often subdue spasm in the 
viscera. 

Concussion or the sine-wave current will often, by direct 
or reflex action, almost instantly stop severe pain. To do this, 
treat the sensitive area. 

Freezing, concussion, pressure, and the sine-wave cur- 
rents can often be used as diagnostic agents in locating vis- 
ceral disease. 

If the sensitive areas along the spine are migrating, it in- 
dicates myalgia, neuralgia, or hysteria. Powerful heat will 
usually subdue myalgia or neuralgia in a few minutes. Some- 
times freezing will have the same effect, after a few hours. 

If local measures do not mitigate the painful, or sensitive 
areas, the trouble is almost sure to be in the face or its cavities, 
or within the body. 

There seems to be a slight difference in different individ- 
uals as to the distribution of the spinal nerves. 

Zonetherapy can also be used as a means of locating the 
origin of pain. 

127 



Referred Pains 

Remember that pain can be referred from the peripheral 
distribution of the spinal nerves to the viscera, or cavities of 
the body; or it can be referred from the viscera or cavities of 
the body to the periphery. 

We are often called upon to treat many painful conditions, 
especially about the spine, which we have reason to believe are 
referred pains. 

Probably intercostal neuralgia is one of the most prevalent 
causes for these painful areas. If we can find a painful area 
influenced by pressure over a given vertebra, we look for a 
painful area in the axillary line and also at the sternal end of 
the rib attached to the given vertebra. If we find these pain- 
ful spots, we conclude that the trouble is intercostal neuralgia. 

If we have severe pain in the shoulder, or back of the ear, 
or in other areas, and can elicit that pain by pressure by the 
side of any vertebrae, we conclude that the pain is referred 
from the spine. For this condition we employ freezing, as this 
method will work wonders in many conditions. 

In trf-facial neuralgia, probably we find more referred 
pains than in almost any other condition. Look for a sensi- 
tive area just posterior to the mastoid process, or between the 
2d and 3d cervical vertebrae. By the pressure method try to 
trace the vertebra or vertebrae from which the painful nerve 
seems to go. Freeze that area first. The next day the patient 
may refer to the pain in a different locality. If so, trace that 
out and freeze that. By following out this method, many 
times painful conditions that have been persistent under every 
other treatment can be eradicated. Remember that there is 
a branch of the trigeminus which can be traced down as far 
as the 2d cervical segment of the cord, and freezing at this lo- 
cation will many times relieve or cure trigeminal neuralgia. 

In looking for the cause of referred pains about the face or 
neck, never forget to have the teeth examined. For this cau- 
tery contact* is probably the best method. Many times the 
trouble is caused by a diseased root. On the other hand, 
sometimes what the patient describes as toothache is in reality 
a pain that can be cured almost instantly by freezing just 
posterior to the mastoid process and opposite the 2d and 3d 

*Cautery contact for the testing of teeth will he fully descrihed in a subsequent lecture. 

128 



cervical vertebrae, or by zonetherapy. Pressure at these loca- 
tions many times will relieve toothache. 

In treating painful areas, especially about the abdomen, 
make a thoro examination. 

Many times pains, which can be called pseudo-appendicu- 
lar pains, are referred from the spine to the area of the cecum. 
These pains can be cured either by freezing from the 1st to 
4th lumbar vertebrae, or. by exhibiting the rays from the 2,000- 
candle-power lamp over the lumbar region. We have often 
had ladies come to us complaining of pain thru the ovarian 
region, but on palpation we could find no hypersensitiveness 
of the organs. Therefore we concluded the pain was referred 
from the spine. By either freezing or using the powerful in- 
candescent lamp over the lumbar region, all symptoms passed 
away. 

Many times we get just as good results from the rays of 
the powerful incandescent lamp, only it may take a little 
longer. We must study our patients and judge which modal- 
ity to use. With a very neurotic patient, ^e would not recom- 
mend freezing, but would use the powerful light. 

Painful areas about the knee have been entirely cured by 
giving powerful incandescent light and slow sinusoidal current 
over the lumbar and sacral region. Some pains in the knee or 
calf of the leg, as well as pains thru the foot, indicate a falling 
arch or calluses. Look for the cause and treat that. Proper 
shoes in the majority of cases will relieve the trouble. 

Chordae Tympani Nerves — Their Function 

We have recently had an opportunity to learn in a peculiar 
manner of one of the functions, if not the function, of the Chor- 
dae Tympani nerves. 

One of our patients, when a child, had an ulceration of the 
ears which obliterated the drums, as well as the ossicles of the 
middle ear. By means of a delicate applicator we were able 
to locate the chorda tympanum nerve. The moment it was 
touched the patient said his mouth tasted as if he had it full 
of zinc or some other metal. 

This seems to show that stimulation of the chordae tym- 
pani nerves produces a metallic taste. We are all familiar 

129 



with the metallic taste in the mouth when the face, and some 
parts of the head, are stimulated by means of electricity. From 
our recent findings, we believe this peculiar taste phenomenon 
is caused in such cases by the indirect stimulation of the chor- 
dae tympani nerves. 

This phenomenon shows how pains could be referred from 
the mouth to the middle ear ; or how pain or bad taste in the 
month could come from an irritation in the middle ear. 

"Crawling sensation" in tongue is often caused by conges- 
tion in middle ear. 



130 



Clinical Cases in Spinal Diagnosis and Therapeutics 

Case I. Mrs. S., 40 years of age. For several weeks suf- 
fered severe pain thru the left side of the face and over the 
forehead. The pain had continued night and day until she was 
nearly worn out. She had been examined by several doctors, 
some of whom told her there was a "misplaced" cervical spine 
that caused the trouble. Her neck had been "manipulated" 
with nothing but bad results. 

AYhen she was bro't to us, we immediately pressed on the 
left side of the vertebral column between the 3d and 6th cer- 
vical vertebrae. Hard pressure temporarily relieved the pain 
in the face. We exerted pressure over the region of the supra- 
and infra-orbital foramen and the mental foramen, and the pain 
was aggravated. 

From these findings, we concluded that the pain was 
caused by one of two things. There was either irritation of 
the spinal nerves in the cervical region or in the superior max- 
illa from some tooth. Before the patient came to us she had 
been to two dentists who examined her teeth and said they 
were all right and the pain could not come from them. We 
knew if the pain were permanently stopped by freezing of the 
cervical spines on the left side, it would show the trouble was 
peripheral. If this would not stop it, we knew the pain must 
be of dental origin. We therefore froze between the 3d and 
6th cervical spines on the left side. After twenty-four hours 
the pain was no better, and from the distribution of the pain 
we concluded that the trouble was in the wisdom tooth of the 
upper jaw. We sent her to a dentist and asked him to bore 
out the tooth and pass a wire thru it to see if the same pain 
were aggravated. If it were, we advised pulling the tooth. 

The dentist followed directions, and as the pain was 
greatly aggravated by the metal contact in the cavity, the tooth 
was drawn. Its great branching roots showed the cause of 
the pain. Within two days all symptoms of ticdolereux had 
passed away and there has been no return of the trouble. 

Case II. Another similar case was referred to us. A lady 
60 years of age. The doctor who had been treating her tho't 
her persistent ticdolereux was caused by a neuritis of the 7th 
nerve, and had applied positive galvanism over the mastoid 
region and over the parotid gland until the skin was very badly 
injured. 

131 



Steady pressure over the area of the 3d and 6th cervical 
vertebrae on the painful side stopped the pain, which had been 
persistent foi" over six months. One good freezing in the cer- 
vical area cle are d U P the trouble within two days. 

Case III- Another interesting case was a man about 50 
years of age' wno had been the rounds of specialists to be 
cured of a rJ ers istent pain in the right elbow and shoulder. 
Everything frad been used on his shoulder and elbow from 
mustard plast ers to thermal penetration, but still the pain in- 
creased, unti^ he could not attend to his business, and could 
not dress hir ns elf. 

Upon examination of the origin of the brachial plexus, we 
found that v£ r y severe pressure relieved the pain. Light pres- 
sure or irrit ;a ti° n i n the spinal region, would aggravate the 
pain in the shoulder an d elbow. From these findings we con- 
cluded the trouble was of a spinal origin. 

We froz e from the 5th cervical to the 5th thoracic of the 
painful side. That night the patient was without very much 
pain. We fr oze it the next day in the same area and that night 
he slept verV well and had no pain in the shoulder or elbow, 
altho there \ vas some soreness from the freezing. 

Two days after we froze this area again. Within two 
weeks all sy m Pt° ms of pain in the arm and shoulder had dis- 
appeared an4 there has been no return of the trouble for over 

a year. 

Case IV- Another very interesting case was that of a lady 
about 40 yec 11 " 8 of a g e > who had very heavy mammary glands. 
She had beei 1 suffering with pain between the scapulae for sev- 
eral months an d altho she had tried all kinds of doctors, none 
could relieve her pain. They had kneaded, twisted, and poul- 
ticed her back until it was so tender it could hardly be touched. 

We had the woman strip to the waist and walk up and 
down the fld 01 "- We noticed that she threw her shoulders for- 
ward. We then had her hold up her heavy breasts with her 
hands and asked her if the pain were relieved. She said it 
seemed to b e l es s. We put her on the table and gave her the 
•slow sinusoidal current, placing one clay pad over one pec- 
toral region an d the other pad over the other. Our object 
was to stimulate the muscles that helped to hold the breasts 
up: We gaV e this treatment for ten minutes and when she left 

132 



the office she said the pain was somewhat relieved. We gave 
the same treatment the following day. 

The next four treatments were on four subsequent days 
and we gave the slow sinusoidal current for ten-minute 
periods, one pole being connected by a bifurcated cord to a 
clay pad on each breast, and the other to a vaginal electrode 
well up in the cul-de-sac. After each one of these treatments., 
we gave her a twenty-minute treatment from the 2,000-candle- 
power incandescent lamp over the back. 

When the week was ended, she said she had no pain, felt 
better and rested better than she had before in months. She 
has had no return of the trouble. 

Case V. Some time ago we had a lady patient who com- 
plained of vertigo and rush of blood to the head. Stimulation 
of the 7th and 8th thoracic vertebrae aggravated the trouble ; 
but prolonged, rapid sinusoidal current in that region entirely 
cured her of the affliction. In this case there was too much 
constriction in the splanchnic area. Had she been troubled 
with syncope and fainting spells, accompanied by paleness, 
we would have used stimulation with the slow sinusoidal cur- 
rent or concussion at the 7th and 8th thoracic vertebrae. 

Case V. Several years ago a lady came to us for treat- 
ment for what had been diagnosed as "gastric ulcer," for which 
she was to be operated on the next week. We found that none 
of the physicians who had diagnosed her trouble had exam- 
ined her when stripped, but had taken her symptoms as she 
described them and had made pressure thru the clothes. 

We found upon pressure over the umbilicus that pains 
were experienced that she had described as coming from a 
"gastric ulcer." By everting the infundibuliform navel, we 
found an angry looking ulcer, which we treated with antiseptic 
powder and cotton. Within one week every one of the symp- 
toms of gastric ulcer had disappeared. We later learned from 
this patient that she had studied all the symptoms of gastric 
ulcer from some advertising book, and had read these symp- 
toms into her own case. In that way she was able to give an 
accurate description of a "gastric ulcer situated on the anterior 
surface of the stomach." As this lady has had no return of 
her symptoms for many years, we can safely say that our diag- 
nosis was correct, and the cure permanent. 

133 



THE INTERVERTEBRAL FORAMINA IN MAN 

At this time when so much is being said and done in the 
way of treating disease thru the vertebrae, it is apropos that 
we, as physicians, know more about the anatomy of the in- 
tervertebral foramen. We cannot go into this question at any 
length. What we want to know is the truth and not try to 
deceive the public, as the public in time will wake up, and they 
are beginning to wake up now. 

If we knew our work better and treated our patients with 
more honesty, the various methods of treatment known as this 
and that 'pathy or "ism" would never have obtained such a 
foothold. We have had patients come to us who have been 
treated by systems known by various names, but signifying 
spinal or bone treatment, and they have told us that they knew 
the physician was deceiving them when he talked of "mis- 
placed vertebrae," "dislocated vertebrae," etc. 

The laity are learning more about anatomy, physiology 
and hygiene, and some of them know more than their physi- 
cians seem to know about the subject. 

For all those who wish to inform themselves regarding the 
anatomy of the intervertebral foramen and wish to be honest 
with themselves before passing any opinion upon any system 
of vertebral treatment, we would recommend reading a small 
work by Harold Swanberg, entitled, "The Intervertebral For- 
amina in Man," which is published by the Chicago Scientific 
Publishing Co., of Chicago. The introductory note by the well- 
known anatomist, Dr. Harris E. Santee, of the General Medi- 
cal College and Chicago College of Medicine and Surgery, 
might be of interest and we quote it in full : 

First edition. 

"I take pleasure in writing an introductory note to the 
monograph of Mr. Harold Swanberg. Accurate information is 
always valuable, and it is such that Mr. Swanberg presents. 
A careful investigation of the intervertebral foramina and their 
contents is of special interest. Tho the field is so limited, it 
is sufficiently broad to form the anatomic basis for several 
schools of practice. Mr. Swanberg shows, by actual sections 
the exact relations of the first dorsal nerve at the intervertebral 
foramen. A study of his work will help determine whether 

134 



compression of the nerves at this point is likely to occur ; and 
whether, therefore, there is substantial ground for the doctrine 
that such compression is the immediate cause of all or of a 
considerable number of pathologic conditions." 

Introducing the Second edition, Prof. Santee says : 

"Mr. Harold Swanberg has enlarged the scope of his con- 
tribution to anatomic knowledge by pursuing his investigation 
to its logical conclusion. His former work, to which I wrote 
a prefatory note, was done upon the intervertebral foramina 
of lower animals. That work is fully corroborated and greatly 
enhanced by the present monograph, which presents an 
equally careful study of the human intervertebral foramina. In 
the light of this new knowledge certain theories of spinal ten- 
sion and compression must be greatly modified. The undoubted 
anatomic facts, revealed by Mr. Swanberg in this painstaking, 
scientific work, necessitates a complete restatement of the 
rationale of "cures" effected by spinal manipulation." 
Recently Mr. Swanberg wrote us as follows : 
"I am of the opinion that only in r&re instances can the 
nervous structures be subject to injury in the intervertebral 
foramina. All my work has shown how well Nature has pro- 
tected the nerves in the foramina — the foramina being from 
three to fifteen times the size of the enclosed nerves, and the 
nerves themselves being embedded in a semi-fluid substance — 
fat." 



135 



LESIONS OF THE LUMBOSACRO-ILIAC REGION 

Relaxation of the Lumbosacro-Iliac Ligaments 

Many surgeons are of the opinion that there is no such 
thing as a "subluxation," or change of relation, between the 
spinal column and the pelvis. From actual experience and ob- 
servation we know that there is a condition that might be 
called a subluxation of the articulations of the spinal column 
with the pelvis, or we may better say — a relaxation of the 
sacro-iliac ligaments. As this may happen between the sacrum 
and the ilium, the lumbar vertebrae and the ilium, or a combi- 
nation of both, it seems best to call it a condition of lumbo- 
sacro-pelvic relaxation, rather than to designate it by any sin- 
gle articulation. 

We have seen patients who had pain in the lower part of 
the spine, and who after walking a little distance would say 
they felt as if they would topple over and for that reason they 
carried a crutch. This class of patients will have pain in the 
back to such an extent that very elaborate bone grafting or 
bone excision operations are done. These operations, as a rule, 
give no relief but make the condition worse. 

The history of such patients, if carefully taken, will show 
that they have at some time made a misstep in going down- 
stairs or have tho't they were going to take another downward 
step, when already at the bottom of the stairs, and have 
thrown their body forward in such a way as to wrench them- 
selves. The symptoms of pain will come on within a few days 
after this misstep. 

In all such conditions, measure the length of each lower 
limb from the crest of the ilium to the external malleolus on 
each side separately, and also by cross lines from the crest of 
one ilium on one side to the internal malleolus on the other 
side when the legs are properly centered. 

Another method of diagnosing- this trouble is by making 
the legs lax and, with patient on back, see if the internal mal- 
leoli come opposite each other. 

Sometimes this relaxation may be in the pelvis itself ; but 
to be in the pelvis itself, it must necessarily also be between 
the spine and the pelvis. 

136 



By proper manipulation to bring- the pelvis into shape, all 
symptoms of pain and unsteadiness will very quickly disap- 
pear. This proves that the trouble is with the articulations 
above mentioned. We have known of persons, who have 
walked with crutches for months, who have been cured of 
their trouble and enabled to go without crutches within twen- 
ty-four hours after the proper treatment. 

Just what nerves are affected by this relaxation, we do 
not know, but do not think the spinal nerves are unless it be 
some branches of them. It may be the pain is a reflex. We 
know that the pain is relieved by powerful light and the slow 
sinusoidal current, but the relief is not permanent until some 
powerful manipulation is done with the pelvis itself. 

If this condition last for a considerable length of time, 
the patient will have what is called a "hysterical spine" be- 
cause their strength will suddenly go aw r ay and they will fall 
over. This condition seems to come from the fear the patient 
has that there is going to be a severe pain from taking certain 
steps, and the moment the pain begins they topple over to 
relieve themselves of the strain. We do not know how else 
to explain it. Some of the so-called "miraculous cures" have 
been done along these lines, the trouble being centered at the 
articulations of the spine with the pelvis. 

After we have rotated, or forced, the pelvis into what ap- 
pears to .be the normal position, we give the powerful incan- 
descent lamp over the back for from half an hour to an hour 
for two or three consecutive days. We also give the slow sin- 
usoidal current for stimulating the muscles. As a rule, these 
patients are well after a week's treatment as above outlined. 

Proper stretching tables will sometimes rectify these con- 
ditions as well as any manual manipulation. 

As this is such an important subject, and as so few rec- 
ognize it in time, we append here a paper read at the Sixty- 
Sixth Annual Session of the "A.M. A.," San Francisco, June, 
1915, by Harry Leslie Langnecker, M.D., and published in the 
Jour. A.M.A., Nov. 27, 1915: 



37 



fc LESIONS OF THE LUMBOSACRO-ILIAC REGION 
A Study in the Various Types 

In asking your indulgence for a few minutes in the con- 
sideration of lesions involving the lumbosacral and the sacro- 
iliac articulation, I do so because of the importance of recog- 
nizing the underlying conditions as early as possible. 

In an endeavor to understand the mechanism of the lum- 
bosacral joint, with its many peculiarities, and the too fre- 
quently resulting strains to the sacro-iliac joints, it must be 
remembered that the lumbosacral joint is intimately asso- 
ciated with the sacro-iliac joint function. 

Statistics, which I have gathered from my study of occu- 
pational or industrial diseases, show lesions of the lower back 
to be one of the most frequently occurring conditions. 

Anatomic variations from the normal structure of the 
bones of this region are very common. Very often these anom- 
alies do not become evident until excessive or repeated joint 
strain bring them under observation. 

In the study of cases representing the various types, it is 
impossible to isolate a type as belonging to only one group. 
For a traumatized joint may later become the seat of an in- 
flammatory process. An abnormal bone formation does cause 
a lateral curvature. Relaxed ligaments have produced a de- 
fective balance of the whole body. With this point in mind, 
however, namely, the interrelation of the different types, I 
have grouped these lesions into, first, traumatic, with or with- 
out anatomic variations ; second, static ; and third, toxic. 

In the traumatic group are included cases in which injury 
is the principal factor. These lesions are further classified 
into, first, acute types, in which the trauma is recent and pri- 
mary, and second, chronic, in which the trauma is recurrent 
and of longer duration. 

In the acute types the lesion is unilateral, with or without 
bone displacement. It is the result of direct strain or indi- 
rectly through muscular action. In these cases, the sacro-iliac 
joint receives the entire force of the effort and the bony sur- 
faces of the sacrum or the ilia may slip, or a rupture of the 
ligaments may occur. 

These conditions are demonstrated when bending forward 
in the act of lifting a heavy object; or in jumping and giving 
the trunk a sudden twist on the pelvis ; or when in swimming 
and diving, quick hyper-extension of the lumbar spine occurs ; 
or during childbirth, when instrumental interference is neces- 
sary ; or during or following surgical operations with a gen- 
eral anesthesia. 

138 



The symptoms depend on the amount of injury rather than* 
on the severity of the cause producing it. Pain usually accom- 
panies the injury. It is sharp and lancinating in character and 
is increased by all motions. It is present about the affected 
joint or is referred up the back, over the buttocks, or down the 
leg. Deformity shows as a forward stoop, a list to one side or 
flexed leg at hip. Regular tests demonstrate all motions lim- 
ited. The local signs are obliteration of the lumbar curve, ten- 
derness, or very often, a slight bony prominence over the in- 
jured area. The Roentgen ray may show an anatomic varia- 
tion or a displacement of one of the bones of the lumbosacro- 
iliac articulations. 

In the chronic types, because of repeated strains, there is 
relaxation with occasional displacement. Adhesions are pres- 
ent. The lesion is unilateral although later involvement of 
the other sacro-iliac joint does not take place. Cases vary con- 
siderably in character. For example, lesions may result from 
repeated movement of a broad transverse process of the fifth 
lumbar vertebra pressing on the ilium until a backward dis- 
placement of the sacrum on the opposite side is produced, as 
in wood chopping ; or continual slipping of the flattened artic- 
ulating processes of the fifth lumbar vertebra, as in automobile 
repairing ; or too often sliding of articulating surfaces of sac- 
rum and ilia on each other, as in marked relaxation of the 
joint; or subluxation of an intervertebral cartilage, as in re- 
peated displacements of the lumbosacral joint. 

The symptoms are intensified with each new strain. Pain 
may be slight or severe. Irritation of the lumbosacral nerves, 
after their emanation from the vertebral foramina, gives pain 
over buttocks, hip and down the leg. This is increased by 
standing or walking and is less severe after lying down. De- 
formity may show as a decided forward bending or list to one 
side with prominence of the hip on the opposite side. The 
lumbar spine is flattened. In many of these cases the deform- 
ity can be corrected, but relapse occurs if sufficient support is 
not used. Regular tests elicit limitation of motion only in cer- 
tain directions. Locally, there is considerable tenderness over 
the affected joint. Referred pain can be started by pressure in 
this region. There is spasm of the muscles ; movement of the 
joint is guarded and painful. The Roentgen ray usually de- 
monstrates separation or displacement of bones of the joint. 
Bony anomalies likewise are thus discovered. 

In the static group, faulty posture is the most striking 
feature presented. The muscles and ligaments and therefore 
the joints of the lumbosacro-iliac region are relaxed. The con- 
tinual strain on these joints increases the lumbar curve and 
tilts the top of the pelvis forward. In the variation from the 

139 



proper poise, the mechanics are disarranged and the physio^ 
logic functions of the body are disturbed. This type of lesion 
is usually bilateral. 

A defective posture may result from general debility, 
which reduces the quality of the muscles and ligaments ; or 
anatomic variations, which may cause a lateral curvature and 
later a scoliosis ; or incorrect clothing, which may compress 
the trunk or give inadequate support ; or lipomatosis or general 
increase in weight, which increases the strain on the muscles 
and ligaments of the pelvis girdle; or faulty foot or leg condi- 
tions which give unequal base of support ; or pregnancy when 
relaxations of the pelvic joints are very marked; or certain 
occupations which require fixed positions ; or sagging abdom- 
inal walls with the accompanying visceroptosis. The long, 
slender, loose-jointed type of individual, with few exceptions, 
makes up the greatest number of cases in this group. 

The symptoms of the static type are easily recognized. 
The onset is gradual. The slumped or relaxed attitude in 
standing is marked. There is a general weakness in walkings 
and standing rapidly causing fatigue. Patients cannot lie com- 
fortably on the back, are restless at night, usually sleep on the 
side with the thighs flexed. Backache is most constant. Lo- 
cally, tenderness over all the joints is found. There is always 
a lordosis, while the posterior back muscles are in a state of 
spasm. The regular tests show unusual mobility and relaxa- 
tion of the joint. The Roentgen ray is useful in this group 
as a method of eliminating the other group types. 

In the toxic group are found those types of cases in which 
the inflammatory element predominates. Continual irritation 
of the lumbosacral and the sacro-iliac articulation, usually with 
relaxation, produces a chronic congestion in this region and 
thus infection is easily started. 

While tuberculosis, syphilitic, typhoid and gonorrheal les- 
ions frequently occur in this region, still infection, or toxins, 
primarily involving the nasal, oral, pharyngeal and gastroin- 
testinal tracts, produce a pathologic process — an osteoarth- 
ritis — which demands much attention in diagnosis and prog- 
nosis. Extension of disease from the pelvis, or following gyn- 
ecologic procedure, or obscure toxemias resulting from im- 
proper metabolism, gradually settle in this region and cause an 
arthritis. 

The symptoms show the onset to be gradual, and second- 
ary to inflammation or toxemia, present elsewhere in the body. 
When acute, the joints are swollen, the soft tissues are thick- 
ened and very tender. The condition is aggravated by stand- 
ing, sitting or walking. The joints are extremely sensitive to 
any motion which will induce strain on the pelvic girdle. In 

140 



the chronic cases, a burning, aching pain is experienced over 
the sacro-iliac area. Pain, usually dull in character but with 
sharp paroxysms, may be referred up the back, over the but- 
tocks and hips, and down the posterior aspect of the leg to the 
heel. Frequently there is disturbance of sensation in the lower 
extremities. Posture does not relieve the pain. It is in this 
group of cases that narcotics are resorted to most often to 
overcome the pain. The deformity causes the patient to hold 
the lower back stiffly. A marked forward bending or a list to 
one side is present. There is no lumbar curve, but a prom- 
inence of the thoracic spine. The regular tests are usually re- 
stricted in every direction. Locally, the flat, rigid lumbar 
spine, the muscular spasm, the limited area of tenderness and 
the impossibility of attempted motion are observed. The 
Roentgen ray usually shows a pathologic process involving 
some part of the lumbosacro-iliac articulation. 

In conclusion, I wish to state that differentiation of the 
various types is not difficult if one bears in mind the fact that 
in the traumatic group, injury with the sudden onset of symp- 
toms is most important ; in the static group, the defective 
posture with marked relaxation of the joints is present ; and 
in the toxic group, the history of an inflammatory process with 
the tendency to fixation of the joints is found. 

Surgical Division, Leland Stanford Junior University, 
School of Medicine. 



141 



EXERCISE 

Under this head volumes could be written. It covers 
nearly the whole realm of Physical Therapy. 

Exercise is Active and Passive. 

By Active Exercise we mean that which requires the ex- 
ercise of the will. This may be subdivided into that form of 
exercise which requires effort and into that which requires en- 
durance. By carefully considering the difference between ex- 
ercises of effort and endurance, we can avoid many of the pit- 
falls that await the over-zealous exponent of any one form of 
exercise. 

The increase in blood pressure, pulse rate, and respiration 
indicates the effect the exercise has on the individual. By 
knowing our patient, as well as the scope of various exercises, 
we should be able to prescribe quite accurately the form of 
exercise best suited to bring about the reactions sought for. 

Deep Abdominal Breathing for therapeutic use is an active 
exercise. It is one of our most valuable adjuncts to all other 
forms of treatment. The technic for deep breathing is as 
follows : 

Have the patient loosen all tight clothing and lie on the 
back. Have her place one hand on the abdomen and inhale in 
such a manner that the lungs gradually push the diafram down- 
ward and elevate the abdomen. Instruct the patient to do this 
deep breathing exercise every night and morning for twenty 
times while undressed, and as often as possible during the day. 
Have her watch the hand and see how high she can elevate 
the abdomen during inhalation. This centers the mind on the 
exercise, which is of great importance. Inhale slowly, occupy- 
ing about four seconds. Hold the breath at least twice as long 
as it required to take it in, and take as much time to exhale as 
the breath is held. This tends to open up the alveolae of the 
lungs and increase lung expansion. 

While doing the deep breathing exercise, have plenty of 
fresh air in the room. After this exercise has been practiced 
for a few weeks, the patient will notice that she breathes more 
and more deeply without being conscious of it. 

By Passive Exercise we mean that form of exercise which 
does not require the application of the patient's will. It in- 
cludes Massage, Vibration, and Mechanical Manipulation. 

142 



To improve the nutrition of any muscle or set of muscles, 
give such exercise as to contract same and give them time to 
react. Many modalities are employed to improve the tone of 
a muscle, when in reality the muscle is impaired, because of 
the manner of the application. The prevailing faulty technic 
in exercise is overdoing the treatment or making the stimulus 
so rapid that the muscle cannot come back to rest before the 
succeeding stimulus is applied. 

During any exercise, encourage deep breathing. This 
aids in throwing off the extra catabolic products. Be careful 
in giving or prescribing too heavy exercise of any kind to per- 
sons past thirty years of age. Exercises which increase the 
tone and contraction of the abdominal muscles will go a long 
ways toward driving away "the blues." Flexion and exten- 
sion against resistance will do much in the way of bringing 
blood to the parts and increasing the tone of the muscle. 

It has been proved that the mind has a great effect upon 
the nutrition and development of muscles. It is for this reason 
that all exercises should be done, as mtlch as possible, before 
a mirror. This causes the individual to watch just what is 
taking place. 

ELECTROTHERAPY 

Four forms of electricity are used therapeutically: 

(1) The Galvanic, constant or continuous current. 

(2) The Faradic, induced, induction or interrupted cur- 

rent. 

(3) Static, frictional, tension or Franklinic electricity. 

(4) High frequency, or oscillating electricity. 

No one should attempt to use electricity therapeutically 
without first learning some of the physics that apply to it. In 
using the Galvanic current, battery cells were formerly em- 
ployed, and are now by many, but where one can get the 
"street current" as a direct current, it is almost always em- 
ployed. If the current be alternating, a motor generator is 
used and the direct or constant current taken from it. In 
using constant, direct or galvanic current, a few fundamental 
points regarding the properties of the two poles must be borne 
in mind. If the two poles are put into water, oxygen gathers 
at the positive pole and hydrogen at the negative pole. From 

143 



this we see that the positive pole is acid-producing and the 
negative pole is alkaline-producing. 

The positive pole is hemostatic, sedative and vaso-con- 
strictor, while the negative pole is the opposite. The positive 
pole hardens tissue, while the negative pole softens tissue. 
The positive pole produces an acid caustic and a hard unyield- 
ing cicatrix, while the negative pole produces an alkaline caus- 
tic and a soft, yielding cicatrix. The positive pole will harden 
and aggravate a stricture while the negative pole will soften 
and dilate a stricture. 

Never use the galvanic or direct current without passing 
it thru a milliamperemeter. Know how much current you 
require for the treatment and be sure to watch the meter. We 
are all supposed to know Ohm's law, "The strength of the cur- 
rent passing thru any part of a circuit varies directly as the 
difference of potential between its elements and inversely as 
the resistance of the circuit itself." In other words, if C equals 
the current in amperes and E represents the electro-motive 
force, or voltage, and R the ohms of resistance in the circuit, 

"F 
we would have as a formula, C = -5- 

K. 

With the direct or constant current we produce electroly- 
sis or the breaking up of a substance into its ions. The re- 
moval of hairs, warts, moles, etc., is accomplished by elec- 
trolysis. 

Cataphoresis is an electrolytic process whereby the ions 
are carried into the tissues. This is a most important branch 
in Electrical Therapeutics. 

The Slow Surging Galvanic is a galvanic current having 
polar effects but with a sinusoidal effect, that is, its wave is 
in the form of a bow but always above the base line. It really 
combines the chemical action of the galvanic with the stimu- 
lating effect of the slow sinusoidal. We use this modality in 
some forms of paralysis. 

The Sinusoidal current is an alternating, galvanic current 
in which the potential rises gradually from zero to a maximum 
point above an imaginary base line and then gradually returns 
to zero and to a like distance below the same base line. Phy- 
sicians employing spinal therapeutics could hardly carry on 
their work without this modality. 

144 



In using sinusoidal current, one should always realize just 
what he wants — stimulation or sedation. The slow-sine wave 
produces stimulation, if slow enuf to allow the muscles acted 
upon to come back to rest before the succeeding stimulus is 
applied. The rapid-sine wave should be used only for sedation 
or relaxation. It can also be employed for reducing fat. 

The Surging Sinusoidal or Combined Sine Wave is a form 
of sine wave produced by passing the rapid sinusoidal current 
thru a rotor, thus producing a slow-sine wave made up of the 
rapid-sine current. 

This modality is especially indicated when stimulating 
large muscles. It should never be used more than two or 
three minutes at a time if one wish stimulation, because the 
rapid-sine current, of which this wave is made, has a relaxing 
effect upon the muscles. 

The Superimposed Wave is a galvanic current and rapid- 
sine wave combined and passed thru a rotor. 

It is a tonic and stimulating modality and should never 
be used more than a minute or two at a time when used for its 
stimulating effects. 

The Combined Sinusoidal and Galvanic Modality is made 
up of the rapid-sine current and the galvanic current without 
passing it thru a rotor. That is, it has the distinctive polar 
effects of galvanism. 

This modality can be used occasionally for special pur- 
poses. 

Notice 

If one use an apparatus with a current selector of a con- 
venient dial type, we have found it advantageous to change 
from one modality to another during a treatment. For exam- 
ple, we may use the slow sinusoidal modality for seven min- 
utes, the surging sinusoidal for two minutes and the super- 
imposed wave for one minute, being particular to always turn 
the current entirely off from the patient before changing the 
modalities. 

By giving the different modalities during one treatment, 
we have a varied exercise for the different muscles ; and we 
find we get a better effect than to use one modality steadily 
during the whole treatment. 

145 



Never use sinusoidalization for more than ten minutes at 
a time. 

The Faradic current is a rapidly alternating, induced cur- 
rent possessing no polarity. There is a wide difference be- 
tween a rapidly interrupted galvanic, or direct current, and a 
faradic current. The faradic current is more mechanical than 
medicinal. It stimulates by rapidly massaging the tissues. 
Therefore it is tonic and aids metabolism. Its efficiency in 
reducing fat can thus be explained. The sinusoidal current is 
fast taking the place of the faradic current in therapeutics. It 
is smoother and more easily controlled. 

Static Electricity is frictional electricity. Its voltage is 
enormous but its amperage is nil. It requires about 50,000 
volts of pressure or "push" to force a current across a spark 
gap of one inch. 

The static mode is vibratory in character, but as the oscil- 
lations run into the millions a second, the different lengths 
of waves must be legion. As the nerves of the body are of 
various lengths and tensions and as all live nerves are in a 
state of vibration, we can readily understand why the static 
modality is so beneficial to tired or diseased nerves. Each 
nerve is supposed to take up its own wave length from the 
static vibrations the same as one tuning fork will vibrate when 
its duplicate is set into vibration. The different modalities 
that can be employed from the static machine make this form 
of electricity of great therapeutic value. 

Nearly all forms of vacuum tubes, including the x-ray 
tube, can, with suitable interrupters, be excited with the static 
machine. We think Static Electricity would be used more if 
physicians understood better the wide range of its capabilities. 
Static modalities vibrate or massage the body from the small- 
est cell to the largest muscle. It really gives cellular or tis- 
sue massage and relieves stasis, thereby helping to restore the 
polarity of the organism. 

The sinusoidal current is rapidly taking the place of static 
electricity. It is more easily handled and controlled . 

High Frequency electricity is oscillating electricity from 
a condenser or static machine. All forms of high frequency 
currents are disruptive discharges. Condensers can be charged 

146 



from a static machine or from a coil. The discharges from the 
former are smoother and less irritating than from the latter. 
Special interrupters can be used in connection with the static 
machine to take the place of the condenser to obtain certain 
forms of high frequency currents. 

The principal high frequency methods employed in medi- 
cine are the d'Adsonval, the Tesla, and the Oudin, as well as 
those from the static machine. 

High frequency currents oscillate from 10,000 to 50,000 
million times a second. 

High frequency currents can be employed in many ways 
to produce sedation, dilatation of capillaries, and cellular mas- 
sage. It is also used to produce the Roentgen rays. 

"Thermic penetration" is produced from the d'Arsonval 
current, and is doubtless a valuable modality, but must be used 
with a full understanding of just what it is capable of doing. 
Unless you are well qualified, do not attempt to employ "ther- 
mic penetration." 

Auto-condensation is a very important modality used in 
connection with high frequency currents. Its value in the 
treatment of arteriosclerosis is well known — consequently its 
value for treating apoplexy or nephritis. To lower high blood 
pressure, this modality is very valuable, as it does not depress 
the heart. 

High frequency currents are germicidal ; they increase in- 
ternal body resistance ; disintegrate calcareous deposits in the 
arterial system ; lower blood pressure ; enhance elimination ; 
liberate pure ozone ; righten and increase metabolism. 

The x-rays possess therapeutic values similar to other 
high frequency currents. For fluoroscopic and radiographic 
work, the x-rays have no substitute of proved value. 

Oxygen and Allotropic Oxygen or Ozone, can be produced 
by high frequency currents ; and the inhaling of properly pro- 
duced and washed ionized air, oxygen vapor, is of great thera- 
peutic value. 

Radium Salts and other minerals give off a form of energy 
which seems to be beneficial for certain pathological condi- 
tions. 

147 



Caution with X-Ray or Radium 

No doubt x-ray in the hands of some is very efficient, but 
from what we have seen of x-ray work, the results seem to be 
as much an x quantity as the ray itself. For instance, acne, 
which some claim to cure so easily with x-ray, may be cured, 
but, as a rule, the condition of the skin afterward is not what 
we would want charged to our account. We have had occa- 
sion to treat a good many post x-ray cases, and it may be that 
is the reason why our x-ray tubes are not being used as much 
as formerly. 

As to radium, we have had no experience with it, and 
probably never will have. From our conception of radiations 
and vibrations in matter, it seems to us that the radiations of 
radium are among the most uncertain that we can deal with. 
We hear very many good reports, but there is a side that we 
do not see published. Our advice is to let the "big man" use 
radium, but tell your patients to keep away from it. There 
may be a time when radium can be used as an exact remedial 
agency, and no doubt some good has been accomplished with 
it ; but it is a noticeable fact that when some people buy a 
thousand or ten thousand dollars' worth of radium, the an- 
nouncement gets into the public press. As a means of "ethi- 
cal advertising" there probably has never been anything more 
advanced. (Perhaps "twilight sleep" or "serums from abroad" 
have gone radium ''one better.") 

CATAPHORESIS 

Before going into the electrical treatment by cataphore- 
sis, it might be well to mention something of the physics gov- 
erning this electrical process. 

Cataphoresis really means electric osmos. The radical 
meaning of the term is "electric push," but this is misleading. 
In reality it means the difference of level in two liquids on 
opposite sides of a diafram, caused by the passage of an elec- 
tric current. The higher level is on the side toward which the 
current flows. 

Any substance to be diffused within the patient by cata- 
phoresis must be capable of forming a chemic compound. 

148 



Neiswanger says : "All metals and all bases, whether 
they be metallic bases or alkaloidal bases, are electro-positive 
in character and will seek the cathode. The three conditions 
necessary before electrolysis can take place are : 

"1. The substance must be a conductor of electricity. 

"2. It must be a fluid or semi-fluid. 

"3. One of these elements must be a metal. 

"Wherever we have water, we have a metal — hydrogen. 
Whenever we pass a constant current thru any substance hav- 
ing these three conditions present, electrolysis of the substance 
is produced in direct proportion to the flow of current main- 
tained. It is evident, therefore, that whenever we place medi- 
cament upon either pole of a constant current electrolysis of 
the medicament takes place because such medicament always 
has present the three conditions mentioned ; and the pole from 
which we apply the medicine depends entirely upon the part 
of the medicine we want the tissues to take. The anode is 
only used when the base or metal is tho, part of the compound 
desired, but when we would utilize the acid, or that which 
takes its place, as iodin in potassium iodid, the solution must 
be applied from the cathode. 

"The action of cocain by cataphoresis is much better and 
quicker than by hypodermic injection and seemingly without 
the danger of the latter process. We are able to produce the 
most profound anesthesia thru the skin into the deeper tis- 
sues. Opening abscesses, removing small growths, and many 
minor surgical operations are done without any appreciable 
pain to the patient. 

"If to this mixture we add an equal amount of adrenalin 
solution, the tissues are almost immediately blanched and the 
operation is made bloodless." 

Inasmuch as. quinin or cocain, or any of the other alka- 
loids, are alkaloidal bases, they will seek the cathode. There- 
fore they must be applied from the anodal terminal, that is, 
from the positive pole. The same applies to any basic salt, 
such as zinc or copper sulphate, or the metals themselves. 

Thiosinamin is a bitter crystalline substance formed by 
treating volatile oil of mustard with ammonia. It is soluble 
in water, alcohol or ether and has a selective action for scar 
tissues. If we wished to diffuse this substance thru the tissues 

149 



by electrolysis we would put the thiosinamin solution on the 
basic pole, that is, on the positive terminal. 

Before we leave the subject of cataphoresis in the treat- 
ment of disease, we wish to state that if one fully understands 
the principles underlying the use of the constant current and 
realizes just what can be done by means of cataphoresis, there 
is really no end of work that can be done by it. Dr. Massey, of 
Philadelphia, has proved beyond all doubt that cancers, as well 
as many other growths, can be easily and effectually cured by 
single or bi-polar ionization by means of zinc needles. One 
does not have to have a metal in solution to use it cataphor- 
ically, as the water in the tissues will act with the soluble 
metal, causing an interchange of ions. Dr. Massey's book is 
very explicit. We heartily recommend both Dr. Massey's and 
Dr. Neiswanger's books. 

HEAT 

Heat used therapeutically is either radiant or convective — 
light heat or dark heat. The one is a form of wave motion 
occurring*in luminiferous ether. The other is heat conveyed 
thru some non-luminous substance. Radiant heat shines and 
convective heat is an interchange of temperatures, and is dis- 
sipated when the surrounding objects are of equal temperature. 
Light or radiant heat is far more penetrating than dark or con- 
vective heat. Besides, with light or radiant heat we get the 
value of the light waves. Dark heat rays can hardly pass thru 
glass. Dark heat applied in compresses and fomentations and 
hot water bags, etc., heat only the surface. It dilates the 
capillaries and reduces congestion. Light or radiant heat, on 
the other hand, penetrates the body and no doubt passes thru 
it as well as light. Light heat raises the temperature of the 
body, relieves stasis, and augments elimination. It rectifies 
faulty metabolism. In a subsequent lecture we shall say more 
about radiant light and its therapeutics. 

COLD 

Cold can be used therapeutically, but to a limited extent. 
The general effect of cold is depressing. It contracts the capil- 
laries and thus aggravates congestion. Cold can be used only 

150 



on patients who react well. If ever in doubt as to which to 
use, whether Heat or Cold, use Heat. Cold applications for a 
brief period stimulate circulation in some persons, but in 
others any cold application is depressing. Use Heat more, 
use Cold less. 

BATHS 

Baths for therapeutic purposes are of various kinds, but 
the electric light bath seems to be the most perfect. The phy- 
sician can have an electric light bath cabinet as one of his aids, 
and the application is easy, practical and beneficial. We get 
the effects of the light as well as of the heat. There is as 
much difference between the "light bath" and the "dark bath" 
as between light heat and dark heat. The light bath is pene- 
trating. It dilates the capillaries, reduces congestion, stimu- 
lates the heart, quickens elimination. Besides this, the light 
penetrates every cell in the body. In a subsequent lecture 
more is said about electric light baths. 

HYDROTHERAPY 

Hydrotherapy covers a large field. By grasping the dif- 
ferent effects of heat and cold, and realizing that many pa- 
tients cannot endure cold water, we are on the right track to 
use Hydrotherapy. Most offices are not equipped for using 
w T ater baths. For home use, the needle spray shower, such as 
can be attached to any bath tub, is to be recommended. 
Shower baths within cloth curtains are not agreeable to the 
majority. A hot shower or tub bath followed by a cold needle- 
spray shower bath, is good for some neurotic conditions ; but 
many- physicians have lost their patients by having them go to 
some other doctor, because they recommended cold baths. Cold 
baths, if tolerated at all, should be taken in the morning as 
soon as one rises. Hot baths, if not too prolonged, are sedative 
at night and with some aid in producing sleep. Any baths for 
therapeutic effects should be immediately discontinued if they 
make the patient worse. 

FREEZING (Psychrotherapy) 

Application of cold over a limited area to inhibit reflexes 
is of great value. This gelation of tissues over the right spot 

151 



works like magic in relieving symptoms upon which no other 
procedure has had any good effect. A good, strong-bulbed 
atomizer with the best anesthetizing ether in it, is all the out- 
fit needed to do the work. If one can use a spray of air on the 
skin where the ether spray strikes, it will hasten freezing and 
prevent the ether from running down the back. Ethyl chlorid 
first applied for a second and immediately followed by the 
ether, will sometimes act more speedily than ether alone. If 
there be an air compressor or compressed air supply in the 
office, use that rather than the hand atomizer. 

Every one who does any freezing of tissues will at times 
find difficulty in doing it. A great deal depends upon the 
weather and the condition of the patient's skin. We have 
found that washing off the area to be frozen with naptha, 
acetone and alcohol, equal parts, or benzine, seems in many 
cases to hasten the freezing. 

There are several other methods of freezing the tissues 
besides ether or ethyl chlorid. Salt and ice will do it but, as 
a rule, it irritates the tissues. It can be used when nothing 
else is at hand. The technic is to take a piece of ice and make 
it cone or cylindrical shape. Wrap in a dry towel, leaving one 
end exposed. This end dip into common salt. Apply the 
salted end to the tissue until it is frozen. Some report success 
with this method, but great care must be used or annoying 
blisters will result. 

Another method is with carbon dioxid snow. For this 
purpose special freezing appliances can be had and full direc- 
tions for handling them go with, the outfits. 

We like the ethyl chlorid or ether method better than any 
other, and if handled rightly, we think it is more beneficial for 
blocking nerve sensations, without the danger of killing the 
tissue, that there is with some of the other methods. 

In doing any freezing, do not be over-zealous. Know just 
the area you wish to freeze and freeze only that. Many times 
we have found it advantageous to make a vaseline ring around 
the area to be frozen, or a rubber form can be put on. Some 
freeze inside of a rubber ring. In any of this work a good deal 
of ingenuity can be used. As a rule we think slow freezing is 
more effectual than the very rapid. 

152 



Never freeze a person with lowered resistence, nor one 
with diabetes. 

Dusting the frozen area over with good talcum powder 
adds materially to the comfort of the patient. 

We have recently devised a special ether atomizer to use 
in freezing a limited area. It is manufactured by the DeYil- 
biss Mfg. Co., Toledo, Ohio. 

ELECTRODES 

Any one practicing electrical therapeutics should look 
well to the kind of electrodes he uses. Thev are to the elec- 

J 

trical therapeutist what the mechanic's tools are to him. Some 
persons will do good work with "any kind of a tool," but a 
good deal of one's success lies in having proper implements to 
work with. 

We want to especially mention about the indifferent elec- 
trode. This we have found by long experience to be best 
made of clay. We have tried all kinds of felt cloth, cotton, 
fiber, sponges, etc., but none can compare with clay. Ordinary 
modeler's clay will answer very well, but the best we have seen 
is a special clay manufactured by the RadiumactiV Co., Co- 
lumbus, Ohio. This clay when mixed with one part of glycerin 
to nine parts of water and a few drops of wintergreen added, 
makes an ideal pad. It holds its place and is an excellent con- 
ductor of electricity. "Antiphlogistine" can be used as an 
electrode, but it requires more current, as about 50% of its 
weight is glycerin. 

This clay electrode can be wrapped in cheesecloth and 
kept in an electric sterilizer or any double-bottom steaming 
receptacle. Just before using it, the water can be heated and 
the steam will heat the electrode to make it comfortable and 
at the same time will keep it moist. 

Another advantage of the clay electrode is that it can be 
molded in shape to lay over one or two vertebrae, the abdomen, 
the chest, on both sides of the knee, and in fact any place on 
the body, and it will remain in place. 

Some put the metal tips of the conductor cord into the 
clay for the conductor. This is bad practice, as the wire ter- 
minal soon corrodes and a poor connection results. We have 

153 



devised special copper electrodes to push into this clay, and 
attach the cord tip to them. They are very inexpensive and 
are so made that no metal will touch the patient. 

The copper, clay-pad attachment above mentioned, as well 
as any of the electrodes we speak about, are manufactured by 
the Mcintosh Battery & Optical Co., of Chicago. When 
speaking of the different conditions in which electrodes are 
used, we shall show you the kinds we have found to be the 
best. 

In connecting up electrodes with a wall plate, or other ap- 
paratus such as the polysine or universalmode, we always use 
a red cord for the negative side and a blue cord for the posi- 
tive side. This facilitates the work when one is using galvan- 
ism, and is convenient when using any modality. When the 
cords are both alike, one has to handle them over to find out 
where they go, especially if he use long ones. 

VACUUM ELECTRODES 

WheM speaking of vacuum electrodes for high frequency 
work, you will notice that we always mention surface elec- 
trodes. We are well aware that many are using vacuum elec- 
trodes for vagina, rectum, urethra, and the nasal passages. 
We doubt whether the users realize the risks they are running. 
We have had a good deal of experience with electrodes of all 
kinds. From a physicist's standpoint, the glass vacuum elec- 
trode for cavities seemed irrational, but because others used 
them with apparently good results, we did the same, but not 
until we had had our electrodes specially made of the very best 
glass obtainable. Notwithstanding all these precautions, we 
had a vaginal electrode burst while in operation, resulting dis- 
astrously. We hope we can impress it upon you that the dan- 
ger is too great to take the risk. 

When we discarded glass, vacuum electrodes we began 
experimenting with different kinds of metals for this purpose, 
using spun electrodes of copper, brass, aluminum and silver. 
We see no difference in the action of any. The object of these 
electrodes in a cavity is for tissue massage. It is to relieve 
stasis and thereby enliven circulation and elimination. Some 
have the erroneous idea that the nitrous oxides, or ozone, given 

154 



off from the surface of a glass vacuum electrode enhances the 
benefit of the treatment. If you will hold a glass electrode 
tightly in the wet hand and then about one-quarter of an inch 
away from the hand, we think you can judge for yourself just 
how much there is in that theory. 

A mucous membrane cavity like the vagina, rectum or 
urethra, closes tightly against the electrode that is used. We 
have found that high frequency currents in these cavities are 
not at all essential, but that the static wave current is benefi- 
cial as is also the sinusoidal current, either rapid or slow, ac- 
cording to whether we wish to produce sedation or stimulation. 

If you want to use the high frequency current in the cavi- 
ties, you can have no trouble in using it with a metal electrode. 
Some advance the theory that "the ozone given off in the tis- 
sues from the vacuum tube in a cavity" (if such be possible) 
is also beneficial. We must remember that the blood is circu- 
lating thru every portion of the body. If there be any ozon- 
ization of the tissue, it must be thru the^blood stream and, in- 
asmuch as the blood stream is constantly moving by the elec- 
trode, we must ozonate all the blood in the body before it will 
be of any special benefit to any localized area. In other words, 
reducing stasis and increasing the flow of the blood in an in- 
flamed area is doubtless of value, but why not give the oxygen 
vapor thru the lungs and thereby reach every tissue of the 
body? For this purpose we use what we term the oxygen- 
vapor treatment. 

In giving vacuum surface electrode treatments, if we wish 
to produce a very profound hyperemia, we place a dry towel 
between the electrode and the skin. Experiment on yourself 
with these different modalities and then you will be more com- 
petent to judge of the effect on the patient. 

In using any modality, or in giving any advice to a patient, 
always ask yourself if you would want to have the same ap- 
plied to you. If this be always carried out, physicians will be 
a little more cautious in giving dangerous treatments, or tak- 
ing undue risks, or in advising foolhardy operations. 



155 



LECTURE THREE 

Discusses the following subjects 

Radiant Light and Its Therapeutics 

Influence of Colors 

Influence of Light Energy 

Physiologic Effects of Light and Heat 

General Application of Radiant Light and Heat 

Electric Light Baths 

Electric Light Bath Cabinets 

Effects of Colors on Insects 

Sulfur Medication 

Oxygen Vapor ; Its Generation, Inhalation, and Therapeutic 

Effects, and Clinical Cases 
Nascent Iodin ; Its Production and Therapy 
Neurasthenia Concomitant with Splanchnoptosis — Splanchnic 

Neurasthenia ; Its Etiology, Symptoms and Treatment 
Diagnosis by Means of the Pulses 
A Pupillary Phenomenon — An Aid to Diagnosis 
Intermittent Energy Synchronous with the Heart Beat 
Mouth, *Teeth and Gums, Care of 
Transillumination 
Ear, Nose and Throat Diseases 
Deafness Treated by Sound Waves 
Eye. Diseases of 

Rhinitis, Bronchitis, Hay Fever, Asthma 
Goiter 

Bust Development 
Mammary Secretion 
Surface Landmarks and Markings 



156 



INDEX— LECTURE TWO 

Page 

Aachen Methods in Syphilis 94 

Auto Condensation 147 

Auto-Intoxication, Magnetic Meridian in 95 

Auto- Intoxication, Treatment of 95, 100 

Baths 151 

Biodynamic Findings in Auto-Intoxication 93 

Biodynamic Findings in Malaria 93 

Biodynamic Findings in Syphilis 93 

Biodynamic Tests, Polarities of 110 

Bovine Type Tuberculosis — ■ 71 

Breathing, Deep Abdominal 142 

Carcinoma 84 

Cancer, Clinical Cases 88-92 

Cancer, VR in 85 

Cancer, Oxygen Vaoor in 85 

. Cancer, Zonetherapy in 86 

Cataphoresis 144, 148 

Cataphoresis in Gonorrhea 104 

Chromotherapy in Tuberculosis 70 

Clinical Cases in Cancer 88-92 

Clinical Cases in Gonorrhea ---- 105-107 

Clinical Cases in Spinal Diagnosis 131-133 

Clinical Cases in Syphilis 95-99 

Clinical Cases in Tuberculosis — 71 -81 

Cold s 150 

Colors in Diagnosis 102 

Concussion, Application of 117 

Concussion, Key to 122 

Concussion, Stroke in 116 

Concussion, Magnetic Energy with 1 18 

Concussion in Gonorrhea 103 

Concussion in Spinal Therapeutics 114 

Concussion vs. Vibration in Spinal Therapeutics 116 

Concussode, Form of 117 

Concussor, Valens Magnetic 119-121 

Current, High Frequency - 146 

Current, Faradic - 146 

Current, Galvanic 143 

Current, Sinusoidal - 144 

Current, Sinusoidal and Galvanic 145 

Current, Slow-Surging 144 

Current, Surging Sinusoidal 145 

Diabetes Millitus 82 

Diagnosis by Means of Spinal Column—.---- 126, 127 

Diagnosis by Means of Colors - 102 

Deep Breathing 142 

Electricity, High Frequency 146 

Electricity, Galvanic : 143 

Electricity, Static 146 

Electrodes 153 

Electrodes, Vacuum 154 

Electrotherapy 143 

Electrolysis 144, 149 

Energy from Ovaries or Testicles 109 

Exercises 142 

Faradic Current 146 

157 



IN DEX— Continued 

Page 

Foramina, Intervertebral 134 

Freezing —151 

Freezing in Diagnosis 127 

Galvanometer, Polarities by 110 

Galvanic Current - 143 

Galvanic Current, Slow-Surging 144 

Gonorrhea -—102 

Gonorrhea, Cataphoresis in Iu4 

Gonorrhea, Clinical Cases - 105 

Gonorrhea, Concussion in 103 

Gonorrhea, Nascent Iodin in 102 

Gonorrhea, Oxygen Vapor in 103 

Grip 101 

Heart, Polarity of - 108 

Heat - - : < 150 

Heliotherapy in Tuberculosis 70 

High Frequency Electricity 146 

Hydrotherapy , 151 

Inuuenza 101 

Intercostal Neuralgia 128 

Intervertebral Foramina 134 

Iodin, Nascent in Gonorrhea 102 

Ionization - 150 

Iridocyclitis, Tuberculosis 75 

Jaundice — : 101 

Key to Concussion -122 

Laryngeal Tuberculosis 80 

Lesions in the Sacro-Iliac Region 136 

Lumbosacro-Iliac Mai- Conditions 136 

Light, Heraeus Quartz in Tuberculosis 70 

Magnetic Concussor 119 

Magnetic Meridian in Diagnosis and Therapeutics 69 

Magnetic Meridian in Auto-Intoxication 95 

Magnetic Meridian in Malaria 95 

Magnetic Meridian in Syphilis 93 

Magnetic Energy with Concussion 1 18 

Malaria, Treatment of 95 

Names Used in Spinal Therapy 112 

Nascent Iodin in Specific Urethritis 102 

Neuralgias 128 

Neurasthenia Following Tuberculosis 79 

Ovaries and Testicles, Polarity of 109 

Oxygen — - 155 

Oxygen Vapor in Cancer 85 

Ozone 154 

Pain, Diagnosis of 108 

Pains, Referred 127 

Polarities, Recapitulation 110 

Polarity of Heart 108 

Pus, Diagnosis of 108 

Radium Salts 147 

Radium or X-Ray, Caution with 148 

Reflexology, Spinal 113 

Referred Pains 127 

Relaxation of the Sacro-Iliac Ligaments 136 

Sinusoidal Current 144 

Sinusoidal Current and Galvanic 145 

158 



IN DEX— Continued 

Page 

Sinusoidal Current, Surging 145 

Slow-Surging Current 144 

Spinal Column in Diagnosis 126, 127 

Spinal Diagnosis, Clinical Cases 131, 133 

Spinal Reflexology 113 

Spinal Therapy, Concussion in 114 

Spinal Therapeutics, Concussion vs. Vibration in 116 

Spinal Therapy, Vibration in — - 114 

Static Electricity 146 

Sulfur in Syphilis 94 

Superimposed Wave 145 

Sympathetic Vagal Reflex Elicited from Spinal Nerves 113 

Syphilis, Clinical Cases 95-99 

Syphilis, Treatment of — - 93 

Syphilis, Treatment by Aachen Methods 94 

Syphilis, Treatment by Sulfur - 94 

Syphilis, Biodynamic Findings in 93 

Testicles or Ovaries, Polarity of 109 

Thermic Penetration 147 

Thiosynamin 149 

Treatment of Auto-Intoxication 95 

Treatment of Malaria - 95 

Treatment of Syphilis 93 

Tri-Facial Neuralgia — - 128 

Tuberculosis , Clinical Cases 71-81 

Tuberculosis, Chromotherapy in ~ 70 

Tuberculosis, Chronic Incipient 78 

Tuberculosis, Heliotherapy in 70 

Tuberculosis Iridocyclitis 75 

Tuberculosis, Laryngeal 80 

Tuberculosis and Neurasthenia 79 

Tuberculosis, Treatment of 69 

Urethritis, Specific 102 

Vacuum Electrodes 154 

Vaginitis, Specific — ----- 103 

Vaginitis, Yeast and Hydrogen Peroxid in -103 

Valens Magnetic Concussor 119, 121 

Vibration in Spinal Therapy 114 

Vibration vs. Concussion in Spinal Therapeutics 116 

X-Ray and Radium, Caution with 148 

Yeast and Hydrogen Peroxid in Vaginitis 103 

Zonetherapy 92, 101, 127 

Zonetherapy in Cancer 86 



159 



LECTURE THREE 



From the Fifth Edition of a 



Lecture Course to Physicians 



on 



DIAGNOSIS by means of BIODYNAMICS 
PERCUSSION from a new standpoint « 
SPINAL REFLEXOLOGY in simple form 
PHYSICAL THERAPEUTICS for practical men 

PRACTICAL POINTS for 

PROGRESSIVE PHYSICIANS 
ZONETHERAPY 



By 
GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 

Los Angeles, California 



Copyright, 1916, by 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 

327 South Alvarado Street 

Los Angeles, California 



All rights reserved 



INTRODUCTION TO LECTURE THREE 

This introduction is to be read in connection with the in- 
troduction to Lecture One and the introduction to Lecture 
Two of this series. 

This Lecture Three of the fifth edition of our Lecture 
Course to Physicians is not printed to be sold to anyone ex- 
cept our pupils. 

Lectures One and Two are supposed to have been care- 
fully read and demonstrations of the work seen before reading 
Lecture Three. 

When the technic of Air-Column Percussion and Bio* Dy- 
namo-Chromatic Diagnosis and Therapy are thoroly mastered, 
and when the various modalities in Physical Therapy are 
thoroly understood, the physician will readily see how nearly 
every disease can be diagnosed and treated by these methods. 

We do not advise the discarding of drugs. Neither do 
we advise the discarding of knife surgery. Both have their 
place in medicine, if we understand medicine in the broad man- 
ner in which we understand the word, physician. 

Nearly all medical institutions teach drug therapy as well 
as knife surgery, but very few give more than a casual glance 
at physical therapy. 

In all your work, keep this axiom in mind : 

"Treat the man that's got the disease and not the disease 
that's got the man." 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 



CONTENTS LECTURE THREE 

Radiant Light and Its Therapeutics 
Radiant Light and Heat, General Application of 
Light Energy, Influence of 
Light and Heat, Physiological Effects of 
Electric Light Baths 
Electric Light Bath Cabinets 
Colors, Influence of 
Colors, Effects on Insects 

Oxygen Vapor, Its Generation, Inhalation, Therapeutic Ef- 
fects, and Clinical Cases 
Nascent Iodin, Its Production and Therapeutic Effects 
Ergotherapy 

Neurasthenia with Splanchnoptosis 
Diagnosis by Means of the Pulses 
A Pupillary Phenomenon — An Aid to Diagnosis 
Intermittent Energy Synchronous with the Heart Beat 
Magnetic Energy from Trolley Cars 
Mouth, Teeth and Gums, Care of ; Transillumination 
Ear, Nose and Throat Diseases 
Deafness Treated by Sound Waves 
Hygiene of Nose and Throat 
Eye, Diseases of 

Rhinitis, Bronchitis, Hay Fever, Asthma 
Goiter 

Bust Development 
Mammary Secretion 
Sulfur Medication 
Surface Landmarks and Markings 



RADIANT LIGHT AND ITS THERAPEUTICS 

Inasmuch as we have found Radiant Light applicable in 
so many conditions, we think it is worth while to spend some 
extra time on this most important modality. 

Radiant Light and Heat may not be "curealls," but they 
are very valuable adjuncts to other modern methods. 

The Lamps 

There are various styles and sizes of incandescent lamps 
and arc lamps. The latter have many therapeutic values, and 
may in some cases be preferable to the incandescent, but, from 
a practical standpoint, the incandescent light seems to be 
superior. 

Some consider that the small therapeutic lamps of from 
35- to 50-candle-power have as much value as the larger ones, 
except that they do not cover so large an area at a time. This, 
tho, does not seem to be so, judging from clinical observation, 
unless one be treating a very limited area, when 50-candle- 
power lamps give very good results. 

The reflectors in lamps for therapeutic use should be built 
only from patterns that have been scientifically proved to be 
correct, as the value of the rays is greatly enhanced and the 
candle-power increased by being reflected in proper radiations. 
This reflection, instead of being by a parabolic reflector with 
one focal point, should be made by a corrugated reflector with 
conical side reflectors, which projects lines in parallel and 
crossing lines of radiation. 

Carbon-filament lamps give a much greater proportion of 
heat to light than do the tungsten lamps. For most conditions, 
the great amount of light given from the tungsten lamp seems 
to make it preferable. 

Recently there have been put on the market incandescent 
lamps giving from 500- to 2,000-candle-power, or greater, hav- 
ing the tungsten filament in argon gas at atmospheric pressure. 
We are now using these lamps and like them far better than 
the old style lamp. 

The radiation of light from a carbon filament lamp is 
about 1^2%, and the balance of the energy is heat, while the 
light from the tungsten filament, argon gas filled lamp, is from 
10% to 12%, and the rest of the energy heat. 

165 



Therapeutic Value of Light and Heat 

Radiant Light and Heat are best applied by means of the 
incandescent light, which fills the widest field of therapeutic 
indication. As it is deprived of most of the ultra-violet radia- 
tions, it can be applied for a longer time without danger of 
producing a disagreeable hyperemia, or of severely tanning the 
surface of the skin, which consequences interfere, it seems, 
with the highest degree of general therapeutic efficiency. 

Many physicians seem to be of the opinion that "light is 
light," no matter from what source, but, spectroscopic analyses 
show very great differences. It is now recognized by the best 
authorities on photo-therapeutics that it is the yellow-green of 
the spectrum that is responsible for the nutritional influence 
light has in all poor metabolic conditions. Red light is irri- 
tating, non-actinic, non-germicidal, and stimulating; while the 
visible violet is just the opposite in its effects, being sedative, 
powerfully chemical, bacteriacidal, and hypnotic. Because of 
these facts, it is important that light used in therapeutics 
should contain enuf red rays to produce the proper stimula- 
tion ; enuf.of the yellow-greens to raise the percentage of the 
hemoglobin and thus increase its oxygen-carrying power ; and 
be rich in blue-violets. 

It can be seen that radiant light, to be of the most thera- 
peutic value, should contain all of the full spectrum rays that 
go thru an incandescent lamp bulb. Ultra-violet rays will only 
sparingly pass thru glass. That is the advantage of incandes- 
cent lamps over arc lights for general therapeutic effects. The 
wave length is so "short" in the ultra-violet rays that the skin 
is only superficially affected by them ; besides, they seem to 
act as a barrier to other rays passing thru the tissue, because 
of the pigmentation of the epidermis. Arc lamps, for this 
reason, are not suitable for deep penetration treatments. 

As the "wave lengths" of colors increase and the fre- 
quency of their vibration diminishes from ultra-violet to infra- 
red, the penetration increases down the scale, while, con- 
versely, it becomes more and more superficial in ascending — 
in other words, penetration is inversely as the frequency and 
directly as the "wave length." 

166 



Influence of Colors 

1. Red weakens the processes of both assimilation and 
disassimilation. 

2. Green light stands lower than white in regard to the 
accumulation of nitrogen, as well as to qualitative metamor- 
phosis. Destructive changes proceed more vigorously in green 
light. 

3. Yellow and violet lights induce the maximum of 
energy in all the vital processes, more complete metamorpho- 
sis prevailing under the influence of violet light. 

4. Darkness causes a diminution in the exchange of nitro- 
gen in the body and causes an immediate diminution in the 
amount of nitrogen in the urine. 

5. Light containing the full visible spectrum gives the 
best general therapeutic results. This can be proved clinically. 

It has been observed that workmen who are compelled 
to labor in red-lighted rooms, suffer from intense nerve and 
mental excitement and have a tendency to be quarrelsome. 
Red shades and draperies have an irritating effect upon the 
inmates of a place so decorated. This can be explained by the 
weakening influence of red light upon the processes of assimi- 
lation and disassimilation. The state of excitement of delir- 
ious patients who are put in a red room is greatly increased. 
In several instances, smallpox patients who were kept in a 
red room begged to be taken into the light, as their mental 
distress was so great. Some, if kept in a red-lighted room, 
suffer from delirium and frightful hallucinations, which at once 
pass away when they are carried into white light. It is pop- 
ular knowledge that a bull, and some other animals, will be- 
come furious when seeing red objects. From these facts, it 
would seem that the frequencies of the red-ray region are to 
be regarded as dynamic and excitative to the nervous system 
in general, especially to the psychic functions. 

The effects of colored lights upon nervous individuals are 
well known. This effect of light upon the mental and moral 
condition of individuals explains to a great degree why certain 
people have a longing for certain colors, and exhibit it in 
their mode of dressing. There is on record a case of a lady 
physician, extremely anemic, who had a constant desire to 
have red clothing, while before her sickness she always wore 

167 



black. Upon the restoration of her health, she no longer had 
the craving for red colors. Many times one's mental state can 
be diagnosed by observing what colors the patient craves or 
desires. 

Colored light seems to exert its influence largely thru the 
cerebral cortex, as has been proved by several experiments 
upon dogs. Ballini says that the quieting action of light un- 
doubtedly in part is due to a direct action upon the peripheral 
nerve-endings, and is an effect of the chemical light energy 
upon the tissues and its absorption by the blood. The same 
writer says that the action of red light upon the brain is bro't 
about thru the eyes, and the intimate connection of the latter 
with the brain, thru the optic nerve. Where there is exposure 
of large superficial areas of the body to the action of intense 
light energy, there results an increased flow of blood to the 
superficial vessels and a decreased flow to the internal organs. 

Exposure to the action of light gives rise, physiologically, 
to movements by reflex as well as by direct action upon the 
tissues of animals (sneezing for example). According to cer- 
tain experimenters, the circulation of blood, both of men and 
dogs, is markedly changed by the irritation caused by the ex- 
posure of the eye to the energy of the green spectrum-rays. 
Burt found that a chameleon, blinded in one eye, became paler 
in color on the whole corresponding side of the body. 

Salamanders, newts, lizards, and some species of frogs 
and toads are similarly affected. 

It has been found that the larvae of the common white 
cabbage butterfly, which is a colorless insect, will, if placed 
in boxes of various colors, produce butterflies within three to 
five generations of the exact shade of the box in which they 
were grown. 

These same metamorphosed butterflies, which might be 
brown, red, blue, or any other color, can by the reverse process 
of rearing them (that is in normal light without color) be 
slowly bro't back to their natural white color within three to 
five generations. 

Thus, it is seen that the reflex action, by means of the skin 
and eye, affects the change of matter; or we might put it in 
another way and say : pigmentation is simply a reaction of ac- 
commodation of protoplasm to the action of light. 

168 



The ability of various animals, birds, insects and fish to 
change their "protective coloring" to correspond with the sur- 
roundings, seems to vary with the sensitiveness of the cell 
protoplasm, making up the external covering of the animal. 
For example, a few seconds are enuf for the chameleon to 
change its color, while it takes several generations for the 
butterfly to change its color. 

Altho red is spoken of as a warm color, blue as cold, yel- 
low as cheerful, and green as restful, yet, there is a difference 
in the way different people are affected — one may be pleasantly 
impressed by a certain color while another is affected oppo- 
sitely. This would indicate that some are in tune with certain 
ray-frequencies, and others with certain other frequencies, 
pointing to an inherent condition in constitution. 

Upon the mind of man and his consciousness, no natural 
phenomenon produces so pronounced an effect as does light. 
It not alone is physical food, but mental also. Goethe, in his 
"Farbenlehre," called attention to the connection between col- 
ors and certain emotions. He observed that red and yellow 
light-energy exercised a bracing effect, while green and blue 
were depressing. These same observations have been made 
by others. There is no question as to the influence of sun- 
light upon the spirit of the individual. 

Influence of Light Energy 

The influence of light-energy upon the respiration, pulse 
and temperature has been found to be as follows : 

When the nude body was exposed to light-energy from 
a 500-candle-power lamp, the pulse dropped while its volume 
was augmented in every instance. In every observation, there 
was a rise of temperature ranging from one-tenth to one de- 
gree. Fere found that respiration was 19 to the minute in 
yellow light; 17, in green; and only 15, in red; and also, that 
under the influence of red light the pulse became fuller and 
slower. 

We have observed that the 1,000-, 2,000-, and 3,000-candle- 
power, gas filled lamps have a similar effect, only that it is 
more profound. 

169 



Our suppositions concerning the influence of light energy 
upon the human organism rest largely upon hypotheses, but, 
judging from its action outside of the living organism, as well 
as from its known effect upon plants and the lower animals, 
a certain amount of speculative theory is permissible. Its 
mode of action upon the skin is firmly established. The physi- 
ological effects of stimuli, chemical or mechanical, excite either 
direct or reflex nerve phenomena, relieve local congestion, and 
influence absorption of inflammatory products. These need 
only to be mentioned to indicate that, if no other interpreta- 
tion be offered for the action of light upon the living being, 
this action upon the skin offers a rational explanation of many 
of the phenomena produced thru this agency. 

The sympathetic-vagal-reflexes prove in a more scientific 
way than any other the effects of radiant light and colors upon 
the human organism. 

Blood Absorbs Light 

It is evident that blood absorbs light to a very great extent, 
and in a somewhat peculiar manner. This is shown by the 
characteristic absorption-spectra of greenish-yellow obtained 
by Seyler and in the blue-violet obtained by d'Arsonval. It 
is further emphasized by the experiments by Freund, made by 
determining the degree of penetration of the ultra-violet fre- 
quencies. It has been shown by Quincke that hemoglobin gives 
off its oxygen more quickly in the light than in the dark. This 
proves that light energy increases the oxidizing power in the 
living organism. 

That light-energy influences the oxidation of the tissues is 
a concensus of opinion, and it is generally believed that this is 
owing largely to a direct action upon the blood itself. 

According to Moleschott, the amount of carbon dioxid 
eliminated is in direct ratio to the intensity of the light. This 
gives a rational explanation of the marvelous affects of power- 
ful light and heat upon intoxications and any disease pro- 
ducing a profound toxemia. This explains to a certain extent 
why we are obtaining better results from the use of the very 
high power tungsten filament lamps than from the old style 
carbon filament lamps. 

170 



Physiologic Effects of Light and Heat 

All repair is made thru the blood current ; consequently 
any agency that will affect the circulation may become of 
therapeutic value. Inflammation, which some call disease, is 
the voice of Nature calling for help to conquer the enemy. 
Germ invasion is met by this phenomenon of inflammation, 
and upon the fact as to whether the individual's opsonic index 
be high or low depends the victory. 

There probably are no more potent agencies than radiant 
light and heat capable of aiding Nature in this great fight. It 
is not antiphlogistic remedies that Nature calls for, as they 
really operate against the end to be attained. Radiant light 
and heat are truly homeopathic as far as the maxim of "sim- 
ilia similibus curentur" is concerned, but not as regards dos- 
age. Nature can make use of large doses of this agency; 
but not too large, since an excess of light stimulus is destruc- 
tive and paralyzing. If too much be given under the wrong 
conditions, we have death of tissue or impairment of function ; 
so, judgment and skill must be exercised, as is the case with 
all other remedial measures. 

When we gain control of the circulation, we have nearly 
gained control of the disturbing element. Rational practition- 
ers no longer treat the disease, but the symptoms-complex ; 
and on no other remedial agencies can we rely more for this 
than on radiant light and heat. 

As far back as history takes us, primitive man used light 
and heat as healing agencies. Some of the first methods and 
conceptions seem to us crude, but they were not any more so 
than many of the medicinal means taught in some of the 
largest medical colleges at the present time. 

Since Finsen's time, the medical profession has looked 
upon light from a more scientific standpoint. We all are famil- 
iar with the fact that light and heat will produce a hyperemia 
and, if carried further, an inflammation. We cannot have in- 
flammation without stasis, and, to relieve the one, we must re- 
move the other. It is not rational to expect to do this entirely 
by means of drugs without depressing the whole system, as is 
done by stimulants and cathartics. Mechanical agencies, such 
as light, heat, electricity, concussion, and vibration, seem to 

171 



be the most potent factors for relieving stasis, and of these 
laries, enliven the circulation, open the sweat glands, and in- 
perhaps light and heat are the foremost. They dilate the capil- 
duce active metabolism, thus restoring the circulation and in- 
stituting prompt repair. They destroy germ processes, either 
by killing the offenders in situ or by raising the opsonic index. 
Inhalation of oxygen or oxygen vapor, generated in a suitable 
apparatus, seems to have this same effect. 

The profound effect of radiant light and heat upon the 
body can be proved scientifically by the sympathetic-vagal re- 
flex. 

The effects upon metabolism, local and general, are owing 



to 



are 



1. Increased local activity of elimination and tissue 
building. 

2. Diffusion of heat by the channels of circulation. 

3. Increased general perspiration. 

4. Increased oxidation. 

5. The local action upon the blood in the dilated 
capillaries. 

6." The effects upon the remote spinal centers, owing 
to simulation of the peripheral end-neurons. 

The effects upon simple inflammation are : 

1. To induce relaxation of tissue, with relief of pres- 
sure and pain. 

2. To increase local metabolism and elimination, so 
as to relieve the tissues of the products of defective met- 
abolism. 

3. To remove early stasis in conditions of mild trau- 
matism, and to cure the condition if treated promptly after 
injury. 

The effects in acute and sub-acute infectious conditions 

1. Increasing local hyperemia and relatively increas- 
ing phagocytosis at the site of infection. 

2. Inhibiting activity of the micro-organisms. 

3. Inducing perspiration and tissue oxidation, there- 
by stimulating elimination. 

172 



The derivative effects when extensive exposures are made 
over the entire body are : 

1. Lessening the quantity of blood in the congested 
regions. 

2. Lowering arterial tension. 

3. Relieving the overworked heart. 

4. Eliminating of products resulting from impaired 
metabolism. 

General Application 

Radiant light and heat should be applied to the uncovered 
skin. For general tonic effects, the rays should be applied to 
the entire body, which should be in a recumbent position. The 
rays of light should fall perpendicularly to the body and the 
reflector should come as near as possible to the skin without 
injuring it. To obtain the effects of the heat along with the 
light, the lamp should be continually moved back and forth 
over the area being treated. If the entire body is being treated, 
it seems better to treat the back first and then the front of 
the body. For prolonged treatment over a certain area, the 
lamp can be correctly placed and left in that position for from 
forty to sixty minutes. We have the globe of the lamp about 
twenty-eight inches distant from the skin for such a seance. 

When employing the very high candle power lamps, the 
operator should wear colored goggles and some opaque sub- 
stance, such as chamois skin, over the hand he uses in stroking 
the body. When practicable, the patient himself may stroke 
his body when too much heat is felt. The patient must be in- 
structed to keep his eyes closed when they are not protected. 

When the skin is very sensitive and one wishes to bring 
about a profound hyperemia, applying a blast of cold air thru 
an air-spreading nozzle connected to a compressed-air appar- 
atus is very efficient. We have had winged pieces attached 
to our shade in such a way that the motion of the lamp, either 
back or forth or sideways or twisting, will create a breeze over 
the body. This enables us to bring about a more profound 
hyperemia than is possible without such a device, and with- 
out any discomfort to the patient. 

Radiant light and heat are being satisfactorily employed, 
in connection with concussion and other agencies, in splanch- 

173 



nic neurasthenia, goiter, rheumatism, gout, sciatica, lumbago, 
torticollis, asthma, gastric diseases, sprains, neuroses, inter- 
mittent heart, high blood pressure, kidney diseases, sexual 
weakness, catarrh of middle-ear, earache, tonsillitis, suppura- 
tive tonsils, catarrh of the cervix uteri, amenorrhea, dysmen- 
orrhea, professional paralysis, cancer, psoriasis, eczema, acne, 
and many other conditions, especially syphilis. Arc light and 
incandescent light baths seem to enhance the effects of mer- 
cury in the treatment of syphilis and its sequellae. 

For carcinoma, we are obtaining very good results from 
the 2,000-candle-power lamp and oxygen vapor — both em- 
ployed daily. 

For x-ray burns and for all forms of infection, no better 
antidotes are known than radiant light and heat. 

We are receiving some very good reports from those who 
are using the 2,000-candle-power lamp for treating specific 
urethritis and its sequellae, and prostatic troubles. . For these 
treatments, the inside of the thighs is protected by means 
of asbestos paper and the lamp is adjusted so the light and 
heat rays center well upon the perineum. 

For tfre sympathetic-vagal stimulation, intermittent light 
is indicated. For this purpose the same colored rays are indi- 
cated as are required to bring about the sympathetic-vagal 
reflex in the magnetic meridian. For example, in tuberculosis 
or carcinoma we use intermittent ruby light, and in syphilis or 
auto-intoxication we would use blue, for specific urethritis we 
would use violet, for neurasthenia without any specific disease 
or infection we would use the ruby light when the patient is 
facing in the magnetic meridian. We make these intermittent 
flashes of light so that they are about four seconds on and 
four seconds off. 

When possible, we use the intermittent light in connec- 
tion with oxygen-vapor inhalation. 

Dr. Edwin Babbitt several years ago wrote a great work 
entitled "The Principles of Light and Color." This book is 
now out of print but if any wish to spend a few hours of very 
instructive reading, we would refer them to W. K. Colville's 
small book on "Light and Color," which is the essence of Dr. 
Babbitt's book. This book is published by the Macoy Pub- 
lishing & Masonic Supply Co., 45 John St., New York. 

174 



The more we study Light from a therapeutic standpoint, 
and also the use of colors, the more we are convinced that Dr. 
Babbitt is right when he says, "Sunlight constitutes a truly 
celestial materia medica more potent and enduring than any 
cruder element, provided we know how to deal with it. Min- 
erals are at the lowest end of Nature's scale of forces and are 
so crude that their particles cannot float in the atmosphere. 
Consequently they are held down in the bosom of the earth. 
The vegetable world, which contains all forms of nourishment 
necessary for the human body, is devoid of the coarser mineral 
elements, which are sifted out by a powerful and most ingen- 
ious process in Nature's perfect laboratory. We cannot be 
hampered and confined within the narrow walls of any re- 
stricted method of practice, which excludes all that some ex- 
clusive company of persons may not approve. Freedom of 
tho't and action within rational bounds should be demanded 
by all who embark in any healing ministry, or they will soon 
find their usefulness painfully limited." 

The more we study natural forces in relation to diagnosis 
and therapeutics, the more we are impressed with Dr. Bab- 
bitt's comprehensive statement, "Harmony cannot be bro't 
about until Nature's affinities are satisfied." 

Electric Light Bath Cabinets 

Another excellent method of using radiant light and heat 
for general treatment, to bring about rapid perspiration, is the 
use of the bath cabinet. 

We have found that most of the electric light bath cabi- 
nets are wrongly constructed in that they are made practically 
air-tight. We know that a well ventilated room can be heated 
more quickly than one that is kept closed. We have found 
there should be a ventilating hole in the bottom of the bath 
cabinet. This can be easily arranged, and have the stool that 
the patient sits on directly over it. The lining of the cabinet 
seems to be better made of opaque glass than of mirrors. From 
fifty to one hundred 60-watt tungsten lamps seem to be re- 
quired. 

The cabinet should be about forty inches square and high 
enuf so that a large person can conveniently sit on the stool 

175 



and the lid close around his neck. There should be an air 
vent at the back which can be conveniently placed, one on each 
side of the patient's head. A two-inch hole on each side of 
the head and a three-inch hole in the bottom are about right. 
Of course there must be holes put in the baseboard of the old 
style cabinet to allow the air to go under unless the cabinet 
be placed on posts about three or four inches high. This 
leaves a place for the accumulation of dirt, and the cabinet 
is necessarily quite heavy and too cumbersome to move about. 
Therefore the ventilation can come in by a galvanized iron 
pipe thru the baseboard to the central ventilating hole. We 
think such a pipe on each side of the cabinet, or on the front 
is ideal, said pipe to be covered with a brass wire mesh. This 
pipe can be kept clean by occasionally blowing in a blast of air 
from the inside. 

It is well to have the switches on the outside of the cabi- 
net so the patient cannot operate them from within and so as 
to comply with the rules of the underwriters. 

Actual experience seems to prove that a large volume of 
light, in proportion to the heat, is desirable. 

We much prefer the cabinet in which the patient is erect 
to the one in which the patient is recumbent. 

It is very desirable to have a push button within the cabi- 
net so the patient can ring a bell to call an attendant if they 
begin to feel sick. A cloth wrung from cold water and put 
on the head will generally prevent a sensitive individual from 
becoming nauseated. 

The electric light bath seems to be indicated in all forms 
of arterio-sclerosis and its sequellae. All rheumatic conditions 
seem to be greatly relieved by the electric light bath. Diseases 
of the respiratory, as well as of the urinary system, are greatly 
relieved by the electric light bath. In fact, inasmuch as in- 
tense light along- with heat so greatly enhances metabolism, 
there is no condition that is not benefited if this modality be 
employed judiciously. 

The Burdick Cabinet Co. of Milton, Wis., make the most 
ideal bath cabinet we have ever seen. It more than meets all 
requirements. 



176 



EFFECTS OF COLORS ON INSECTS 

A scientist has made a series of experiments with colors 
to ascertain just which colors attract flies and which do not. 
The following accurate report coincides with what we have 
done along these lines, and will give you much food for tho't. 

They constructed several boxes 14" x 14" x 12" and painted 
them inside with red for one box, yellow for another and blue 
for the other. Into each box they placed about two inches of 
decayed matter. The three boxes were exposed side by side 
with one side open, so one could observe them carefully. Of 
the flies counted by a suitable counter, 2% entered the yellow 
box and almost immediately flew out and entered the red box. 
If driven out of the red box they immediately returned ; 26% 
entered the blue box and remained there, while the remainder 
of the flies counted, 72%, entered the red box and remained 
there during the observation. 

After two weeks 500 grams of the contents of the boxes 
were examined for maggots and eggs. That from the red box 
was alive with both and too numerous to be conveniently 
counted. In the material from the yellow box there were 18 
maggots and no eggs, indicating that the ovae were in the 
material when originally gathered. In the substance in the 
blue box there were about 250 'maggots and less than 900 eggs. 

From this one would assume that red favors the fecundity 
of flies and is attractive to them, blue less so, and yellow not 
at all. 

In two rooms side by side, one decorated in red and the 
other in yellow and a large door between them wide open, the 
following observation was made : A dish of stale beer placed 
on a table in the center of each room was used as bait. The 
one in the red room was covered with flies, and many flies were 
in the room after windows were opened. The bait in the yel- 
low room was hardly touched. Only three flies were counted 
on it and no flies in the room. x\fter two hours of watching, 
the red room contained all the flies and the yellow room had 
none. 

They took two sheets of "tanglefoot" fly paper and put 
them side by side after coloring one sheet red with anilin dye, 
while they left the other its original yellowish color. After 

177 



eight hours the red sheet contained one hundred and eighteen 
flies while the yellow contained oiily nine. 

We might add that we painted a large horse stable yel- 
low inside and hardly a fly came into it, while another near by, 
not thus painted, was swarming with flies. In both stables 
were used the same kind of disinfectants. We have always 
noticed that a black and white cow has more flies on her than 
a yellow cow. It is popular knowledge that a yellow cow will 
stand the heat better than a black and white one. It may be 
the one has less to contend with from vermin than the other 
but we' have noticed the rays from the sun do not affect one 
the same when wearing yellow clothes as it does when wear- 
ing other colors. 

A yellow horse screen is hardly ever covered w T ith flies, 
while a black or white one is. W T e have often observed that 
cows kept in stables painted yellow give more milk than those 
kept in stables of different color. We have noticed that yellow 
walls never have as many fly specks on them as walls of other 
colors. 

It has been found that mosquitoes are attracted by blue 
but that Uiey are not attracted by yellow. W r e have tried this 
out in a very simple manner by having persons wear on one 
foot a blue sock and on the other a yellow. The blue covered 
ankle will be very badly bitten by mosquitoes while the yellow 
covered one will hardly be touched. 

In the woods, insects bother those dressed in yellow less 
than they do those in other colors. 

Under the head of Radiant Light and Heat, we mention 
the effect of colors upon the protective covering of various 
animals, birds, fish, and insects. 

These findings show how colors apparently affect all life 
and especially thru the optic mechanism, as well as thru the 
protective covering. 



178 



OXYGEN VAPOR 

What It Is 

It is easier to explain what Oxygen Vapor is by setting 
forth the manner of its production. This we shall do later. 
For the present, we may say briefly that if air be ionized in the 
proper manner and then passed thru a certain mixture of euca- 
lyptus and other oils of the pinus group, the result will be a 
vapor carrying a high percentage of loosely combined and 
therefore nascent oxygen. 

It is well known that the terpenes can be studied only 
with great difficulty, if at all, owing to the limitations of pres- 
ent day organic chemistry. It is presumed, for instance, that 
there exist a very considerable number of semi-terpenes ; yet 
not more than three or four of them have ever been success- 
fully isolated. 

For these reasons it is a practical impossbility to establish 
more than a general chemical characterization of a product of 
the kind under discussion. This feature also we shall deal 
with in greater detail in describing the proper method for pro- 
ducing Oxygen Vapor. 

It has been proved beyond all doubt that this Oxygen Va- 
por will, in a short time, kill the most tenacious micro-organ- 
isms. It has also been conclusively demonstrated that prop- 
erly produced Oxygen Vapor will not injure the most delicate 
mucous membrane. 

What It Does 

To tell what Oxygen Vapor really does would require a 
thousand pages and then the half would not be told. 

What does Oxygen do in all Nature? Its uses are legion. 
What does Oxygen do for the living body? Without it there 
would be no "living body." Peruse the pages of the most 
elaborate work on human physiology — from cover to cover it 
relates the effects of Oxygen. 

No disease could take hold of the body if the body were 
strong enuf to resist it. That is to say, if the opsonic index — 
resistance or immunity — of the body were greater than the 
power of the enemy — disease. 

179 



You cannot enter a house unless there be an entrance 
open. Neither can disease enter the body unless it have an 
entrance opened for it. 

Oxygen Vapor vs. "Mountain Air" 

"Go to the mountains" is often the advice given a patient 
who is not feeling "up to par." But that is more easily said 
than done. Not every one can leave business and home to go. 
Neither has every one the cash required to meet the expenses 
of such journeys. 

"Mountain air" means clear, fresh air laden with oxygen 
that is easily taken up by the lungs. Oxygen Vapor differs 
from mountain air mainly in the degree of strength. Chem- 
ically, the two are very nearly identical. But Oxygen Vapor, 
being produced artificially and in a concentrated form, is many 
times more potent of benefit. 

Oxygen Vapor, properly produced and applied, will do 
far more for your patient than "mountain air." It is designed 
to meet the daily needs of the body cells. The patient does 
not have to exert himself to obtain it. Nor should we lose 
sight of the fact that a trip to the mountains is seldom per- 
manently beneficial, for the patient afterwards returns to ex- 
actly the same conditions and surroundings which originally 
undermined his health. 

In Oxygen Vapor you can dispense something far better 
than "mountain air" right in your own office. 

How To Use It 

Have a comfortable, reclining chair or couch in a dark 
room. We recommend a dark room because one rests better 
in a subdued light. The patient should loosen all clothing, lie 
down in a position which permits thoro relaxation, and inhale 
Oxygen Vapor thru the nose by means of a suitable mask, 
especially designed for the purpose. 

Teach the patient how to do deep, abdominal breathing. 
Dot not allow him to talk to anyone while the treatment is 
being taken. Have him relax, rest, and breathe deeply. 

Instruct patients to inhale thru the mask, but exhale with 
the mask removed from the face. Be sure that they breathe 
thru the nose. 

180 



If five seconds be required to inflate the lungs and depress 
the diafram to its limit, the breath should be held for ten sec- 
onds and ten seconds should be taken to exhale it. This opens 
up the alveoli and strengthens the chest and abdominal mus- 
cles as well as acting favorably on the splanchnic vessels. 

When To Use It 

Oxygen Vapor should be used in all cases where it is 
desired to equalize metabolism ; in all cases that call for a 
"tonic" ; as an "end up" modality with every patient at every 
treatment. 

This may sound absurd, but it is actually quite the re- 
verse. If a person come to you for treatment at all, he is 
either sick or thinks he is sick. In both cases his metabolism 
is altered, for the state of mind affects metabolism as much 
as, or more than, any other factor. 

Xo matter what other treatment you give, if any other 
be required, Oxygen Vapor will be a great aid. This is easily 
understood, when you realize just what Oxygen Vapor is. 

The requirements of the body as a whole are the com- 
bined requirements of the individual cells. There must be 
nutrition, stimulation, digestion, assimilation, and elimination. 
Interferences with any one or more of these processes throws 
the whole body economy out of perfect functional adjustment. 

Thus it is your task to so adjust all these functions that 
a normal balance may be maintained ; a balance between de- 
structive and constructive metabolism ; a balance between the 
production of intracellular waste and the elimination of the 
products thereof. There must also be supplied a stimulus to 
cell activity, producing a more normal operation of the volun- 
tary and involuntary muscles, and of those secretory glands 
whose activities play so prominent a part in the maintenance 
of health. 

Theoretically, many available drugs and chemicals meet 
these conditions. But their effects are obtained at the expense 
of vitality ; therefore they fall short of the goal sought. 

Oxygen, on the other hand, is ideal for the purpose. In 
both theory and practice it fully meets every requirement of 
nutrition, stimulation, assimilation, reproduction, and elimina- 

181 



tion. And not only are these ends accomplished without loss 
of vitality, but there is invariably an actual increase in vitality. 
Therefore we repeat that properly produced and correctly 
applied Oxygen Vapor will prove a great aid to you in all 
your cases, irrespective of any other treatment that you may 
give. 

Its Practicability 

Oxygen Vapor treatment is no less practical and sensible 
than proper breathing. It brings new patients and holds old 
ones. You know that you are giving your patients the best 
and most modern modality, and they know it too. It helps 
them and they become your advertising agents. 

Drug Tonics Not Needed 

The public is being awakened. It cannot be denied that 
a vast number of people are tired of drugs, and more of them 
are becoming so every day. The public want physical modali- 
ties. If you cannot give them, some one else will. Let your 
patients know that you are "divorcing" drugs and "marrying" 
up-to-date methods. Your patients will be benefited ; you will 
be benefited; your family will be benefited. 

Potent drugs are administered altogether too often for the 
sole purpose of relieving a symptom, without removing or 
even attempting to remove the cause. "A danger spot is no 
less dangerous when the red light of warning is removed." To 
smother a symptom is simply a dangerous type of self-decep- 
tion, because one is too prone to believe that the cause has 
disappeared along with the result. The same cause may later 
assert itself in various ways. To block one road and leave all 
others unguarded in no sense arrests the progress of the 
enemy. 

Oxygen Vapor is Not a Drug 

Oxygen Vapor is in no sense a drug or medicine. It is 
radically different from drugs in that it strikes at. the very root 
of disease in a perfectly logical and natural manner. 

No matter what system of therapy one may adopt to cor- 
rect abnormal conditions, it is« Nature and the natural forces 
within the body which, in the last analysis, do the curing. To 

182 



be efficacious, any system of treatment must give assistance to 
these natural forces. Whatever is opposed to these forces, or 
any procedure which upbuilds one part of the system while 
preying upon the energy and vitality of another, is neither 
natural nor logical. In the end, such methods must not only 
fail of their purpose, but will inevitably do more actual harm 
than good. 

Oxygen Vapor Acts on the Blood 

Oxygen Vapor, by daily cleansing and revitalizing the 
blood, converts the blood into a constant, efficient guard 
against the insidious attacks of disease. It assists every nat- 
ural force in the body. It makes it possible for the blood to 
build up what the stress and abuse of daily activity tears down. 

Waste products are cast out. New cells grow. The hol- 
low cheek fills out and takes on the ruddy glow of health. 
The spring comes back to replace the halting step, and the 
brain is cleared to meet and battle with the problems of life. 

Nature, knowing our needs, has immersed us in an infinite 
sea of oxygen. And oxygen is the element which all of us need 
most, whether we be sick or well. Oxygen is the greatest 
tonic that can be obtained, and when we have equipped our- 
selves for administering it properly, drug tonics cease to be a 
necessity. 

Oxygen Vapor Benefits the Giver and the Receiver 

"Any business or profession to succeed must earn profits, 
and to earn profits it must benefit those who support it." Bene- 
fit your patients in the most modern way, and the profits will 
take care of themselves. Do not have profits uppermost in 
your mind. Let the welfare of the patient be always the para- 
mount issue. 

When Not To Use It 

Oxygen Vapor is not incompatible with any other modal- 
ity, nor is it incompatible with any drugs. Therefore, there is 
no condition in which Oxygen Vapor cannot be used. 

Caution: If patients have recently had a pulmonary or 
bronchial hemorrhage, care must be used in instructing them 

183 



to breathe. In such cases have them breathe naturally, taking 
the treatment at first for only ten or fifteen minutes each day, 
or at intervals of three or four hours. 

How Long To Use It 

Oxygen Vapor treatments should last about twenty min- 
utes to begin with, and increase five minutes daily until the 
patient is taking thirty to forty minutes at a sitting. In some 
cases, when practical, treatments should be given both morn- 
ing and evening. 

The length of time over which these treatments should be 
given depends entirely upon the nature of the disease. This 
feature will be mentioned more particularly later on. 

Oxygen Vapor therapy must be studied and learned to be 
properly administered. Those who give treatments once a 
week or once a month will never succeed with it. No chronic 
case of bronchitis, asthma, hay fever, etc., should be accepted 
for this treatment, unless the patient agree to take daily 
treatments for at least one month. For incipient tuberculosis 
the rule should be that the patient agree to come daily, Sun- 
days excepted, for at least two months. 

In What Cases to Use It 

As has been explained elsewhere. Oxygen Vapor can be 
used in all cases. However, we shall cite a few particular 
conditions in which Oxygen Vapor is specifically indicated 
and in which we have found it very potent for good. 

The Respiratory Tract 

Oxygen Vapor is an ideal remedy for diseases affecting 
the respiratory tract. For asthma, bronchitis, hay fever, pul- 
monary tuberculosis, etc., there is no one modality that can 
compare with Oxygen Vapor from a properly constructed gen- 
erator. 

Digestive Tract 

Oxygen Vapor is indicated in any disease of the digestive 
tract, be it dyspepsia or constipation. 

184 



Urinary Tract 

Oxygen Vapor is being used most successfully in diseases 
of the urinary tract, specific and otherwise. 

Neuroses 

Oxygen Vapor, properly produced and correctly applied, 
will do more for all forms of neurotic conditions than any 
other one modality. 

Neurasthenia 

Very many cases of neurasthenia have been referred to us 
for diagnosis and treatment. Many of these we have treated 
solely with Oxygen Vapor, and we have been able to cure 
w r ith it, when all other modalities had failed. 

The Circulatory System 

In anemia, high or low blood pressure, or any other circu- 
latory disturbance, Oxygen Vapor is our "sheet anchor." 

It has been said that "When the blood is right, the patient 
is right," and clinical observation seems to corroborate this to 
a remarkable degree. This may help to explain why so many 
physicians are able to report good results from Oxygen Vapor 
in the treatment of syphilis and its sequellae. 

Anemia 

For several years we have used practically nothing but 
Oxygen Vapor along with a selected diet, in the treatment of 
anemia, and the results have been better than we have ob- 
served from any other modality or method of treatment. 

High Blood Pressure 

For high blood pressure we have been using Oxygen Va- 
por for years. We have also used auto-condensation and many 
other modalities, but in our opinion Oxygen Vapor is one of 
the best, if not the best of them all. It corrects the cause 
of high blood pressure. 

185 



Constipation 

We have used Oxygen Vapor so successfully in treating 
diseases of the alimentary tract, especially dyspepsia and con- 
stipation, that we would hardly know how to get along with- 
out it. The deep breathing exercises may have as much to do 
with curing constipation as Oxygen Vapor. However, Oxygen 
Vapor often influences peristalsis in a very remarkable man- 
ner, even without the breathing exercises. Moreover, metabo- 
lism is invariably very much impaired in any one who is con- 
stipated. Therefore we always treat constipation with Oxy- 
gen Vapor, no matter what other procedures are employed. 

Dysmenorrhea 

Probably no other modality, unless it be light, heat and 
electricity, can do as much for dysmenorrhea as Oxygen Va- 
por, along with the deep breathing exercises. 

Insomnia 

For insomnia we think there is no modality that can com- 
pare with Oxygen Vapor. 

How We Give It 

In all of the conditions cited above we use the Oxygen 
Vapor at least once daily. Patients, while being treated, re- 
cline or sit in a dark room. We teach them how to do deep, 
abdominal breathing, and we insist that one patient must not 
converse with another. We have a booth or separate room 
for each patient. This is easily arranged by means of screens 
or curtains. The results to be obtained by this procedure fully 
warrant the expense of fitting up. 

Clinical Cases 

It might interest you to hear reports of a few clinical 
cases that have come under our observation. We are receiv- 
ing no end of reports from our pupils, who are using Oxygen 
Vapor in daily practice, but the following are more or less 
typical and will suffice. 

186 



Case I. A married lady, fifty years of age, was referred 
to us for diagnosis. She had a great abscess about the body. 
This abscess emitted sterile pus continually. By inoculating 
a guinea pig with this pus, we determined that it was bovine 
tuberculosis. This patient was in what would be called a 
"hopeless condition." Altho we used the 2,000-candle-power 
light and many other modalities, nothing seemed to benefit her 
as much as Oxygen Vapor along with intermittent ruby light, 
according to our methods. After nine months of daily treat- 
ments this patient was practically well, and able to manage a 
large business. 

Case II. Airs. S. was referred to us suffering with incip- 
ient pulmonary tuberculosis. Two months of daily treatment 
with Oxygen Vapor and intermittent ruby light cured the 
condition. 

In the following four cases the treatment consisted of 
Oxygen Vapor only. Inasmuch as two of them were children, 
these cases conclusively refute the assertion of those few, who 
profess to believe that Oxygen Vapor produces results only 
thru "suggestion." For our own part, we care not whether 
we accomplish a cure by suggestion or by some other means, 
as long as the cure is accomplished. The patient seeks the 
doctor for the purpose of being cured. He does not ask how 
the curing is to be accomplished — he is concerned only with 
the result, and not at all with the means, only that it is not 
painful. Any method which will and does enable the physician 
to honorably perform the work for which the patient employs 
him is legitimate, and it is the duty of every one of us to use it. 

Case III. Betty B. Age 22 months. Contracted double 
lobar pneumonia just before Christmas, 1914. Left lung 
tapped. Temperature high. Condition grave. Slight im- 
provement about January 3rd, followed by relapse January 7th. 
Temperature 105° F. Portable Oxygen Vapor generator was 
placed at the patient's bedside at this time, and nurse adminis- 
tered treatment for fifteen-minute periods at two hour inter- 
vals, day and night. Temperature immediately began to sub- 
side and in 23 hours was normal. Improvement in all condi- 
tions was thenceforth rapid and the little patient made a fine 
recovery. 

187 



Case IV. Harry C. Age 7 years. Anemic and frail from 
birth. Digestion and assimilation poor. Very weak. Could 
not walk unassisted. Excessively nervous. Insomnia pro- 
nounced. Lethargic. No appetite. On January 10th, 1915, 
Oxygen Vapor treatments were begun. After third treatment 
patient slept normally and seemed stronger. Strength in- 
creased rapidly. After seventh treatment he went upstairs 
unassisted, and expressed a desire to play in the yard. At the 
end of three weeks, daily treatments, the child began to go to 
school for the first time. 

Case V. Mrs. H. 45 years old. Insomnia 22 years. Al- 
ways retired late "because she could not sleep". Had seen 
many doctors and, being wealthy, had received the best treat- 
ment that could be accorded her by many of the most prom- 
inent physicians and surgeons in the country. In short, she 
"had tried everything" without result. On January 16th, 1915, 
patient began taking Oxygen Vapor treatments on a Neel- 
Armstrong generator. All other modalities were discontinued, 
and thirty-five minute, Oxygen Vapor treatments were given 
daily, about 5 p.m. On the third day patient fell asleep in her 
chair, at # home, after eating dinner ; slept undisturbed for 
three hours ; retired, and slept till called the following morn- 
ing. From that day on she has slept normally. In five weeks 
patient gained eighteen pounds, and then reported that she did 
not remember that she ever felt so well. Patient was dis- 
charged after five weeks as cured and she has remained well. 

Case VI. Mr. H. 38 years old. Diagnosed by several 
well qualified physicians as suffering with "second and third 
stage" pulmonary tuberculosis. Prognosis written down as 
"hopeless." 

He received no other modality except Oxygen Vapor for 
ten months, daily treatments, and was then perfectly well. 

We could name enuf cases to fill a large book, but the 
above will give you some idea of what we and our pupils are 
doing with Oxygen Vapor. 



188 



THE PRODUCTION OF OXYGEN VAPOR 

We have experimented for many years with different ma- 
chines for ionizing air, and we have also bnilt such machines 
ourselves. We are therefore able to judge more or less ac- 
curately the efficacy of various methods and machines for pro- 
ducing Oxygen Vapor, and to safeguard the interests of our 
pupils we feel that we should set forth something of what we 
have learned from long and costly experience. 

There are two types of machines which will convert at- 
mospheric air into (speaking generally) a mixture of ozone, 
nitrogen or its compounds, and oxygen. One type employs 
the arc, or spark method, and the other uses the static, or si- 
lent method. 

When there is a sparking or arcing of the current, energi- 
zation of nitrogen is inevitable, and the ozone produced is 
mingled with nitrous and nitric oxids. Undoubtedly this helps 
to account for the irritating and somnolent effects of the ozone 
so made. If the air be moist, there may also be a production 
bf nitric acid. These by-products cannot be avoided when the 
discharge is of the arc type. 

For these reasons the silent or static method of producing 
ozone is the only one which can be successfully employed in 
therapeutic work. Unless the generator in such a device be 
constructed with great care, and unless certain fundamental 
principles be strictly observed, even this method will be a 
failure, for the reaction caused by a distinct spark discharge 
is different from that caused by the silent discharge only in 
degree. The spark discharge, being more intense, causes a 
more intense reaction. This is demonstrable, altho the actual 
point of difference between the silent discharge and the spark 
discharge is difficult to exactly define. 

In the production of ozone, and especially in the produc- 
tion of ozone for therapeutic use, it is highly important that 
the intensity of the discharge be kept below the point at which 
the inert molecule of nitrogen becomes ionized. On the other 
hand, the electrical intensity of the surface charge must be 
sufficiently great to permit a leakage of the electricity into 
the air around and between the electrodes, for it is thus that 
ionization of the oxygen molecules is accomplished. Naturally 

189 



also, the ionization of molecules of oxygen should be carried 
on to as great an extent as possible, in order to get a high con- 
centration of ozone. 

The exact point at which these objects are accomplished 
is indeterminate, within limits. That is, there is a minimum 
intensity at which the ionization of oxygen molecules is fairly 
complete, and a limited accending range of intensity thru 
which ionization of the inert nitrogen molecules does not oc- 
cur. This may be expressed more clearly by stating that the 
voltage of the secondary current must not be less than 10,000 
nor more than 20,000 to 22,000, altho this maximum may be 
exceeded under certain conditions of construction in the ozon- 
izer. A secondary voltage of 12,000 or 14,000 is, in our opinion, 
ideal. At the same time, it is important that the amperage 
be kept very low. The transformer consumption should never 
be more than one ampere. 

Our pupils are most earnestly advised to investigate these 
features in all generators offered them. If the voltage be less 
than 10,000, or if the amperage be more than one, have nothing 
to do with the machine, for it will not only be inefficient, but 
its operating expense will be unnecessarily great. 

How Ozone Is Produced 

No doubt an explanation of how ozone is produced will 
be interesting. There are several theories on this point, but 
the one we prefer to accept is as follows : 

All atmospheric air contains a certain number of free 
ions, each of which possesses, let us say, a negative charge. If 
an electrostatic stress be applied to this air, these free ions at 
once begin to travel toward the pole possessing a charge op- 
posite to that of the ions themselves. The rapidity of this 
motion is high or low, according to the potential gradient. At 
a certain point the "velocity" becomes so great as to develop 
in the moving ions a kinetic energy sufficiently high to cause 
them to ionize other atoms, or molecules, which they "strike" 
in their passage across the field. 

Incidentally, this explains why an alternating current is 
necessary in the production of ozone. With the alternating 
current the polarity is constantly changing, so that the ions 
are kept moving back and forth across the field. They no 

190 



sooner start toward, say, the positive pole than that pole be- 
comes negative, and they are driven back in the opposite di- 
rection. From the "collisions" incident to this constant mo- 
tion back and forth, the number of ions in the field is aug- 
mented. 

This brings about the existence of free atoms of oxygen, 
each of which possesses a charge of electricity. These also 
move in one direction or the other at high velocity. They 
collide with each other, and with unaffected molecules of 
oxygen, bringing about yet more ionizations and combinations. 

From this point ozone may be formed in two ways : Two 
free atoms of oxygen may come together to form a molecule 
of oxygen, afterwards taking to themselves another atom of 
oxygen and forming a molecule of ozone ; or, what is practi- 
cally the same thing, a free atom of oxygen may attach itself, 
by virtue of the contained electrical charge, to an as yet un- 
affected molecule of oxygen, thus forming a molecule of ozone ; 
or, three free atoms of oxygen may combine simultaneously 
to form a molecule of ozone. 

Type of Ozonizer Required 

The question here arises : What type of ozonizer is best 
calculated to yield a product most nearly perfect for therapeu- 
tic use? "We think our experience qualifies us to say that there 
is but one, and that is the type in which the electrodes consist 
of very small copper wires hermetically sealed within glass 
tubes. 

This construction offers many vital advantages. It abso- 
lutely eliminates all exposed oxidizable surfaces, thereby 
avoiding the production of all oxides other than those of nitro- 
gen. The latter are in turn also avoided, because the tubular 
construction lends itself perfectly to absolutely equidistant 
spacing of electrodes. It is easy to understand that, if one 
point on an electrode be even infinitesimally closer to the next 
electrode than another point, the current will seek passage by 
the shortest route, the intensity of the discharge at that point 
will be higher, and ionization of the inert nitrogen molecules 
will result. This is the only type of ozonizer which makes it 
unnecessary to dry the air. 

191 



Other Important Features To Be Observed 

We have gone into the ozonizer feature in some detail 
because of its importance. But the production of ozone is one 
of the least important problems to be solved in generating 
Oxygen Vapor. In our work along this line we used, as has 
been stated elsewhere, most of the different makes of machines 
available, only to discard them one after the other. Finally, 
feeling that we knew what was necessary, we built a device 
according to our own ideas. But this also proved unsatisfac- 
tory, altho it served to teach us that there were other features 
even more important than the production of ozone. 

Many have the idea that the oils used constitute merely 
a "bath," whose purpose. is to "wash" the ozone of impurities. 
The absurdity of this idea is easily demonstrated. Take an 
ozonizer of the type which has been described, test the product 
by any desired method, and you will find that it contains no 
impurities. Why, then, attempt to wash out something which 
is not there? Now, attempt to inhale the product of such, an 
ozonizer without passing it thru the oils. You will need no 
further proof that the ozone, in itself and as ozone, plays no 
part in the" results obtained with this Oxygen Vapor. 

The oil "bath" is not a laundry. The oils do not, or should 
not, "wash" the product, but are actually utilized, as is demon- 
strated by the fact that their quantity diminishes as the gener- 
ator is operated. Most of you have performed or witnessed 
the experiment which consists of covering the surface of a 
dish, or pan, of water with a thin film of pinene, which trans- 
fers oxygen from the air to the water and converts the latter 
into hydrogen peroxid. Identically this same thing occurs 
when some of these oils are carried to, and deposited upon, 
the surface of the mucosae, and this is one, altho the least im- 
portant, reason for using the oils. 

The Use Of Oils In Producing Oxygen Vapor 

In administering Oxygen Vapor the object to be accom- 
plished is thoro oxygenation of the system. This object we 
attain, to express it briefly, by conveying to the lungs oxygen 
in a state which permits its ready utilization in considerable 
quantity. It is to provide a carrier for oxygen, in this condi- 

192 



tion, that the oils are necessary, and it becomes evident from 
this that we cannot use whatever oils may come first to hand. 
This feature is possibly the one of greatest importance, and 
we shall have more to say regarding it later. 

Let us consider now the method of bringing the ozone 
and oils into contact. At first sight it would seem that the 
best procedure would be to conduct the ozone thru a tube to 
the very bottom of a considerable volume of oils, let it issue in- 
numerous small globules, or bubbles, thru a nozzle perforated 
with many very small openings, and thence rise to the surface 
of the oils. (This would be similar to the bubbling of steam 
in boiling water). This would mean a very intimate contact 
between the ozone and the oils and, if contact were the object, 
this would certainly be the proper method. 

Experience, however, proves the contrary. It is not enuf 
simply to bring the ozone and oils together. Remember that 
the oil carrier must hold the oxygen in very slight restraint if 
it is to be given up readily. Conversely, the oils must be of 
such a nature that there is little or no attraction or affinity 
between them and oxygen. Certainly the attraction must not 
be great enuf to tear the extra atom of oxygen away from the 
molecule of ozone, for the resulting combination would be a 
more or less stable oxid, thereby rendering the contained oxy- 
gen unavailable for other use when the product is inhaled. 

We ourselves worked on this feature for a very long time 
and never satisfactorily solved it. Dr. Wm. D. Neel of Chi- 
cago devoted upwards of eight years to it, using in all more 
than one hundred devices for bringing about a contact, and 
finally evolved a crescent tube, the curvature of which is not 
the arc of a true circle, but a combination of the arcs of four 
circles of different diameters. 

Just what occurs to the ozone and the oils in this tube is 
not known, futher than that the ozone is entirely destroyed, 
losing its identity utterly, and that the resulting nascent oxy- 
gen is recombined with the volatile elements of the oils. The 
problem has engaged some of the brightest scientific minds in 
America, but has thus far remained unsolved because it seems 
to involve something new in both mechanics and organic 
chemistry. 

193 



We are informed that at the present time two of the fore- 
most scientific institutions in this country are working on the 
analysis of exactly what takes place in this tube, both having 
admitted the possibility that the task may prove beyond them, 
because the exact knowledge of the chemistry of the terpenes 
is wanting. 

For the present, then, we must be content with the knowl- 
edge that the tube described is the only one thus far developed 
which does the work properly. We shall be glad to show this 
tube to any one who so desires. You can easily prove to your- 
self that there is a very considerable difference, by comparing 
the product obtained, when this tube is used, with that which 
you get with any other device you care to employ. 

The Ideal Generator 

Finally, you will want to know if there be any one Oxygen 
Vapor generator which combines all of the various important 
and necessary features. There is. Having before us the ex- 
perience and knowledge acquired after the expenditure of so 
much time and money, we looked over the wiiole field of ozone 
generators with great care before deciding that the one devised 
by Dr. Wm. D. Neel and manufactured by Neel-Armstrong 
Company, Akron, Ohio, is the most perfect obtainable. We 
have been using this particular generator for some years, and 
it has never failed to give us perfect satisfaction. It ought to 
be the best, for Dr. Neel spent practically a lifetime in perfect- 
ing it and, with our knowledge of the man, w T e think he knew r 
more of his subject than anyone else before or since his time. 

Such a generator, like any other scientific outfit, must be 
used correctly. 

Care Of The Generator 

There probably has never been another outfit more care- 
lessly handled than this Oxygen Vapor generator. Yet there 
is no device that should be handled more carefully or more 
judiciously. 

In the first place, the tubes and masks should be kept 
clean. The crescent shaped glass tubes should be washed in 
gasoline, benzol, or acetone and alcohol equal parts, at least 

194 



once a week, then washed out with soapsuds, rinsed, and dried. 
For the flexible tubes nothing but moderately hot water and 
soap or "gold dust" should be used, the tube being thoroly 
rinsed and dried before being put back into service. This can 
all be done in a few minutes if systematically carried out. Let- 
ting the air, or ozone, blow thru the tubes before putting new 
oils into the crescents will effectually dry them. 

The masks should be dipped into a 10% watery formalde- 
hyde solution, wiped dry, and kept in a formaldehyde sterilizer. 
This latter is easily made by putting a towel sprinkled with 
formaldehyde in a metal box, which should be kept closed. 

The patient should know that you are particular about 
these things. Many physicians are inclined to be somewhat 
careless about these small matters, but the one who is partic- 
ular and lets his patient know that he is particular, is the one 
who will succeed. 

The Oils Used 

As has been stated, these oils must not be carelessly se- 
lected. Their specific gravity must be definitely known, both 
before and after ozonization ; the amount of fixed carbon and 
ash must not be above a certain value, as determined by ac- 
curate weighing and the ignition test ; and complete evapora- 
tion must be accomplished under slow heat in a specified time. 
Of course it is neither possible nor practicable for every physi- 
cian to apply these various tests for himself, and the oils 
should therefore be obtained from a source that is known to 
be reliable. 

We used to mix these oils and sell them to physicians, 
but we have given up this practice, as we have not the time 
for it. We advise all users to get their oils direct from Neel- 
Armstrong Company, whose product we know to be better 
than can be obtained thru the usual channels. Their formula 
we also know to be correct, for by a coincidence we decided 
upon the same combination as did Dr. Neel, altho we did not 
then know him and were working miles away. 

It has come to our knowledge that some physicians buy 
cheap oil of eucalyptus and mix it with the oils supplied by 
Xeel-Armstrong Company. This is the proverbial "penny 

195 



wise and pound foolish" policy. We know this, for we have 
seen the product. How any professedly intelligent man can do 
this and wonder why his treatments fail to produce satisfac- 
tory results is beyond us. 

The oils must be right. We cannot emphasize that too 
strongly. Having used the imported oils as obtained and com- 
pounded by Neel-Armstrong Company, we can recommend 
them without qualification, and we do not think there is any 
doubt but that they are superior to any domestic oils. 

Never add turpentine, creosote, phenol, mineral oil, or any 
other ingredient to these oils. They should be used exactly 
as they come to you. 

Use Fresh Oils 

The oils in the glass crescent tubes, thru which the ionized 
air passes, should be changed after every three or four hours 
of use. Under no circumstances should they be used over 
four hours. Do not forget this. After three or four hours of 
constant use the volatile elements of the oils are exhausted, 
leaving behind practically nothing but oxidized, resinous pro- 
ducts. These in themselves are very irritating. Moreover, 
they permit the passage of free ozone, which is objectionable. 
Therefore, they should be changed frequently. 

The entire cost of a single Oxygen Vapor treatment, in- 
cluding oils and electricity, is usually less than one cent. 
Hence, any attempted economy in connection with the oils — 
either by using a cheap, inferior substitute, or by using the 
right oils too long — is really not a saving at all, but an added 
expense in that the oils and electricity must be paid for with- 
out adequate return in the way of therapeutic results. 

Amount Of Oil In Crescent Tubes 

It is very important that the oils in the crescent tube be 
maintained at just the proper quantity. The upper surface 
of the oils should come in contact with the tube on the 
shortest side of the curve for a distance of about one inch. An 
inch and a half in the large sized generator is all right, but for 
the "portable" size one inch is generally enuf. 

If too much oil be put into the tube, it will prevent the 
passage of the ionized air thru it. 

196 



The baffle box key, or supply tube key, should be adjusted 
so the ionized air just bubbles thru. Never let it go thru with 
a rush. By letting it gently "roll" thru, a proper contact be- 
tween the ozone and oils will be accomplished, all of the ozone 
will be destroyed or converted into nascent oxygen, and the 
end product will be devoid of irritative properties. 

Used Oils — Terpene Peroxid 

The exhausted or oxidized oils removed from the crescent 
tubes should be saved. They are a peroxid of the terpene 
group. They are most useful for nose and throat conditions, 
open sores, or for any purpose for which an oil dressing can 
be used. They are apt to be very irritating, however, and in 
some cases will have to be liberally diluted with olive oil, 
liquid petrolatum, melted cocoa butter, mutton tallow, or some 
other suitable base. 

By spraying or washing an open sore with a 15% solution 
of potassium iodid and then placing this used oil (terpene per- 
oxid) over it, nascent iodin is formed. This constitutes one of 
the best dressings known for sores, altho but few physicians 
are aware of it. 

Terpene Peroxid Ointment 

By mixing sixty-five parts of cocoa butter or mutton tal- 
low,' to thirty-five parts of this terpene peroxid, a most valu- 
able ointment is produced. Melt the vehicle first and when it 
cools to the consistency of lard, work in the terpene peroxid. 

"Ozone Treatments" 

Do not confuse ozone with Oxygen Vapor. We have al- 
ready explained that the two are by no means the same. Ozone 
is highly irritating to the mucous membranes and cannot be 
inhaled unadulterated, altho pure ozone can be used chemically 
to produce nascent iodin, as we shall presently explain. By 
using a special tube in the baffle box in place of the outlet 
key or plug furnished with the Neel-Armstrong generator, 
pure ozone, absolutely uncontaminated with oxids of any kind, 
can be taken before it passes thru the oils. 

197 



If a solution of one part potassium iodid to six parts of 
water be sprayed over a membrane, and if pure ozone from 
this generator be then allowed to flow upon the surface, nas- 
cent iodin is immediately formed. 

Nascent Iodin Therapy 

Iodin has been proved to be one of the most potent germi- 
cides known. Our method of producing and using it is as 
follows : 

We take one part of potassium iodid and six parts of dis- 
tilled water, mix well, and store in a tightly stoppered amber 
bottle. With this solution we cover the infected area to be 
treated, either by spraying it from an atomizing bottle or by 
"painting" it on with a soft camel's hair brush or a cotton ap- 
plicator. Before the solution dries we pass a current of pure 
ozone over it, employing a special tube and applicator attached 
to the Neel-Armstrong Oxygen Vapor generator, which per- 
mits the ozone to be taken before it passes into the oils. 

When the pure ozone comes into contact with the potas- 
sium iodid solution, iodin will be liberated and the solution 
will turn # deep brown. If you will wet a piece of blotting 
paper with this solution and then expose it to this pure ozone, 
you will see just what takes place and will be able to smell the 
iodin. In practice, an atomizing bottle and the ozone tube can 
often be used simultaneously. 

This free iodin will not stain and is not injurious to the 
most delicate tissues. We use it in any cavity, be it uterus, 
urethra, rectum, or mouth. We also use it on the conjunctiva. 

In any condition where we suspect pus, or in which there 
are bacteria we wish to destroy, we employ nascent iodin as 
above. 

For pyorrhea alveolaris nascent iodin acts like magic. 
The technic for this is outlined in a subsequent lecture. 

If for any reason you want to watch the formation of 
nascent iodin over any tissue or material that is of a deep, 
brown color originally, add about 1 c.c. of common starch so- 
lution to 50 or 100 c.c. of the 1 to 6 potassium iodid solution. 
Then, as the nascent iodin is liberated, the starch is attacked 
and starch iodid formed. The latter is deep blue in color, and 
therefore readily observable on a brown background. The 

198 



starch has nothing to do with the therapeutic effects, but is 
simply a convenience at times, as an indicator of the reaction. 
When taking ozone from the regular Oxygen Vapor gen- 
erator as just described, be careful that the opening in the 
glass applicator does not touch the surface being treated, as 
the pressure behind the ozone gas is not sufficient to overcome 
any obstruction to its free flow. (We are now building an 
apparatus for generating pure ozone under any pressure de- 
sired.) 

How Nascent Iodin Is Formed 

The reaction of ozone and potassium iodid is, first, the 
formation of iodic and hydriodic acids. These two acids mutu- 
ally attack and destroy each other, resulting in the liberation of 
nascent iodin and water. The nascent iodin then combines 
with the formation of periodic acid, iodates and hypo-iodates, 
thus serving the purpose of an active, potent germicide, with- 
out corrosive or irritating effect. 

After the KI solution is applied to the surface to be 
treated, pure ozone can be effectively used over it for about 
two minutes before a second application of the KI solution 
is required. 

If the throat or oral cavity is being treated, have the 
patient take a deep breath immediately before introducing the 
pure ozone into the mouth. The breath can easily be held 
twenty or thirty seconds while the ozone is being applied, and 
then exhale. The inhalation of pure ozone, which is irritating 
to the air passages, is thus avoided. This maneuver can be 
carried out two or three times after each application of the KI 
solution. 

Style Of Generator 

Physicians have asked us so often in the past what style 
or size of generator we consider most desirable from the stand- 
point of the general practician, that we shall forestall questions 
on this point by making a few remarks regarding it. 

The Neel-Armstrong generator is made in four styles and 
three sizes ; two of these accommodate one patient, one ac- 
commodates two patients, and the other accommodates four 
patients, at one time. 

199 



We have used the last, or largest size. Undoubtedlv 
this apparatus makes a better appearance in an office, especi- 
ally if the office be large, than one of the smaller sizes. Never- 
theless, we have come to believe that, for practical use, the 
two-patient, or single-patient outfit is preferable. 

We prefer to have several one-patient generators, as this 
permits isolation of patients, and that is a very desirable feat- 
ure, as good patients like individual service. Another advan- 
tage is that the single patient generator is easily moved from 
one room to another. 

The two-patient generator can be had for something less 
than two of the one-patient size, and privacy of treatment is 
easily accomplished by setting the generator in a darkened 
room and placing a screen between the patients. This gener- 
ator can also be moved from room to room quite as easily as 
the one-patient size, so that there is really little to choose 
between them. 

The four-patient generator cannot be easily moved, nor 
does it lend itself so readily to the giving of private treatments. 
However, it is possible to rig up little, separate booths about 
this apparatus, which serve the purpose, tho not so well. 

For an outfit to be taken to a patient's house, nothing can 
compare with the one-patient, portable generator. This is a 
very handsome and compactly made outfit. Many physicians 
use it also for giving office treatments, but it is our opinion 
that the larger one-patient outfit is much more satisfactory 
for the latter purpose. AYe have, by the way, added some of 
these to our own equipment, and we like them very much. 

In view of the fact that there are so many different types 
of so-called "ozone generators" on the market, most of them 
of doubtful value, and since so many physicians have a wrong 
conception of Oxygen Vapor, confusing it with ozone, our 
advice is that you be very particular in selecting your gener- 
ator. Remember that the three essential, and we might say 
absolutely necessary, features are ; the production of perfectly 
pure ozone of high concentration ; oils of the proper kind ; and 
a correct method of oil-ozone contact. If you make sure of 
these features you cannot go far out of the way. 

200 



Bio-Dynamo-Chromatic Therapy or Intermittent Light Treat- 
ment. 

In some of our previous lectures, we have spoken main 
times regarding the use of intermittent light of the indicated 
color in connection with Oxygen Vapor inhalation. 

To use this intermittent light treatment, the patient must 
sit facing parallel with the magnetic meridian ; that is, the 
patient's face must be directed either north or south. The 
patient must also be grounded, which is accomplished by at- 
taching a grounded chain or wire to the mask the patient uses 

The intermittent light apparatus is so adjusted that the 
light is alternately on for from three to five seconds and off 
for a like period. 

For tuberculosis or cancer w r e use true ruby, which is the 
light that is used in the dark room in fotografy. For syphilis, 
auto-intoxication, or malaria, we use cobalt blue. For gon- 
orrhea we use violet. For jaundice and liver conditions we 
use green. For the grip we use ruby and green combined. 
Each toxemia has its special color. Our reasons for all this 
have been fully explained in previous lectures, and proved by 
demonstrations. 

This intermittent light treatment is very easily used in 
connection with Oxygen Vapor inhalation, and we think the 
two should Q'o hand in hand. The Bio-Dvnamo-Chromatic 
Therapy treats the sympathetic system, while the Oxygen Va- 
por inhalation equalizes metabolism, thus enhancing nutrition. 

The outfit for using this intermittent light treatment is so 
inexpensive that there is no reason why every one cannot 
use it in connection with the Oxygen Vapor inhalation. 

The many reports of our pupils, from far and near, seem 
to prove that Bio-Dynamo-Chromatic Therapy along with 
Oxygen Vapor Therapy, is a great adjunct to any other 
method or aid. 



201 



ERGOTHERAPY 

Ergotherapy is made up of two Greek words meaning 
work and treatment. Therefore the literal meaning of the 
word is treatment of disease by physical effort. As so much 
is now being said regarding this treatment under the names of 
various investigators, we shall briefly mention it. After we 
have had an opportunity to more thoroly work out this method 
by means of the sinusoidal current, we hope to have more to 
say regarding it. 

The term, ergotherapy, according to the definition, covers 
a very broad field ; but the limited sense in which it is being 
used covers only exercising of muscles, following out a certain 
technic in the employment of the faradic or sinusoidal current. 

The method employing the interrupted, faradic current we 
do not like, because of the unpleasant sensations given by that 
modality. The sinusoidal current, when carried to clay pads 
over which are placed sand bags weighing from one to twenty 
pounds, seems to be very effectual in reducing fat as well as 
exercising muscles. 

There ^.re several large apparatuses made for this purpose. 
Before buying such an apparatus, we would advise anyone to 
look well into the merits of each, before putting the required 
amount of money into it. Some have many drawbacks, while 
others are simple and efficient. 

If you have a good sinusoidal apparatus, you can use this 
form of ergotherapy, until you become accustomed to it, before 
investing in an elaborate outfit. Our plan is to use clay pads, 
placing over them a bag of convenient size filled with sand. 
This bag should be covered by some waterproof material. The 
weight of this sand bag over the electrode causes the contrac- 
tions of the muscles to be very great, and we advise the use of 
such a sand bag as much as possible for any condition where 
we wish to exercise the abdominal muscles, as in pelvic dis- 
eases and constipation. 

For reducing the breasts, we place the clay pad over each 
and over that the sand bag, and give the slow-sinusoidal cur- 
rent, or an interrupted, rapid-sinusoidal current for ten minutes 
daily. Fat on any part of thei body can be reduced in like 
manner. 

202 



SPLANCHNIC NEURASTHENIA 

Neurasthenia Concomitant With Splanchnoptosis 

Splanchnoptosis, Visceroptosis, Abdominal Ptosis, Gle- 
nard's Disease, are all synonymous terms used to express an 
abnormal downward displacement of the abdominal viscera. 

Abdominal Ptosis may include ptosis of the stomach, liver, 
spleen, kidneys, and intestines; yet the downward displace- 
ment may include only the stomach and intestines. If the 
stomach only be lowered, the condition is called gastroptosis ; 
if the intestines be lower than normal, it is spoken of as 
enteroptosis ; and so on. 

When a neurasthenic condition exists along with abdom- 
inal ptosis, it is called Splanchnic Neurasthenia. 

Abdominal Ptosis involves primarily the intestinal mass — 
enteroptosis associated with gastroptosis. Nephroptosis is 
concomitant in about 40% of all cases of visceroptosis, hepat- 
optosis in about 10% and splenoptosis in about 5%. 

Etiology 

Splanchnoptosis is more common in women than men. It 
occurs in all ages and among all "civilized'' peoples. The 
following are predisposing factors : heredity ; rachitis ; con- 
stricted waist (either congenital or acquired from corsets or 
tight clothing) ; heavy clothing hung from the waist ; improper 
breathing ; childbirth ; tumors ; sudden straining or lifting ; 
sedentary habits; lack of exercise; prolonged exertion without 
adequate rest ; being on the feet too much ; fallen or falling 
arches ; shoes that change the natural poise ; prolonged up- 
right position after a long period in bed ; rapid emaciation ; 
obesity ; over-eating ; dyspepsia ; atony of the stomach ; use of 
liquor, tobacco, and all other narcotics or stimulants ; enlarge- 
ment of the liver; jaundice; constipation; auto-intoxication; 
worry ; and anything that produces lower vitality or relaxa- 
tion of the abdominal walls. 

Symptoms 

1. Subjective. 

Splanchnoptosis is often congenital and may exist without 
any symptoms. The most prominent symptoms seem to be 

203 



obscure neurotic conditions. These nervous phenomena may 
include symptoms of every known ailment. The more the 
patient knows about diseases, the more he complains of. They 
include especially symptoms of "tumors" which change loca- 
tion ; "painful" localized areas which are migratory ; drowsi- 
ness ; lack of ambition ; insomnia ; "blues" ; "discouraged feel- 
ing" ; melancholia ; desire to be left alone ; feel like weeping ; 
fear of "catching" this or that disease ; bad temper ; always 
looking for a new remedy or a new doctor ; sensitive areas in 
mouth, pharnyx, nose, or on any other mucous membrane ; bad 
taste in mouth ; dryness in mouth and throat ; rising of food 
or "hot liquid" in throat ; belching ; borborygmus ; nervous 
dyspepsia ; globus hystericus ; sense of fullness in the epigas- 
trium ; constipation or diarrhea ; colitis ; hemorrhoids ; abnor- 
mal pelvic conditions in women and menstrual disorders ; 
headache ; vertigo ; constricted feeling in head or body ; cold 
or numb hands or feet ; knees cold ; sensitiveness to heat or 
cold, or drafts of air ; many asthmatic conditions. Many symp- 
toms are ameliorated when lying down. 

2. Objective. 

General appearance is nervous or downcast or haggard— 
"worried look" ; general restlessness is pronounced ; extrem- 
ities, head or body always moving; skin often sensitive to 
touch ; dry skin ; complexion often appears abnormal ; gait may 
be nervous or heavy ; chlorosis or anemia is often present ; low 
blood pressure — generally lower in the sitting position than in 
the recumbent ; blood pressure may be different in one side 
than in the other ; temperature is often irregular ; tongue furred 
and chocolate colored ; teeth and gums bad ; abdomen may pro- 
trude, drop, or show no change. Abdominal tension lessened ; 
tenth rib is very often free at its costal extermity ; displaced 
viscera may sometimes be seen in thin-walled persons ; the 
umbilicus often appears as if pulled downward and inward, 
and sometimes moves during inspiration or expiration. 

Palpation of abdomen often reveals misplaced viscera thru 
the relaxed walls ; hard masses of intestinal contents may often 
be palpated ; liver is generally enlarged ; stomach is often ver- 
tical, or lying on bladder ; sinking of hepatic and splenic flex- 
ures is often noticed ; transverse colon easily palpated and 
sensitive to the touch. 

204 



Owing to the relaxed condition of the splanchnic veins, 
blood gravitates into this area and causes congestion. Pres- 
sure upon the abdomen will cause the blood to go back into 
the right heart and thus re-establishes the circulation. In the 
normal condition the vaso-motor mechanism is sufficient to 
prevent the blood gravitating into the splanchnic area, but in 
splanchnoptosis this mechanism is exhausted and lacks the 
necessary tone. It can be likened to a pump with a leaky valve 
which continues to let the liquid flow back. 

The Pulses, if both taken together with the wrists on a 
level with the heart, patient grounded and standing facing 
east or west in a subdued light, will nearly always be found to 
vary. Compression and lifting of abdomen will at once make 
the pulses equal. This objective symptom is very constant 
and reliable, and shows us how to remedy many of the symp- 
toms. 

Air-Column Percussion tells us a great deal. If the pa- 
tient be grounded and face east or west in a subdued light, 
the lines of maximum dulness over the lower abdominal area 
on each side will not be on the same level. Air-Column per- 
cussion will also indicate the position and condition of the 
viscera. 

The X-ray is very valuable in clearing up the diagnosis 
of visceroptosis. By employing bismuth "meals" not only can 
the location and position of stomach and colon be outlined, 
but the motor efficiency of the same can be determined. 

Treatment 

1. The General Treatment includes the remedying of all 
predisposing factors as far as possible and adoption of hy- 
gienic measures, such as fresh air, nourishing food, rest, regu- 
lation of clothing, etc. Change of scene and rest will work 
wonders in this form of neurasthenia. 

Exercise of the abdominal muscles is .of great benefit. 
Deep abdominal breathing exercises should be practiced while 
lying in bed. Such gymnastics as will bring the abdominal 
muscles into play should be faithfully carried out, namely, 
lying on the back and flexing the thighs on the abdomen ; flex- 
ing the trunk on the thighs while lying on the back, etc. 

205 



2. The Specific Treatment is stimulation of the viscera 
thru the spinal nerves and abdominal walls, and mechanical 
support in the way of a suitable abdominal belt. 

(a) Stimulation of the spinal nerves can be done by con- 
cussion, sinusoidalization or light. 

For concussion we employ the Valens Magnetic Con- 
cussor*, which gives magnetic energy along with a true con- 
cussion blow. With this concussor we give concussion over 
the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae for about one minute. This 
increases vagal tone. We then concuss the 6th and 7th tho- 
racic vertebrae for about a minute. This equalizes the splanch- 
nic blood supply. If the liver be enlarged, as it generally is 
in splachnoptosis, we concuss the 2nd lumbar vertebra for 
about a minute. This contracts the liver. 

In concussing with this magnetic concussor, we leave 
the concussode in contact with the skin during the whole treat- 
ment, but strike the concussode handle with a firm staccato 
blow at the rate of about forty times a minute, Magnetic 
energy is going to the vertebra being treated all the time that 
the concussode is in contact with the skin. 

The glow sinusoidal current may be employed for ten 
minutes in place of concussion. If the slow sinusoidal cur- 
rent be used, place a small electrode on the vertebra indicated 
and specified above, and a large clay electrode on the sacrum 
or abdomen. 

There is one modality that seems to have been overlooked 
in treating splanchnic neurasthenia, and that is the radiations 
from a powerful incandescent lamp. We have been greatly 
gratified by the results obtained from the use of the 2.000- 
candle-power-gas-filled lamp. 

Along with other modalities, the use of such a lamp for 
ten minutes on the spine, and ten to twenty minutes on the 
abdomen, aids greatly in the metabolic processes. It also re- 
lieves the nervous symptoms as well as improving digestion 
and splanchnic tonicity. For the relief of congestion, that is 
almost always present in some of the viscera in abdominal 
ptosis, radiant light and heat from a very powerful lamp have 
a most beneficial effect. 



*The Valens Magnetic Concussor devised by us is illustrated on page 121. Avoid any con- 
cussode that allows rubber to come in contact with the skin or that conies in contact with the 
spinous process. 

206 



The fact that radiant light and heat from such a lamp 
dilate the peripheral blood vessels, gives another reason why 
the 2,000-candle-power lamp is indicated. By dilating the per- 
ipheral blood vessels, organic congestion is relieved and the 
visceral circulation improved. 

Oxygen Vapor (Neel Process) when given in a dark room 
with the patient grounded and sitting or reclining parallel 
with the magnetic meridian, and the intermittent, indicated 
color given, greatly aids all other procedures. 

(b) Abdominal Support. 

All authorities are of one opinion regarding supporting 
the abdomen for splanchnoptosis. Of course, there are ex- 
treme cases where an abdominal support is of no use. When 
the stomach and transverse colon are nearly down to the 
pubes, an appliance would not support but would constrict. 
When the ovaries are sensitive to palpation, in chronic appen- 
dicitis, or in abdominal abscess, a belt of any kind is contra- 
indicated. For nearly all other cases of visceroptosis, a sup- 
port that supports or lifts the abdomen is indicated and should 
be worn. 

A support to be of much real benefit for visceroptosis 
should be made of a stiff material, preferably leather, and of 
a keystone shape, with the shorter length next to the pubic 
arch. This unyielding abdominal pad should be so constructed 
that it will keep its place. Strong elastic belts should go 
around the body to give a constant pull to the pad. 

The common form of abdominal belt, which is made of 
various kinds of webbing and comes iip high on the abdomen, 
is contra-indicated, as it tends to produce the very condition 
it is designed to alleviate. The stiff, corset-like arrangement, 
advertised to correct the poise of the wearer, is also detri- 
mental and will do more harm than good in a case of abdom- 
inal ptosis. Such a device has a tendency to cause abdominal 
ptosis. The pressure of an abdominal support should be up- 
ward and inward from the pubes. 

As nothing could be found to meet our ideas for an ab- 
dominal support, we devised one, which is sold under the 
name of Valens Abdominal Support, This support is made 
of the best strap leather with padded, truss-elastic web belts. 
The leather pad is keystone shape and is lined with longitudi- 

207 



nally ribbed, rough leather, so attached that the pad will hold 
its position and not move up or down or from right to left. 
The elastic bands are l}i inches .wide and are attached to the 
abdominal pad by means of pivot posts. This makes the bands 
detachable and allows them to conform to the shape of the 
body without being distorted because of the fixed position of 
the pad. The truss-elastic-web belts are so arranged that they 
can be taken up by means of a sliding buckle in the same man- 
ner as suspenders are adjusted. 

In prescribing such a belt, one should select a size, the 
pad of which will come between the anterior superior spines 
of the ilia. The width of the belt should be less than half its 
length. The lower edge of an abdominal support for this con- 
dition should come as near to the pubes as possible to allow 
the patient to sit down with comfort. 



Valens Abdominal Support* 

Devised by GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 

VALENS ABDOMINAL SUPPORT consists of a 
leather pad, substantially trapezoidal in shape, and heavy 
truss-elastic-web belts which are attached to the pad by de- 
tachable pivot clasps, made especially for this support. 

Fig. 1, shows the VALENS ABDOMINAL SUPPORT 
on the body. Observe that the pull is upward and inward 




Fig. 1 
•Trade Mark registered in U. S. Patent Office. 



208 



from the pubes. The pad lifts and supports the abdomen. 
Never put one of the belts under the buttocks, unless on a 
lady with very flaring hips.. Figure 1, shows how to adjust 
and wear this support. 

Fig. 2, shows the VALENS ABDOMINAL SUPPORT 
with the belts detached. Notice the pivot posts (C-l) on each 
corner of the leather pad. 

Each end of the heavy, elastic, tense belt has a leather 
tab with the pivot clasp socket (D) attached, and these tabs 
are fastened to the belt by a metal loop. 

The elastic belts are provided with heavy, sliding, sus- 
pender buckles (E). 




Fig. 2 

Fig. 3, shows the pad cut down thru its center so as to 
give an end, sectional view, as well as a side view of the under 
part of same. 




Fig. 3 



The Leather Pad 



Notice that the pad (Fig. 3) is made of layers of strap 
leather cemented and stitched together over a form. On the 



209 



inside, ribs are cemented, and over same a lining (B) of rough 
leather is cemented and sewed to the middle layer. The lining 
is keystone shape and tapered at the edges. This lining is so 
stitched that each rib (A) stands out prominently and pre- 
vents the pad from slipping up or down on the abdomen. The 
beveled edges of the lining section keep the pad from moving 
to the right or left. 

The pad is shaped so it will fit the abdomen. After thirty 
years of use, this keystone shape for an abdominal pad has 
been found to be the best. 

The Pivotal Attachments 

One of the unique features of the VALENS ABDOMI- 
NAL SUPPORT is the method of attaching the heavy belts. 

At each corner of the pad is a heavy pivot post, specially 
designed and made for this support, fastened by a special ma- 
chine so it cannot come out. C of Fig. 3, shows the under 
side of one of these posts. 

The socket in the leather tab, at each end of the belt, can 
be snapped over the post at will. 

The Elastic Belts 

The very best, re-enforced, truss-elastic web is used in the 
VALENS ABDOMINAL SUPPORT. It is padded on the 
under side so it is comfortable for the wearer. 

As the belts stretch, they can be taken up by means of 
the heavy suspender buckles. 

To replace the belts is an easy matter, as they are sep- 
arable from the pad. 

By occasionally reversing the belts, their durability is 
greatly enhanced. 

Its Action 

THE VALENS ABDOMINAL SUPPORT does just 
what the name implies — supports the abdomen. The pivotal 
attachment for the belts makes the belts keep their shape and 
they adjust themselves to the body. 

210 



To Put The Support On 

To adjust the VALENS ABDOMINAL SUPPORT to 
the body, it is best to lie on the back with thighs flexed. It 
can be put on when the person is standing if the abdomen be 
drawn in well. 

Place the pad as near the public bone as possible and 
equidistant from the anterior, superior spines of the ilia. Place 
the belts in a comfortable position so they draw inward and 
lift the abdomen. 

Indications For Its Use 

A heavy, pendulous abdomen. 

A relaxed abdomen. 

Abdominal ptosis. 

Asthmatic conditions. 

Splanchnic neurasthenia. 

During pregnancy and after labor until walls are strong. 

Many so-called "heart diseases." 

Conclusions 

The shape of the pad has proved, after thirty years of use, 
to be the best. 

The pad is so made that it will last indefinitely. 

The ribbed, raised, keystone-shaped lining keeps the pad 
in place. 

The detachable, pivotal method of fastening the belts is 
ideal. 

The belts are of the most approved dimensions and are 
made of the best truss-elastic web, attached to leather tabs in 
the best manner possible. 

The buckles on the belts are of the best pattern and are 
very convenient. 

The VALENS ABDOMINAL SUPPORT supports the 
abdomen in a scientific manner. 

The various "abdominal supports" made to imitate the 
VALENS slip about on the abdomen. 

Avoid cheap substitutes, as they are dear in the long run. 

211 



Sizes 

The VALENS ABDOMINAL SUPPORT is made in the 
following: sizes : 



No. 


7 pad 6^4 in. 


3H in., 


belts 30 in. 


No. 


8 pad yy^. in., 


3^ in., 


belts 36 in. 


No. 


9 pad Sy 4 in., 


4j/ 8 in., 


belts 36 in. 


No. 


10 pad 9y 4 in., 


4y s in., 


belts 42 in. 


No. 


11 pad 10^4 in., 


A% in., 


belts 48 in. 



Special shapes and sizes made to order. 
Seal skin, walrus skin, pig skin, or other special leathers, 
can be made up to order. 

Pads for concave abdomens can be made to order. 



212 



A PULSE PHENOMENON 

Diagnosis by means of the pulses when both are palpated 
simultaneously. 

We have previously mentioned the fact that if a normal 
person be grounded and face east or west and his two pulses 
are simultaneously palpated, there may or may not be an ap- 
preciable difference in them. 

We have also mentioned that if there be an appreciable 
difference, it generally indicates a difference of splanchnic 
tension in the two sides of the abdomen. 

If this subject be now turned to face in the magnetic 
meridian, there will be a change in the tension of both pulses ; 
or a change in one pnlse different from that in the other; or 
if the two pulses be different when in the east or west posi- 
tion, this will be reversed in the north or south position. This 
phenomenon is almost constant in a healthy individual, that 
is, in a person with a normal electronic vibration. We might 
say that nearly every person with a normal MM VR will 
exhibit this pulse phenomenon. 

If the person have no MM VR, this pulse phenomenon is 
absent. Any color that will elicit the MM VR will, as a rule, 
produce this pulse phenomenon. 

This pulse phenomenon can be demonstrated with a per- 
son sitting up in bed, but so far we have not been able to 
elicit it in a satisfactory manner when the patient is lying 
prone. 

Caution: In palpating for this pulse phenomenon, the 
physician must educate himself to eliminate his own pulse as 
he turns with the patient. It would be better, while he is 
learning this work, for him to stand facing east or west all 
the time when making this test. For example, if the physician 
have a normal MM VR his own pulse will change when he 
turns from east or west to north or south, inasmuch as his 
body is grounded thru that of the patient with whom he is in 
contact. If the physician have a blue, red, or any other color 
MM VR, that special color will elicit his own MM VR, and 
produce the pulse phenomenon in himself. This of course 
would confuse a beginner in this line of work. After a little 

213 



practice the physician can eliminate his own pulse phenom- 
enon in this test. 

(This pulse phenomenon should have been mentioned in 
Lecture One when giving the different methods of demon- 
strating the elicitation of the sympathetic-vagal reflex.) 

A PUPILLARY PHENOMENON 

The following phenomenon cannot be called a reflex. 

With the patient facing east or west, have him look 
straight at your nose. Shed a bright light from an ordinary 
tungsten lamp, with a reflector, on his eyes and both pupils 
will be seen to immediately contract. Leave the light on un- 
til the pupils begin to dilate. If one dilate more than the 
other within a half minute, the disease of whatsoever nature it 
may be, is on the corresponding side of the body. A tuber- 
culous lesion in the lung or in any of the joints, a cancerous 
growth, a pus tube, an inflamed ovary, etc., on one side of 
the body will give this pupillary phenomenon on the corre- 
sponding side. 

This aids very much in locating- the diseased area for 
diagnosis. 

If a person have tuberculosis in both lungs but more in 
one than the other, this pupillary phenomenon will be observed 
on the side where the disease is the more active. If the dis- 
ease be equally active on both sides, the pupils will dilate more 
rapidly than normal after the light is shed on them, but the 
dilation will be equal. 

INTERMITTENT ENERGY SYNCHRONOUS WITH 

THE HEART BEAT 

YVe have many times mentioned the fact that stimulating 
energy must be intermittent. We now wish to say that we 
have found that if this intermittent energy intermit synchro- 
nously with the heart beat, results are obtained that do not 
seem to be obtained in any other manner. 

Our first experiments were made by turning on and off 
the current with one hand and holding the pulse with the 
other. Later we did it with a crude pulsating mercurial col- 

214 



umn. We are now having a special device made for making 
and breaking the electric current by means of the pulse. 

Other observers have been working on this same principle 
and report results in the change of blood pressure that are 
simply marvelous. 

If the sinusoidal current be interrupted synchronously 
with the pulse, or if the intermittent colored light be made 
to intermit synchronously with the heart beat, the benefit is 
very marked. 



MAGNETIC ENERGY FROM TROLLEY CARS 

This should have been mentioned in Lecture One. 

Several of our pupils have written us regarding a peculiar 
reflex phenomenon. They could not explain it, but said if a 
loaded trolley car were passing their office, while they were 
testing a patient, they could get no difference between the 
"working line" and the "reflex line." Neither could they ob- 
serve any change of pitch when using" the Organotonometer. 

We have solved this "mystery." A trolley car loaded, or 
going up hill, gives off energy enuf to deflect a delicate mag- 
netic needle when several hundred feet distant. If the trolley 
car be "coasting" down hill, it gives off no deflecting energy. 

Such energy will elicit the sympathetic-vagal reflex in any 
person. 

These findings show that anyone making these tests in an 
office in front of which trolley cars pass, should not attempt 
to make the test while the car is passing, especially if the car 
be loaded or be under strain going up hill. 

It seems to be the intermittent energy given from a trolley 
car, under such conditions, that causes the trouble, because in 
an office before which cars were constantly passing, we did not 
observe this peculiar phenomenon. To make sure of this, it is 
well for any physician, whose office is situated where cars pass, 
to place a very delicate compass upon a wooden table about 
three feet high, and well aw r ay from all iron work, and see 
wmether the needle be deflected while trolley cars are passing. 
A room three or four stories above the railroad tracks does 
not seem to be affected in this manner. 

215 



CARE OF MOUTH, TEETH, AND GUMS 

Every physician is supposed to understand how to take 
care of the mouth, teeth and gums of his patients, but the work 
is too often turned over to a dentist who may or may not be 
qualified to do this work. 

An antiseptic wash for the mouth and throat must be 
used with the understanding of what it is used for. For a 
person in health, a dilute hydrogen peroxid wash is very good. 
This is made by putting about a teaspoonful of good hydro- 
gen peroxid in a half glass of water. The hydrogen peroxid 
gargle and wash should be followed by some saline wash 
which removes the little bubbles caused by the hydrogen 
peroxid. This saline wash can be plain sodium bicarbonate, 
one-quarter teaspoonful to the glass of water ; or it can be a 
normal salt solution, that is, about one-quarter teaspoonful 
salt to the half-glass of water. 

A saturated solution of boracic acid is also very efficient 
as a mouth wash and gargle. We always advise the patient 
to have enuf acid in the water to leave quite a good deal in 
the bottom of the bottle and to shake it up before using. This 
allows some of the crystals of the boracic acid to adhere to 
the membranes. 

The teeth should be cleansed at least twice a day with a 
good brush. No matter what kind of tooth powder is used, 
we think it should be followed by washing the teeth with an 
acid solution. Diluted vinegar (half vinegar to half water) 
can be used, or half a teaspoonful of acetic acid to the glass of 
water. Rubbing the teeth with the inside of a lemon peel or 
with lemon juice is also beneficial. This does not seem to be 
generally known, but the acid rubbed on the gums and teeth 
will remove more of the adherent film than anything else. This 
should be done every morning. 

A very good mouth wash and gargle is made by mixing 
the following: 

grams or c.c. 

Boracic Acid 2 

Chlorate of Potassium 5 

Peppermint water 200 

216 



Another is 

grams or c.c. 

Sodium chloride 2 j 

Borax 2 I 

Glycerin 50 j 

Wintergreen or Peppermint water 200 | 

Another is diluted alcohol — one part of alcohol to four or 
five parts of water. 

Alcohol has an astringent and antiseptic effect as well as 
being cleansing. 

Every patient using a gargle should be instructed to not 
swallow it, especially if it contain potassium chlorate. 

Another very efficient mouth wash and gargle is made by 
dissolving one Chinosol tablet in a pint of normal salt solution. 
The bitter taste that accompanies the use of chinosol is many 
times very efficient in increasing the appetite. If a very little 
of this chinosol gargle be swallowed, it can do no harm. 

Caution: In using hydrogen peroxid for a gargle, one 
must bear in mind that if there be pus pockets in the tonsils, 
they must be opened before using the hydrogen peroxid wash. 
Otherwise the distension of the pocket, by the gas, is liable 
to make the condition worse. 

In fever conditions, or where the mouth is in bad condition 
from diseases of the digestive tract, we find unsweetened 
juices from the acid fruits, such as lemons, limes, grape fruit, 
and sometimes pineapple, are very efficient as a gargle and 
mouth wash. Probably lemon juice or the juice of limes is 
better than any other. 

Pyorrhea Aveolaris is probably more prevalent than any- 
one has any idea of. Some claim 90% of all persons past forty 
years of age have it. When this condition is suspected, a 
dentist should not only clean tartar off the visible portion of 
the teeth, but he should go below the surface of the gum. As 
a rule, there are aveolar pus pockets causing this condition. 

Altho the endameba buccalis is by some considered to be 
the cause of pyorrhea aveolaris, yet there is no doubt that 
many cases occur in which the endameba buccalis does not 
play a part. 

217 



The use of emetin and other forms of ipecac is well known, 
but they are not as specific as some would lead us to believe. 

We find cleaning the teeth with an iodin preparation is 
very efficient in this trouble. As a tooth wash we would rec- 
ommend a solution of 

grams or c.c. 

Iodin crystals 1 

Potassium iodid 3 I 

Glycerin 30 1 

This iodin solution can be used once or twice a day, while 
an acid solution should be used every morning. Remember 
one of the best remedies for pyorrhea aveolaris is iodin in 
some form. Painting the affected area, after it is thoroly 
cleansed, with a 50% alcoholic tincture of iodin (keeping it 
away from any other part of the mouth by cotton pledgets) 
is no doubt very efficient. The iodin-glycerin solution above 
cited can be used in lieu of iodin tincture. 

Nascent Iodin formed right on the teeth or in the gums 
or pus pockets is probably the treatment par excellence. For 
this we use.a 15% solution of potassium iodid, using a wooden 
applicator to work it down well around the gums and below 
the crown of the tooth. We then force into all these places 
pure ozone. This, as already explained, produces, nascent 
iodin, and that will destroy any micro-organisms and seems 
to be especially beneficial in this condition. 

If you have not an apparatus for driving ozone under 
pressure, the regular ozone generator previously described 
will do fairly well provided one is very particular to push the 
gums clown with a wooden applicator while applying it. 

Another very simple and effective means of treating 
pyorrhea aveolaris. is by means of coal oil, or kerosene oil. 
The formula we use is to add twenty drops oil of verbena to 
one ounce of ordinary kerosene. This should be painted with 
a swab over the tooth and worked well around the roots of 
the tooth. This will kill the endameba buccalis as well as 
acting as a stimulant to the affected area. The oil of verbena 
disguises the taste of the kerosene to a great extent. One or 
two drops of oil of cloves to the ounce of kerosene disguises 
the taste quite sufficiently. This kerosene preparation can be 

218 



used thru an atomizer so arranged as to drive the oil well 
down around the gums. Use a cotton applicator to dry the 
moisture about the treated teeth, before applying the coal 
oil mixture. 

"Whenever a person is inclined to have pyorrhea aveolaris, 
it must be remembered that it will recur. Therefore some 
preventive treatment should be instituted, such as cleaning the 
teeth as previously described or applying kerosene oil mixture 
at least once a week. 

A Case of Lingual Titillation 

We wish to cite a very peculiar case of a man suffering 
from intolerable itching of the lower right half of the tongue. 
Along with this itching was a feeling which he described as 
of "worms crawling in the muscle." 

Upon examination we discovered tw r o small pimples or 
boils in the upper part of the pinna. These we treated with 
the radiations from the powerful incandescent lamp and ter- 
pene peroxid applied locally. We gave these treatments three 
days in succession. 

At the same time we examined the mouth to see if the 
teeth were all right. We found a gold crown on the first 
lower molar on the right side that was pressed down into the 
gum and was causing irritation. We had the dentist remove 
it and painted the gum with tincture of iodin. When the ear 
was well, the tongue was w r ell and the gum was well at the 
same time. 

We mention this case in particular to show how reflexes 
will affect the tongue and to show how important it is that 
the teeth be examined, especially where there are any peculiar 
symptoms about the face or mouth. 

We are inclined to believe the infection about this crown 
in the lower jaw had something to do with the ear trouble as 
Avell as with the tongue. Whether the reflex from the ear 
caused the sensation in the tongue, we do not know, but we 
do know that congestion in the middle ear will cause all sorts 
of sensations in the tongue, not only of feeling but of taste. 



219 



TRANSILLUMINATION 

A quick method of ascertaining whether there be an in- 
flamed condition in the frontal sinus, within the bones about 
the orbit, or in the antra, is by transillumination. 

For this a flashlight can be used by putting a piece of 
rubber tubing over it and passing it well up into the nasal- 
orbital angle. If there be no inflammation, the red transil- 
lumination will show very clearly. By experimenting on a 
healthy individual, one will be able to differentiate the normal 
and abnormal condition in these sinuses. 

For examining the antra of Highmore, put the tube into 
the mouth and have the patient close the mouth tightly about 
it. 

Compare the two sides. 

This examination has to be done in a dark room. There 
are special lamps manufactured for this purpose, but an ordi- 
nary flashlight will do with the right kind of rubber tubing 
attached. 

Mcintosh Battery & Optical Co. of Chicago can furnish 
a special device for this purpose. 



220 



EAR, NOSE AND THROAT 

These diseases too often fall into the hands of those who 
make a specialty of surgically operating on the nose, throat 
and ear. You can many times benefit your patient more by 
keeping him away from the knife than in any other way. In 
most cases surgically operated on for minor complaints of ear, 
nose and throat, we have found that the second condition was 
worse than the first. 

The promiscuous and unconditional removal of the ton- 
sils or turbinated bones, seems to have reached its zenith. The 
public are waking up and are revolting. We are entering 
into a non-surgical era. People are beginning- to abhor the 
sight or sound of a knife, and the sooner the progressive physi- 
cian realizes this, the better it will be for him and his clientele. 
It is an easy matter to enucleate a tonsil or cut off a turbinated 
bone, but it is not so easy to remedy the damage done. We 
find that many of the abnormal nose and throat conditions can 
be remedied by local applications or the use of remedies cata- 
phorically. 

The time was when every aching tooth was pulled. Dent- 
istry has progressed and teeth are treated and saved. Prac- 
ticians are now treating the ear, nose and throat more than 
formerly, and this shows progress. 

Regarding diseased crypts in the tonsils, if necessary open 
them and treat them, but why enucleate the whole gland be- 
cause a small part of it has an inflamed area? One might as 
well amputate a hand because a finger is at fault. For dis- 
eased crypts in the tonsils, we do not know of any procedure 
that can equal opening the crypt with a suitable knife and 
painting it over with a 25% solution of silver nitrate, after it 
has been thoroly cleaned with alcohol locally applied. 

For almost all diseases of the throat and mouth, as well as 
the antra, radiations from the 2,000-candle-power lamp are 
very efficient. 

Sometimes the high frequency current thru a vacuum elec- 
trode is very beneficial. 

For inflamed tonsils when one has not the powerful in- 
candescent lamp, it is said that irrigation of the fauces with 
water as hot as the patient can bear will work like magic. The 

22! 



technic is as follows : Let the patient hold the head over a 
sink or some receptacle and from an ordinary syringe bag, let 
the water run into the mouth and out. The head should be 
held so the liquid will come in contact with the tonsils and 
fauces. (As some patients are particular in regard to the use 
of the tube in the syringe bag, the tube can be reversed.) 

Quinsy sore throat, as it is commonly called, probably 
can be more easily and thoroly cured by means of soluble 
iodin and the 2,000-candle-power incandescent lamp than by 
any other known method. 

We have used high frequency surface electrodes for this 
trouble, as well as fulguration, and both are good; but moie 
can be done with soluble iodin and the powerful lamp than 
with all the other methods combined, unless it be that Zone- 
therapy is as efficient. Zonetherapy seems to be especially ap- 
plicable for all diseases of ear, nose and throat. 

An old practitioner has recently given the following form- 
ula, which he uses as a swab for sore throat. As he has an ex- 
tensive practice, w r e give it to you for what it is worth, tho we 
know "swabs" are not employed as much as they were for- 
merly : 

grams or c.c. 

Zinc iodid 16 I 

Iodin crystals 15 I 

Glycerin 64 

Aqua dist 16 I 

M sig. Swab throat every morning. 

For painful or obstructed deglutition, concussion of the 
2d and 3d or 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae is in many instances 
curative. Zonetherapy is of great benefit for this condition. 

If an operation has to be done upon the nose to enable 
one to breathe, the sub-mucous operation should be performed, 
as that mucous surface is needed. 

In regard to the ear, most of the conditions can be cured 
without operation. See that the ear is well cleaned out and 
if the Eustachian tube be inflamed, do not immediately insert 
a catheter, as that is irritating to the membrane. Use the mod- 
ified Politzer method which is the use of hot, medicated vapors 
under pressure during the act of swallowing. This is easily 

222 



accomplished by using the DeVilbiss double nasal tip and a 
hand, foot, or compressed air atomizer. We have seen chronic 
conditions, that were made worse by the use of the Eustachian 
catheter, that were made very comfortable by following out 
this method. 

Vibration over the ear, nose and throat, if properly car- 
ried out, is very beneficial in any of these conditions, but prob- 
ably the most benefit can be derived from the 2,000-candle- 
power lamp applied over the head and face. xA.long with this 
we always give oxygen vapor inhalation and intermittent color 
radiations. 

With the double, ear electrode, the sinusoidal, or inter- 
rupted galvanic current can be employed. 

In many conditions of a sclerotic nature in the ears, we use 
the slow sinusoidal current, having the double ear electrode 
over the ears for one terminal, and the other terminal a sponge 
or clay electrode over the 2d and 3d or 6th and 7th cervical 
vertebrae. 

For mastoid pains we have found the 1,000-candle-power 
arc lamp to be very beneficial, but probably the 2,000-candle- 
power incandescent lamp, if used for from twenty to forty 
minutes over the painful site, will do just as well. 

If none of you have had the opportunity to use such a 
powerful light over your own face and head when suffering 
from acute rhinitis, you have no idea just what relaxation 
means. 

Rhinitis — Clinical Cases 

Case I. Mr. X., 45 years of age. Came to us suffering 
with what he said was a periodical attack of rhinitis, which 
he had every time he got any cold, and that the attacks gener- 
ally lasted for ten days. As our big lamps were in use, we 
could not give him that treatment, so gave oxygen-vapor in- 
halation and intermittent ruby light for forty minutes. He 
said he felt so much relieved that he would like to come the 
next day for another treatment. 

When he came the following day he said the "cold" was 
"broken" and he had never had an attack like that cleared up 

223 



so quickly, altho he had tried all kinds of remedies and doc- 
tors. After the second treatment we told him to come again 
the following day, if he felt any bad effects from the rhinitis. 

About two weeks later he reported that the attack was 
broken after the first treatment and after the second treatment 
he felt well. 

Case II. Mr. R., 45 years of age. Merchant. Came to us 
suffering with terrible pain in the frontal sinus which he said 
had kept him awake for three nights and he wanted us to give 
him an opiate. This we did not do, but put him on the table 
and exhibited the rays from the 3,000-candle-power lamp for 
one hour, covering the eyes well with an opaque substance. 
Within half an hour the pain thru his head had left. 

After this radiant light treatment we had him take oxy- 
gen-vapor inhalation along with the intermittent ruby light 
for forty minutes. He went home that night and slept com- 
fortably without any pain. The next day he came for another 
treatment, and from that time on has had no return of the 
trouble. 

This was a case of congestion of the frontal sinus caused 
by an aeute attack of rhinitis, and the frontal sinuses were 
very much involved. The effects of the light were to produce 
surface hyperemia, which reduced the congestion within. At 
the same time the penetration from the light had a very pro- 
found effect. The oxygen-vapor inhalation and intermittent 
ruby light tended to brace up the wmole system, to say nothing 
about the local effects of the terpene peroxid vapor along with 
the oxygen passing thru the nasal passages. 

We could mention very many cases of rhinitis that we 
have cured in this same manner. 

An efficient remedy for earache in either a child or an 
adult is a mixture of three drops of carbolic acid (phenol) 
to one teaspoonful of glycerin. Mix well and drop into the ear 
two or three drops. Tholo is also very efficient. 

Do not put oil into an aching ear. Glycerin, being hy- 
groscopic, very quickly takes up water thru the ear drum, 
thereby lessening the pressure in the middle ear. Oil acts just 
the opposite. That is why so many "ear drops" with oil as a 
vehicle are not efficient. 

224 



Deafness Treated By Sound Waves 

For several years we have been working out a method for 
treating certain forms of deafness by means of sound waves. 
So far our work has proved very satisfactory to the patient and 
the physician. 

Our method is to use a Galton whistle, or some other de- 
vice for giving a definite sound vibration. We seat the patient 
at a certain distance from the whistle, or other device, and in- 
struct him to raise his hand as soon as he does not hear the 
sound after we have begun to sound the instrument. 

We begin with a sound that he readily hears and then 
gradually lower the tone until he cannot hear it. In this way 
the patient exercises his will power and at the same time his 
hearing mechanism. We make a record on our card, so wc 
know just how much the patient improves from one treatment 
to another. As he is seated to have his back to the operator, 
his eyes can play no part in the work. Your assistant can 
do this work as well as you can, and that aids materially in the 
practicability of the method. 

We repeat the exercises several times at each treatment 
and give the treatments as often as possible. In many of these 
cases we have observed that the patient can hear more acutely 
if he has had radiations from the 2,000-candle-power lamp over 
his head and face for a few minutes previous to the tests. We 
think the light and heat stimulation aids materially in enhanc- 
ing the recovery. 

You will also notice that the patient will hear a lower 
pitch, or a higher pitch farther distant, if he be grounded and 
face either north or south. 

The sinusoidal current, with some cases, aids very much 
in restoring hearing. 

In many forms of deafness, especially where the Eusta- 
chian tube is at fault, we have found that oxygen vapor inha- 
lation along with intermittent colored light greatly aids any 
other method. 

For tinnitus aurium there is probably no agency yet dis- 
covered that has the magical effect that Zonetherapy has. 
Many cases of otosclerosis, in which the patient has not heard 

225 



for years and has been annoyed by all sorts of ringing sounds 
in the ears, have been not only relieved but cured by this 
method. (See Lecture Five.) 



HYGIENE OF THE NOSE AND THROAT 

The majority of ear, nose, and throat diseases are due to hy- 
gienic errors. Instruction in the hygiene of the teeth is taught 
in our schools, but seldom anything regarding the hygiene of 
the nose, throat, or ears. The nose is more an organ of respir- 
ation than of smell and every child and adult should be in- 
structed to breathe thru the nose night and day. In many cases 
it has been found advantageous to use adhesive plaster over 
the lips at night to compel the patient to breathe thru the nose. 

The nose creates its own climate and is sympathetically 
affected, not only by the respiratory system, but also thru other 
organs. 

In asthma the irritation of some special focus in the nose 
will produce an attack. In hay fever, the starting point seems 
to be in the mucous membrane of the nose. The majority of 
conjunctiyal infections seem to be thru the mucous membrane 
of the nose. Diseases of the lachrymal sac seem to have a like 
origin. 

The mucous membrane of the nose is of great assistance 
in diagnosis. Many of the deformities of the nose, naso- 
pharynx, pharnyx, and face are cause by nasal obstructions. 

Chronic rhinitis is often the etiological factor in producing 
disease of the air sinuses, pharynx, larynx, bronchi, trachea, 
eustachian tubes, etc. 

Many forms of headache are caused by an obstructed nose. 

The classical experiment of Von Lenhardt shows that the 
lymphatics from the nasal mucosa go directly to the tonsils. 
This shows why the tonsils should be saved, as well as the 
mucosa of the nose, whenever possible. 

A properly constructed atomizer and nebulizer are as im- 
portant in caring for the nose and throat as a tooth brush is in 
caring for the teeth. 

We think the DeVilbiss M'f'g Co., Toledo, Ohio, make 
the best atomizers and nebulizers to be had for professional 
or home use. 

226 



EYE AND ITS APPENDAGES 

Electricity in the form of a constant or sinusoidal current 
is of great therapeutic value in the treatment of a great many 
diseases affecting the eye. 

The powerful incandescent lamp as well as the arc lamp 
will do more for diseases of the eye and its appendages than 
any other one modality, yet it is overlooked by most oculists. 

Colored lights in various forms are of great benefit in 
many diseases of the eye and its appendages. 

The high frequency current thru a vacuum electrode is 
also of great benefit in treating the eye. 

For removing displaced cilia, nothing can compare with 
the electrolytic needle. 

For relieving or curing hordeolum (sty) nothing is of 
more value than the powerful incandescent light or the arc 
light. 

Some use x-ray for treating the eye and its appendages, 
but we think there are other forms of electricity that are just 
as efficient and can be used without the danger attending x-ray. 

For blepharospasm nothing can compare with the slow 
sinusoidal current, if correction of refractive error do not 
overcome the trouble. 

For conjunctivitis, use the powerful incandescent lamp. 
In some cases add nascent iodin. 

For gonorrheal ophthalmia, the powerful incandescent 
lamp along with nascent iodin seems to be more efficient than 
any other modality. 

For trachoma many report satisfactory results from the 
use of the intermittent Roentgen ray. Others report better 
success by means of cupric cataphoresis or "electric medica- 
ment diffusion." For this purpose we have a special copper 
electrode, which is manufactured by the Mcintosh Battery & 
Optical Co. of Chicago. We prefer cataphoresis to the x-ray. 

Some use high frequency thru a surface vacuum electrode 
for trachoma and report very good results. 

For stricture of the lachrymal passages negative galvan- 
ism thru a silver electrode seems to be the best . 

227 



For tuberculosis of the eye, treat as for tuberculosis in any 
other part of the body, but give powerful incandescent light 
treatment to the eye itself, while the eye is closed. 

Glaucoma has been very successfully treated by means of 
high frequency currents thru the special vacuum surface elec- 
trodes. Another method that some use is negative galvanism 
w r ith the indifferent or positive electrode over the 6th and 7th 
cervical vertebrae. 

For cataract in its incipiency, many are reporting great 
success from using negative galvanism by means of the binoc- 
ular electrode. The indifferent or positive electrode is placed 
over the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae during this treatment. 

Some use potassium iodid solution cataphorically along 
with negative galvanism. For this treatment from four to 
seven milliamperes of current can be used for about ten min- 
utes. We have some reports from physicians who have appar- 
ently cured incipient cataract by means of the powerful incan- 
descent lamp alone. 

Galvanic treatments should be given daily, or every other 
day, and the light treatments every day. No doubt incipient 
cataract can be cured by electricity, but mature cataract, as 
far as we know, can be cured only by surgical extraction. 

If a person have diabetes, liver, kidney, or other organic 
disease, improvement is not very satisfactory until the organic 
trouble is partially cleared up. 

Muscae Volitantes — "Specks Before the Eyes" — if persist- 
ent after errors of refraction are corrected, can often be cured 
by means of the slow sinusoidal current, used the same as for 
opacities of the vitreous. 

For opacities of the vitreous, no doubt negative galvanism 
in connection with the sinusoidal current is the treatment par 
excellence. For this work we use the binocular sponge elec- 
trode wet with a sodium chloride solution while the indifferent 
or positive electrode is placed over the 6th and 7th cervical 
vertebrae. 

Altho Optic atrophy is universally acknowledged to be the 
most hopeless condition we have to deal with, yet interrupted 
galvanism to the lids as well as sinusoidal current will bring 
about most astonishing results. 

228 



We think the high speed slow sinusoidal current, applied 
thru the biirocular sponge electrode with one electrode over 
the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae, is the proper treatment to 
be given for ten minutes daily. We give as strong a current 
as the patient can tolerate. Some use an intermittent rapid 
sine current. 

For inequality of muscular tension, we know of nothing 
better than the slow sinusoidal current. These interruptions 
can be given quite rapidly as the muscles we have to train are 
very short and quick in reacting. This method of equalizing 
the power of the muscles seems to be better than prism exer- 
cising. 

Where some of the ocular muscles seem to be paralyzed 
this treatment, in many cases, will greatly benefit, if not cure 
the condition. 

For a moderate amount of strabismus (squint), the slow 
sinusoidal current applied thru our special copper electrode 
with one pole over the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae, in many 
cases will correct the condition without operation. Of course 
we must place the electrode so as to put the contracted muscle 
on a stretch and at the same time contract the muscle that is 
too long. 

For alcoholic or tobacco amblyopia, discontinuance of the 
toxic agent will, in most cases, correct the condition. How- 
ever, the slow sinusoidal current for ten minutes daily to the 
eyes will greatly hasten the resolution. 

A whole treatise can be written on electricity in diseases 
of the eye, and for anyone who is interested in this subject, we 
would recommend Dr. W. Franklin Coleman's work on Elec- 
tricity in Diseases of the Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat. This 
work is doubtless the best work on the subject that has ever 
been published. 

RHINITIS, BRONCHITIS, HAY FEVER 

For these affections we know of nothing that can be com- 
pared with the 2,000-candle-power incandescent lamp over the 
face and chest for from ten to fifteen minutes, and over the 
back for the same length of time. Along with this should be 

229 



given from twenty to forty minutes well directed inhalation of 
oxygen vapor and intermittent colored light. 

In using all physical measures, never forget hygiene and 
diet. Thoro elimination is the keynote of all diseases and 
especially those affecting the respiratory system. 

Concussion of the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae increases 
vagal tone, and therefore is indicated in every disease affecting 
the respiratory system. 

The use of iodin in the form of soluble iodin on the skin 
or of calcidin taken internally, we have found to be indicated 
in most diseases of the respiratory system. 

Formula of a noted specialist for Nasal Spray — "Best 
Ever." 

grams or c.c. 

Creosote (Beechwood — Merck) 2 I 

j Menthol 8 | 

k Terebene, Oil Pine Needles 

Oil Eucalyptus — aa .... 16 j 

Pure Hydrocarbon Oil 500 

M — Use in Nebulizer. 

We have used this for years with very gratifying results. 

For congestion of the Schneiderian membrane, zonether- 
apy acts like magic. Zonetherapy is also a very efficient aid 
in bronchitis and hav fever. 



ASTHMA 

This condition seems to be affected by heredity as much as 
any other. We hardly ever see asthma associated in any other 
than those of a neurotic type. Even if asthma be a sequel of 
an injury or of cardiac disease, it is nevertheless the sequel of 
a neurotic condition. In other words, asthma seems to be pre- 
ceded by a neurotic condition. 

First try to find the predisposing cause and eradicate that 
as much as possible. Electric light baths, the powerful incan- 
descent light, and static modalities are a great benefit. 

One of the best treatments for bronchial asthma seems to 
be concussion or sinusoidalization of the 4th and 5th cervical 

230 



vertebrae. In giving concussion, we use it along with mag- 
netism, following the technic set forth in the lecture on that 
subject. 

If we use the sine wave, it is always the slow one with the 
small pad between the 4th and 5th cervical vertebrae and the 
large pad at the sacrum. This treatment should not last more 
than ten minutes. We change the sines not more than sixty 
times a minute. 

For cardiac asthma the same maneuver over the 6th and 
7th cervical vertebrae is the treatment to be considered. 

In many cases of asthma, no matter of what type, we find 
a visceroptosis. Therefore any measure that is indicated in 
visceroptosis is beneficial to the asthmatic condition. 

In all forms of asthma, do not forget the powerful incan- 
descent lamp and oxygen vapor inhalation, along with inter- 
mittent light of the indicated color. 

Zonetherapy is one of the "specifics" for asthma. 

GOITER 

Under this term may be included most of the non-inflam- 
matory enlargements of the thyroid gland. The right lobe is 
more frequently affected than the left. It generally develops 
about puberty or during early middle life, and is more frequent 
in women than men. 

The etiological factors are heredity, congestion, and the 
drinking water. Wearing a tight band about the neck is a 
predisposing factor. Just what there is in the drinking water 
that causes this condition, no one seems yet to know ; but a 
change of water, or boiled or distilled water, should be used 
by anyone residing in a section where there are many cases of 
goiter. 

We are all familiar with the heart condition, headache, 
and other digestive and nervous symptoms that are often con- 
comitant with this disease. Posterior auricular neuralgia, as 
well as pain thru the sterno-cleido-mastoid muscle, is often 
caused by goiter. 

We may or may not have exophthalmos with this condi- 
tion, but often it is present and also irritation of the sympa- 
thetic nerves. 

231 



We may or may not have any enlargement of the thyroid 
gland with hyperthyroidism. In other words, we may have 
all the symptoms of goiter without any enlargement of the 
gland. 

In treating this condition, try to find the predisposing 
cause and remedy that. General change of diet and water are 
very beneficial, no matter where the patient may be living. 
Remedy any unhygienic conditions that can be found. Look 
for abnormal pelvic conditions, as they are almost always 
present. Correct them by physical means to be described in 
our next lecture. This also applies to constipation and any 
derangement of the digestive tract. In fact, make a thoro 
examination of the patient from head to foot, including inter- 
nal pelvic examinations. Sometimes visceroptosis, from its 
effect upon the thoracic vessels, is a predisposing cause. 

Treatment for Goiter 

Zonetherapy appears to be the most efficacious treatment 
yet discovered for goiter — either simple or exophthalmic. For 
this purpose we have devised special electrodes and full direc- 
tions go with them. 

If one cannot use electricity for this Zonetherapeutic 
work, they can use a metal nasal probe that will reach back to 
the posterior wall of the nasopharynx. 

This will be fully described in a subsequent lecture on 
Zonetherapy. 

Concussion of the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae, along 
with magnetic energy, will do much toward the cure of goiter. 
Some think it is the one specific treatment, owing to its in- 
creasing the sympathetic-vagal tone. 

The slow sinusoidal wave may also be used for this con- 
dition, placing the small electrode over the 6th and 7th cervi- 
cal vertebrae and the large one over the sacrum, this treatment 
to continue for ten minutes, and the change of the wave about 
sixty a minute. 

In connection with this treatment, we use soluble iodin 
over the enlargement and give treatment from the 2,000-can- 
dle-power lamp for about ten minutes over the chest and neck 
and ten minutes over the back. As a rule, we find iodin in 

232 



some form to be very beneficial in simple goiter. Soluble iodin 
has an advantage over the other as it does not irritate the skin. 
Using it in connection with the 2,000-candle-power lamp seems 
to be an ideal auxiliary procedure. In many of these cases we 
have found the use of an iodin preparation, marketed by the 
Abbott Laboratories, under the name of Calcidin, is very bene- 
ficial. This may be given in tablet or powder form along with 
hot water. One to three grains three times a day between 
meals is the usual dose. 

Another method for treating simple goiter is by negative 
galvanism and iodin. A 10% solution of potassium iodid used 
from the negative pole while the indifferent pole is placed over 
the abdomen or back, is by some considered excellent. For 
this purpose the regular cataphoric electrode should be used, 
or one made of block tin, as previously described. Ten to 
twenty milliamperes of current for ten minutes can be applied 
about every other day. 

For exophthalmic goiter we would not advise cataphore- 
sis. Galvanism is contra-indicated in tachycardia or any case 
of goiter where there is nervous irritability. The reason is 
plain, as a branch of the vagus passes directly over the thyroid 
cartilage. Galvanism over this area stimulates the vaso-mo- 
tors and obliterates the action of the sympathetic, thereby in- 
creasing the pulse rate, which should be avoided. 

Static electricity, especially static insulation, is indicated 
in exophthalmic goiter.. 

We have purposely mentioned several methods for treat- 
ing this disease, altho soluble iodin along with the 2,000-can- 
dle-power incandescent lamp and magnetic concussion of the 
6th and 7th cervical vertebrae will generally clear up simple 
goiter. Of course if the gland have become organized into 
fibrous tissue, we cannot hope to reduce that, but the general 
condition of the patient will be greatly improved. In other 
words, she will be symptomatically cured. Sometimes a gland 
will not begin to show any decrease in size until after daily 
treatments for six weeks, after which period it may begin to 
decrease very rapidly. In other cases the gland will show a 
diminution in size after ten treatments. 

This concussion treatment should be given daily, and also 
the light if possible. 

233 



Exercise for Goiter N 

A great aid in treating goiter of any kind is an exercise 
consisting of the forcible extension of the neck. This maneu- 
ver is carried out as follows : 

Let the person stand upright with the neck flexed. Have 
her very gradually lift the head until she is looking straight 
up at the ceiling. As the head is bro't back into posi- 
tion, let it be done very slowly. This maneuver should be 
carried out ten to twenty times every night and morning. The 
object is stimulation of the vagus thru the sympathetic. 

This same exercise is very beneficial in heart afTections. 

Formula for Goiter 

This formula was given us by an old practitioner and he 
reported very many cures from its use. We give it to you 
for what it is worth : grams or c c 

Resorcin 1 5 

Tine, capsicum 8 

Tine, cantharides 15 

Bichloride of mercury 1 

Boracic acid 5 

Salicylic acid 2 

Aqua q.s. ad ...120 

M sig. Apply morning and evening with 

little friction. If much tenderness omit an 
application. 

Goiter — Clinical Cases 

Case I. Miss G., 26 years old. Was sent to us for diag- 
nosis and treatment. She complained of extreme nervousness 
and dysmenorrhea. Upon examination we found she had a 
simple goiter and her uterus was retroverted. We began at 
once treating her with the slow sinusoidal current, one pole 
being attached to our special uterine elevator and electrode 
and the other to a clay pad over the abdomen. 

While we were giving her this treatment we had the ra- 
diations from the 2,000-candle-power light over her abdomen. 
We followed this with concussion of the 6th and 7th cervical 
vertebrae and oxygen-vapor inhalation with intermittent ruby 
light for forty minutes. We gave these treatments daily for 
one month. 

234 



Her following menstrual period she told us was easier 
than any she had had in eight years. 

As we were going to be away for about two months, we 
told her she had better go out in the country and follow up 
outdoor life and practice the gymnastics for her pelvic condi- 
tion as well as hyper-extension of the neck for the goiter. 

Her third period after this was "without any pain what- 
soever." We saw her six months after our first treatment and 
her goiter was entirely gone, all nervous symptoms had disap- 
peared, and her dysmennorrhea was entirely cured. She has 
had no return of these troubles in a long time, has gained in 
flesh, and says she feels like a "new woman" and as if life were 
worth living. 

Case II. Miss H., 24 years of age. School teacher. Was 
sent to us for diagnosis as to the cause of her extreme nervous- 
ness. We found she had tachycardia, and altho she showed 
practically no signs of goiter, yet we diagnosed the case as 
hyperthyroidism. 

We prescribed exercises such as we advise for pelvic dis- 
eases. We also prescribed the neck bending exercise. 

Six months after she began these home treatments her 
regular physician reported that she was entirely cured and was 
able to attend to her school duties in a way she had not been 
able to before since she began teaching. 

Case III. Miss D., 30 years of age. School teacher. Com- 
plained of extreme nervousness. Upon examination of the 
neck we found quite a large goiter and prescribed Zonetherapy 
for it. Within two months all signs of the goiter disappeared 
without any treatment other than that of using a metal probe 
at the posterior pharynx at the indicated zone. As she lived 
some distance from the office, she had these treatments only 
once a week. The other treatments she gave herself about 
four times daily. 

We could mention very many cases of goiter which have 
been reported to us by our pupils that have been cured, or 
greatly relieved, by following out methods similar to those 
above cited. 



235 



BUST DEVELOPMENT 

We are often called upon by our patients to rectify their 
bust development. Some have one abnormally small and the 
other of normal size and it is no more than natural that they 
should want to have them as symmetrical as possible. 

The physician can do this very readily by using negative 
pressure thru a siphon-air-exhausting apparatus or any other 
method of exhausting air, if a suitable bell jar be used. 

For developing both busts at a time, a double Y-shaped 
connector can be used and two bell jars used at one time. 

Along with this treatment, use concussion or slow sinu- 
soidal current over the 3d and 4th thoracic vertebrae and at 
the same time use powerful light over the chest. 

The Siebert-Welch Co., of Massillon, Ohio, manufacture 
suitable bell jars for this purpose, as well as any other appar- 
atus where hyperemic treatment is indicated. 

Another method of bust development is as follows : 

Use the slow sinusoidal current, one side being attached 
to our special vaginal electrode placed in the vagina, and the 
other side to a bifurcated cord attached to two clay electrodes, 
one placed over each breast. Protect the nipples by means of 
a small glass cup or salt cellar. Make the alternations about 
sixty a minute and give the treatment for ten minutes each 
day. Along with this, radiations from the 2,000-candle-power 
light directed over the breasts are beneficial. 



MAMMARY SECRETION 

To increase the flow of milk in a nursing mother, use con- 
cussion or the slow sinusoidal current over the 3d and 4th 
thoracic vertebrae with the indifferent pad over the abdomen. 
Many times the slow sinusoidal current when used per va- 
ginam by means of our special vaginal electrode, having the 
indifferent pad over the abdomen, will increase, the flow of 
milk without any other procedure. Have patient drink copi- 
ously of pure water. 

To decrease the flow of milk, use positive galvanism over 
both breasts simultaneously. Use a clay electrode over each 
breast, after having excavated a place in each electrode for the 

236 



nipple, as this is quite sensitive to galvanism and does not 
need to be touched, if tlie electrode be properly constructed. 
Some place small glass cups, or salt cellars, over the nipples 
so the electricity will not affect them. Connect these two 
electrodes up with a bifurcated cord to the positive side of the 
generator and the indifferent electrode over the abdomen. 
Along with this treatment, some advocate the use of potas- 
sium acetate, 20 grains three times daily. Reduce the amount 
of fluids ingested. 



SULFUR MEDICATION 

If we find sulfur indicated, which happens in very many 
instances, there is a method which we have found most effect- 
ual. We do not know what name to give this method except 
absorption thru the skin. We use precipitated sulfur, or 
sublimed sulfur, and put it into an ordinary pepper shaker. 
Have the patient shake a little of this into the shoes every 
morning before putting them on. Within thirty days you will 
have indications that the system is thoroly saturated with the 
element. If the patient wear rings or earrings, tell them that 
they will become black. While giving this treatment, we al- 
ways advise the use of a magnesium-sulfate purge once a week. 
Sometimes the itching, dryness and eruption of the skin will 
show that the sulfur is taking hold within a week, but we 
have never known it to take more than four weeks. It de- 
pends a good deal upon the skin of the patient. This method 
may seem crude, but try it before passing an opinion on it. 
It is certainly better than giving sulfur thru the stomach, and 
as it is taken up so slowly, w r e get a profound sulfur effect in 
the system. As soon as the patient complains of much pruri- 
tus, we stop the drug. Sometimes an early morning diarrhea 
will indicate that the sulfur has impregnated the whole system. 

We often use this sulfur treatment as an adjunct to the 
cure of any skin disease, especially where there are burning 
and itching connected with it. Always bear it in mind when 
treating any skin disease. 



237 



LANDMARKS AND SURFACE MARKINGS 

The following are landmarks and surface markings that 
will be of benefit to those who are doing diagnostic work. For 
those who wish to go more thoroly into the study of landmarks 
and surface markings of the human body, we would refer them 
to the small work by Dr. L. Bathe Rawling, of London, Eng. 



THE HEART 

The four points for a simplified method of marking out 
the outline of the heart are — 

1. The upper border of the third right chondro-sternal 
junction. 

2. The lower border of the second left chondro-sternal 
junction. 

3. The lower border of the sixth right chondro-sternal 
junction. 

4. The position of the apex beat. (This is generally in the 
fifth left interspace, about 2>y 2 to 4 inches from the median 
line.) 

Connect points 1 and 2 with a slightly convex line up- 
ward. 

Connect 1 and 3 by a curved line with its convexity di- 
rected to the patient's right. 

Connect 2 and 4 by a curved line with its convexity di- 
rected to the patient's left. 

Connect 3 and 4 by a curved line with its convexity down- 
ward. 
The Valves of the Heart 

The pulmonary valve is situated at the highest level and 
lies opposite the upper border of the third left costal cartilage 
close to its junction with the sternum. 

The aortic valve lies just below and internal to the pul- 
monary valve at the lower border of the third left costal carti- 
lage at its junction with the sternum. 

The mitral valve is situated behind the left half of the 
sternum at the level of the fourth chondro-sternal junction. 

The tricuspid valve lies very obliquely behind the sternum 
at the level of the fourth interspace and the anterior extrem- 

238 



ities of the fifth costal cartilages, extending downwards and 
to the right almost as far as the sixth chondro-sternal junction. 

An easy way to remember how the sounds are transmitted 
in aortic insufficiency is by the word "AID," as Aortic Insuf- 
ficiency is directed Downward. 

Mitral Insufficiency is directed to the Left, and the word 
"MIL" will help you to remember it. 

The ascending aorta is 2 to 2y 2 inches long and rises be- 
hind the left border of the sternum at the level of the third cos- 
tal cartilage and passes upwards and to the right towards the 
right border of the sternum at the level of the second costal 
cartilage. 

The aortic arch is directed backwards and to the left, the 
upper border lying about 1 inch below the suprasternal notch. 

THE LIVER 

1. Take a point in the fifth interspace 3^ inches from the 
middle line, w T hich is the position of the apex beat of the heart. 

2. Take another point midway between the umbilicus and 
the ensiform cartilage about a finger's breadth to the right of 
the median line. 

3. Take a point at the outer border of the rectus abdominis 
muscle a finger's breadth below point 2. 

4. Take a point at the lower border and maximum convex- 
ity of the 10th rib, which is just within the thoracic cavity. 

Connect points 1 and 2 with a curved line with its convex- 
ity pointing downward and to the patient's left. 

Connect 2 and 3 by a curved line similarly directed. 

Connect 3 and 4 with a slightly curved line similarly di- 
rected. 

These lines, connected as above specified, form the lower 
border of the liver. 

The right border of the liver is the internal border of the 
thoracic cavity. 

The upper border conforms with the diafram, which is a 
line starting at 1, ascending slightly as it passes to the right, 
cutting the sixth left chondro-sternal articulation, the upper 
border of the right fifth costal cartilage, and the sixth rib in 
the mid-axillary line. 

239 



The gall bladder is situated at point 3 in the angle between 
the tips of the 9th and 10th costal cartilages and the outer bor- 
der of the rectus abdominis muscle. 

The ligamentum teres passes from point 2 downwards and 
inwards to the umbilicus. 

A quick way of locating the gall bladder is by locating the 
intersection of a line downward from the neck to the inner 
third of Poupart's ligament, and a horizontal line passing thru 
a point about a finger's breadth above a point midway between 
the umbilicus and the ensiform cartilage. 



THE SPLEEN 

The long axis of the spleen corresponds to the 10th rib, 
and the viscus extends upward to the upper border of the 9th 
rib and downwards to the lower border of the 11th rib. The 
upper and inner pole lies about \y 2 to 2 inches external to the 
10th thoracic spine, while the lower or anterior pole reaches 
as far forwards as the mid-axillary line. 



THE KIDNEY 

The length of the normal kidney is Ay 2 inches; breadth 
2y 2 inches; thickness, \y 2 inches; weight 4^ ounces. 

The two kidneys are obliquely placed in such a manner 
that the superior poles lie \y 2 to 2 inches, and the inferior poles 
2y 2 to 3 inches, distant from the middle line. The left kidney 
lies at a slightly higher lever than its fellow. The hilum is 
opposite the space between the transverse processes of the 1st 
and 2d lumbar vertebrae. The transverse processes of the 1st 
and 2d lumbar vertebrae come in contact with the inner border 
of the kidney. 

A line drawn around the body on a level with the lower 
border of the right kidney normally passes thru the umbilicus. 
The posterior surface marking can be best done in what is 
known as the Morris's Quadrilateral. This quadrilateral is 
marked out as follows : 

240 



Two vertical lines are drawn at a distance of 1 inch and 
3^2 inches respectively from the median posterior line, and 
two horizontal lines are drawn outwards at the level of the 
spinous processes of the 11th thoracic and 3d lumbar verte- 
brae. In the quadrilateral so marked out, the kidneys are 
drawn, care being taken to place the long axis of each kidney 
in the required oblique direction. 



INSOMNIA 

Many persons who are afflicted with insomnia can be 
greatly benefited by sleeping with their heads to the north. 
One with a high blood-pressure should sleep with the body at 
right angles to the magnetic meridian. 

One good plan is to have a wakeful patient get up, take all 
the clothes off the bed, make it up again, and put the head 
where the feet were — reverse direction. This procedure has 
cured many of insomnia. 

In some instances, we find the condition of the patient is 
greatly benefited if we put a grounded plate, or any kind of 
wire, under the lower sheet. This grounds the patient and 
does produce effects that are remarkable. Having the patient 
grounded while sleeping parallel to the magnetic meridian 
deserves careful attention. There surely is something to it. 

Modern tho't is tending toward simplicity and we believe 
there is a just cause for it. It is not that Nature is so much at 
fault in causing sickness and deformities as it is the fault of the 
physician and the laity for not following out Nature's methods. 



241 



LECTURE FOUR 

Treats on the following subjects : 

Acne, Eczema, Seborrhea, Urticaria, Sycosis, Tinea Tricho- 
phytina, psoriasis, Herpes Zoster, Pellagra, Boils, Car- 
buncles, Warts, Bunions, Corns, Callosities, Chilblain, 
Measles, Scarlet Fever — Treatment of 

Exercises for Pelvic Diseases 

Cervicitis and Erosions, Treatment of 

Dysmenorrhea, Infantile Uterus, Menorrhagia, Metrorrhagia, 
Amenorrhea, and Vaginismus — Treatment of 

Generative Organs, Treatment of 

Constipation, Treatment of 

Hemorrhoids, Treatment of 

Rectal Dilatation ; Electric Stimulation per Rectum 

Pruritus Ani, Treatment of 

Cystitis or Irritable Bladder, Treatment of 

Rheumatism, Neuralgia, Sciatica, Lumbago, Torticollis, Gout, 

Treatment of 
Painful Knees 

Paralysis and Infantile Paralysis, Treatment of 
Gastric Diseases, Neuroses, Heart, Kidney and Lung Diseases, 

Treatment of 
Blood Pressure, Arterio-sclerosis, Aneurism, Treatment of 
Pluman Energy to Produce the Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex 
Polarity of Sex, Prognostication of Sex 
Office Equipment and Surroundings 
Clinical Cases 



242 



INDEX— LECTURE THREE 

Page 

Abdominal Support, Valens 208 

Abdominal Support, Action of 210 

Abdominal Support, Diagrams of 209 

Abdominal Support, How Made 209 

Abdominal Support, Indications for 211 

Air-Column Percussion 205 

Amblyopia 229 

Anemia 185 

Asthma 230 

Asthma, Production of attack 226 

Atomizer for Nose & Throat 226 

Bath Cabinets 175 

Bio-dynamo-chromatic Therapy 201 

Blepharospasm 227 

Blood Pressure, High 185 

Blood, Action of Oxygen Vapor on 183 

Breasts, Reduction of 202 

Bronchitis, Rhinitis, Hay Fever 229 

Bust Development 236 

Carbon Dioxid, Elimination of 170 

Cataract 228 

Circulatory System, Effects of Oxygen on 185 

Cilia, Displaced 227 

Clinical Case Dysmenorrhea 234 

Clinical Case Goiter 234, 235 

Clinical Case Lingual Titillation 219 

Clinical Case Rhinitis 223, 226 

Clinical Case Tuberculosis 186 

Coal Oil in Pyorrhea Alveolaris 218 

Colors, Effects on Insects 177 

Colors, Influence of 167 

Concussor, Valens Magnetic 206 

Conjunctivitis 227 

Conjunctival Infections - 226 

Constipation, Oxygen Vapor In 186 

Deafness Treated by Sound Waves 225 

Digestive Tract, Effects of Oxygen Vapor on 180 

Drugs vs. Oxygen Vapor 182 

Dysmenorrhea 186 

Dysmenorrhea, Clinical Case 234 

Ear, Nose and Throat 221 

Earache, Formula for 224 

Electric Light Bath Cabinets 175 

Energy, Magnetic, from trolley cars 215 

Ergotherapy 202 

Eye and Its Appendages 227 

Fat Reducing 202 

Formula for Earache 224 

Formula for Goiter 234 

Formula for Mouth Wash 216, 217 

Formula for Nasal Spray 230 

Formula for Pyorrhea Alveolaris 218 

Formula for Sore Throat 222 

Gall Bladder, Landmarks of 240 

Gargle, Formula for 216 

Generator, Oxygen Vapor 194 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Glaucoma 228 

Goiter 231 

Goiter, Clinical Case 234, 235 

Goiter, Formula for 234 

Goiter, Exercises for 234 

Goiter, Treatment for - 232 

Gonorrheal Ophthalmia - 227 

Gums, Mouth and Teeth, Care of 216 

Hay Fever - 226. 229 

Heart Beat, Energy synchronous with 214 

Heart, Surface Markings 238 

Hordeolum 227 

Hygiene of Nose and Throat 226 

Insects, Effects of Color on 177 

Insomnia-, 186, 187, 188, 241 

Intermittent Energy synchronous with heart beat 214 

Intermittent Light Therapy 201 

Iodin, Nascent 197 

Iodin, Nascent, How Formed 199 

Iodin, Nascent, Therapy 198 

Iodin, Nascent for Pyorrhea Alveolaris 217 

Kerosene in Pyorrhea Alveolaris 218 

Kidney, Landmarks of 240 

Lamps for Radiant Light Treatment 165 

Lachrymal Sac Infections 226 

Lachrymal Passages, Strictures of 227 

Landmarks and Surface Markings 238 

Light. Radiant — Its Therapeutics 165 

Light Energy, Influence of 169 

Light, Absorption by Blood 170 

Light, Effect on Body - 168 

Light, Effect on Infectious Diseases - 172 

Light, Effect on Inflammation > 172 

Light, Effect on Metabolism 172 

Light, General Application 173 

Light, Dr. Edwin Babbitt's Work on 174 

Light and Heat, Therapeutic Value of 166 

Light and Heat, Physiological Effects of 171 

Light, Electric Bath Cabinets 175 

Liver, Landmarks of 239 

Magnetic Energy from trolley cars 215 

Malnutrition, Oxygen Vapor in 188 

Mammary Secretion, Regulation of 236 

Mouth, Teeth and Gums, Care of 216 

Mouth Wash, Formula for 216. 217 

Morris Quadrilateral 240 

Muscae Volitantes 228 

Muscular Tension, Inequality of 229 

Xasal Spray,, Formula for 230 

Nascent Iodin 197 

Nascent Iodin, How Formed 199 

Nascent Iodin Therapy 198 

Nascent Oxygen 179 

Nebulizer for Nose and Throat 226 

Neurasthenia, Effects of Oxygen Vapor on 188 

Neurasthenia Concomitant with Splanchnoptosis 203 

Neuroses, Effects of Oxygen Vapor on 185 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Nose, Ear and Throat • 221 

Nose and Throat, Hygiene of 226 

Oils used in Oxygen Vapor 192, 195 

Optic Atrophy 228 

Otosclerosis 225 

Oxygen, Nascent 179 

Oxygen Vapor, What it is, What it does 179 

Oxygen Vapor, When to use 181, 184 

Oxygen Vapor, When not to use 183 

Oxygen Vapor, How to use 180 

Oxygen Vapor, How long to use 184 

Oxygen Vapor, How to give 186 

Oxygen Vapor, Production of 189 

Oxygen Vapor vs. Drugs 182 

Oxygen Vapor, Its Practicability 182 

Oxygen Vapor, vs. Mountain Air 180 

Oxygen Vapor Benefits - 183 

Oxygen Vapor, Effects on Blood - 183 

Oxygen Vapor, Effects on Constipation, Dysmenorrhea, Insom- 
nia, - - 186-188 

Oxygen Vapor, Effects on Respiratory Tract, Digestive Tract--- 184 
Oxygen Vapor, Effects on Urinary Tract, Circulatory system. 

High Blood Pressure, Neurosis, Neurasthenia 185 

Oxygen Vapor, Effects on Tuberculosis, Anemia, Malnutrition, 

187, 188 

Oxygen Vapor Generator 194 

Oxygen Vapor Generator, Care of 194 

Oxygen Vapor Generator, Style of 199 

Oxygen Vapor Oils Used 192, 195 

Ozone. How it is produced 190 

Ozone Treatment 197 

Ozonizer, Type of 191 

Percussion, Air-Column 205 

Pigmentation 168 

Pneumonia, Oxygen Vapor in 187 

Pulse, Energy synchronous with 214 

Pulse, How to take 205 

Pulse Phenomenon 213 

Pupillary Phenomenon 214 

Pyorrhea Alveolaris 217 

Pyorrhea Alveolaris, Coal Oil or Kerosene in 218 

Pyorrhea Alveolaris, Nascent Iodin in 218 

Quinsy Sore Throat 222 

Radiant Light and Its Therapeutics 165 

Respiratory Tract, Effects of Oxygen Vapor on 184 

Rhinitis, Bronchitis, Hay Fever 229 

Rhinitis, Chronic — Its Sequellae 226 

Rhinitis, Clinical Case 223, 224 

Sound Waves for Deafness 225 

Splanchnic Neurasthenia 203 

Spleen 229 

Spleen, Landmarks 240 

Strabimus 229 

Sty 227 

Sulfur Medication 237 

Surface Markings and Landmarks 238 

Teeth, Mouth and Gums, Care of 216 

Terpene Peroxid 197 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Terpene Peroxid Ointment 197 

Throat, Nose and Ear 221 

Throat, Sore — Formula for 222 

Throat Diseases, Zonetherapy in 222 

Tinnitus Aurium, Zonetherapy in 225 

Tongue, Sensations in 219 

Trachoma * 227 

Transillumination 220 

Trolley Cars, Magnetic Energy from 215 

Tuberculosis, Oxygen Vapor in 187 

Tuberculosis of Eye 228 

Urinary Tract, Oxygen Vapor in 185 

Valens Abdominal Support - 208 

Valens Magnetic Concussor - 206 

Vitreous, Opacities of 228 

Zonetherapy in Deafness 228 

Zonetherapy in Diseases of Throat 222 

Zonetherapy in Goiter 232, 235 

Zonetherapy in Otosclerosis 225 



LECTURE FOUR 



From the Fifth Edition of a 



Lecture Course to Physicians 



on 



DIAGNOSIS by means of BIODYNAMICS 
PERCUSSION from a new standpoint 
SPINAL REFLEXOLOGY in simple form 
PHYSICAL THERAPEUTICS for practical men 

PRACTICAL POINTS for 

PROGRESSIVE PHYSICIANS 
ZONETHERAPY 



By 
GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 

Los Angeles, California 



Copyright, 1916, by 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 

327 South Alvarado Street 

Los Angeles, California 



All rights reserved 



INTRODUCTION TO LECTURE FOUR 

This introduction is to be read in connection with the in- 
troduction to Lectures One, Two and Three of this series. 

This Lecture Four of the fifth edition of our Lecture 
Course to Physicians is not printed to be sold to anyone ex- 
cept our pupils. 

Lectures One, Two and Three are supposed to have been 
carefully read and demonstrations of the work seen before 
reading Lecture Four. 

This lecture is the last one of the course dealing in Bio- 
Dynamo-Chromatic Diagnosis and Therapy and General Phys- 
ical Therapeutics. 

Our Lecture Five, which is the last of this series, deals 
entirely with Zonetherapy. Lecture Five also contains a gen- 
eral index that can be used in connection with this whole 
series of five lectures. A pupil can, if he wish, have the 
whole series bound together and the General Index will be at 
the end of the volume. This will aid any physician in looking 
up items regarding the whole work of the course, and will 
make the volume a very valuable addition to his library. 

We shall have no time to refer back to other work after 
taking up the fifth lecture. We wish each pupil would make 
note of any part of the course that has not been clear. We are 
only too glad to do all in our power to elucidate any of the 
work that may not be plain. 

We wish to again impress upon our pupils' minds that 
co-operation in this new work is essential. We want each one 
to begin at the new work in his daily practice, as it is the 
only way to thoroly master it. If at any time the pupil be in 
doubt regarding the work, we shall be glad to have him write 
us and we will answer all questions to the best of our ability. 

We are glad to receive reports from our pupils regarding 
their work. In giving these reports, please be specific in giv- 
ing the symptoms and the diagnostic and therapeutic measures 
employed. In this way we can obtain reports from all parts 
of the country regarding the work and they will all help to 
establish the work on a very solid foundation. 

Above all things, do not be discouraged if at first you 
don't succeed in Bio-Dynamo-Chromatic Diagnosis. Some are 



very apt at this work and become proficient after a few hours' 
careful work, while others have to take more time. The more 
you do of this work, the more confidence you will have in it 
and in your technic. 

The general trend of opinion is in favor of Physical Thera- 
peutics. "He who runs may read" that people are calling for 
physical, common-sense methods, and the doctor who can give 
these, and give them correctly, is the one who will succeed. In 
saying this, we are not arguing for or against any system or 
specialty, but are stating concrete facts. 

It is the physician's fault that so many systems, "cults" 
or "pathies" have sprung up in the last few years. It is the 
educated physician who should be broad minded and have his 
eyes open to the demands of the people and use in his prac- 
tice everything that is of value to the sick. Because this one 
or that one, who may not be an educated physician, uses cer- 
tain methods is no reason why any broad minded physician 
should not use them if they possess therapeutic value. 

"The secret of reform lies not in revolution but in evolu- 
tion — in unfolding along the axis of growth." 

Ther^ is a place in the broad field of medicine for all its 
branches, but some of the most important and most natural 
branches have been allowed to atrophy while others, of less 
importance, have been allowed to hypertrophy. 

In all our work, let progress be our watchword. 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 



CONTENTS OF LECTURE FOUR 

Gives Treatment of the following : 

Acne, Eczema, Seborrhea, Urticaria, Sycosis, Tinea Tri- 
chophytina, Psoriasis, Herpes Zoster, Pellagra, Furunculus, 
Carbunculus, Warts and Corns, Callositas, Chilblain, Measles 
and Scarlet Fever, Cervicitis and Erosions, Dysmenorrhea, 
Menorrhagia, Metrorrhagia, Amenorrhea, Vaginismus, Gen- 
erative Organs, Constipation, Hemorrhoids, Pruritus Ani, Ir- 
ritable Bladder, Cystitis, Rheumatism, Neuralgia, Sciatica, 
Lumbago, Torticollis, Gout, Painful Knees, Paralysis, Infan- 
tile Paralysis, Neuroses, Gastric Diseases, Heart, Kidney and 
Lung Diseases, Blood Pressure, Arterio-sclerosis, Aneurism. 
Whooping cough, rational treatment of 
The Appendix, Its use and abuse 
It also discusses 

Exercises for Pelvic Diseases as well as many of the above 
named conditions. 

Human Energy to Produce the Sympathetic- Vagal Reflex. 

Polarity of Sex affected by Colors. 

Prognostication of Sex. 

Office Equipment and Surroundings. 

Clinical Reports. 

Stomach Digestion of Various Foods, Time Required. 



ACNE 

Perhaps more persons consult their physician regarding 
acne than for any other skin affection. The reason for this 
may be pride, as this skin derangement is most often on the 
face. 

As acne vulgaris is an inflammation of the sebaceous 
glands and of the follicles of the lanugo hairs situated therein, 
to prescribe ointments is like adding fuel to the fire. 

We shall not go into a full discussion of acne, as almost 
every physician is familiar with this condition, but there are 
some points that we have gained from experience that we wish 
to bring before your notice. As acne vulgaris in the simplex 
form occurs about the time of puberty and generally dis- 
appears before majority, many physicians are careless with the 
patient and tell her that it is a "natural condition" or that 
it will soon go away of its own accord. No greater injustice 
can be done the young sufferer. Many of the scarred faces 
that last for a lifetime could have been avoided if the physician 
had taken the time to go into the matter more thoroly. An- 
other point in this connection is that the young person, who 
is relieved of this malady, will generally be a staunch friend 
of her benefactor. 

Acne Indurata is a more stubborn variety and appears 
any time after majority, but generally between the ages of 
twenty and thirty, and is more prevalent in women than in 
men. This condition is also supposed by many to come to a 
natural resolution, but this is a mistake because acne indurata 
will many times remain with the patient for years unless some 
means be taken to abort it. 

The treatment of both these forms of acne is practically 
the same. Therefore we shall consider them together. 

When the pustules are deep seated, it is well known that 
lancing them and cleaning out the crypts with a suitable 
curette is a popular procedure. For this work we advise a fine 
cataract knife rather than the ordinary lance, as there seems 
to be less liability of scarring with such an instrument. Cur- 
ettage is painful and many times helps to produce a scar. 
Therefore we want to call your attention to a method that 
we have used nearly every time instead of curettage. 

248 



Before opening the deep seated pustule, clean it well with 
alcohol and cotton and be sure that the knife is sterile. Have 
ready a glass hyperemic cup from half an inch to an inch in 
diameter connected to some form of air exhausting apparatus. 
As soon as the pustule is lanced, place the glass cup over the 
incision and allow negative pressure to draw out a quantity of 
blood, which will help wash out the lesion and at the same 
time take out all available pus. Before removing the cup from 
the face, detach it from the suction apparatus to prevent the 
blood from rushing thru the rubber tube. This blood can be 
caught on a sponge when the cup is removed. Bleeding will 
have practically stopped on removal of the suction cup and we 
then anoint the lesion with a soluble iodin preparation sold 
under the trademark name of Iodex. If there be any better 
soluble preparation of iodin, it can be used, but so far we have 
found this to be excellent. If there be any other small lesions 
that can be taken out with a comedone extractor, that should 
be done and then cover with this iodin preparation, using the 
suction cup as before mentioned. 

Now that we have removed what is removable at the first 
sitting, and while the patient is lying on the operating table, 
we cover the whole diseased area, no matter how extensive, 
with this iodin preparation and allow the rays from a 2,000- 
candle-power lamp to fall on the face and chest of the patient 
for about twenty minutes, turning the head from one side to 
the other and at the same time moving the lamp so it will not 
burn the skin in any particular place. It is well to gently rub 
the face occasionally during the treatment, and at the end of 
twenty minutes nearly all of the iodin from this preparation 
will be absorbed. After this procedure wash the face off thor- 
oly with alcohol and all of the iodin vehicle, which is of an oily 
nature, will be eradicated from the skin, and the skin will be 
left in a very agreeable condition. 

If there be an indurated section, where the skin feels 
leathery, we use the vacuum cup over it while the iodin prep- 
aration is on the face, and move this cup back and forth over 
the "leathery" area. This not only massages the skin very 
severely but helps to bring about a profound hyperemia where 
it is desired. During all this procedure we keep the rays from 
the 2,000-candle-power lamp shining over the face. The eyes 

249 



should be covered with a piece of black cloth. The operator 
should always wear "smoked," or special glasses when using 
a lamp of this power. 

If you have not a 2,000-candle-power lamp, use the strong- 
est power lamp that you have, but the incandescent lamp of 
this type is what we have found to be the most effectual. We 
have the patient strip to the waist during these treatments so 
as to give stimulation to the back as well as the chest. This 
is beneficial in many ways. 

Having commenced the treatment of the face itself, which 
is necessary under all conditions, we begin to find out what 
other trouble there is. In nine cases out of ten, there will be 
some pelvic, or stomach, or intestinal conditions causing this 
trouble. It generally indicates a deficiency in elimination 
either from the kidneys, intestines, or skin. We may not at 
first find the cause, but keep looking for the etiological factor, 
as acne is not a disease of itself, but a symptom of some other 
derangement. 

We may find that the condition is caused by a neurotic 
trouble, and this in turn is caused by some organic trouble. 
As soon as we have found that there is either a tender, or re- 
laxed ovary, or that the patient is suffering from some form 
of ovarian, or uterine trouble, or derangement of the alimen- 
tary functions, we must begin at once to remedy that con- 
dition. 

In males, especially in adolescence, we find that the trouble 
is of a sexual neurotic nature, which should be remedied by 
common sense physical measures. We do not believe that 
internal medication has much effect upon acne, but with meas- 
ures as above cited, we will get results that will give pleasure 
to the physician as well as the patient. In treating any and 
all disease "treat the man that's got the disease — not the dis- 
ease that's got the man." 

For removal of scars we have found nothing that can com- 
pare with hyperemic treatment and cataphoresis. If there be 
scars left after we have filled up depressions by means of the 
hyperemic cup, we then employ thiosinnamin. We employ it 
cataphorically in the same manner as is recommended by Neis- 

250 



wanger. We make a solution in the following proportions. 
This we keep in an amber, glass-stoppered bottle. 

Glycerin 32 cc 

Distilled water 96 cc 

Sodium chlorid 1 gram 

Thiosinnamin (Merck) 5 grams 

For employing it cataphorically, we use lintine in a reg- 
ular cataphoric electrode, or on an electrode made from ordi- 
nary block tin or aluminum. Platinum makes the best elec- 
trode, but it is too expensive for general use. The cataphoric 
electrode is used on the positive pole and the indifferent, neg- 
ative electrode is placed over any convenient locality, prefer- 
ably the abdomen. This "indifferent" electrode is best made 
of clay, as previously explained. 

We have found that thiosinnamin is much more active 
when given cataphorically than when given internally or by 
inunction. 

The piece of lintine that is used on the electrode should 
extend a little beyond the metal. If the regular cataphoric 
electrode be used, this part will take care of itself as the metal 
is counter-sunk into rubber. 

We use from three to twenty milliamperes, according to 
the size of the electrode. One must be careful to not use too 
powerful a current. For this reason it is better to use a little 
less than can be endured and make a few extra applications. 

After giving the first cataphorical treatment the next 
treatment should not be given until the skin that has been 
treated has become dead, when it can be readily peeled off. As 
a rule, this takes place inside of four days. 

If for any reason you cannot employ cataphoresis, a 10% 
thiosinnamin inunction may be used, the base of which should 
be lanolin. This can be applied and covered with oiled silk, 
and re-applied until the skin becomes dead. Sometimes all 
the scar tissue will not be removed at once and the application 
has to be repeated, but generally the cataphoric method of 
treatment is very satisfactory. 

There are many devices that can be used for hyperemic 
treatment, but the best and most inexpensive arrangement is 
that which can be attached to a sink faucet. It is handy and 
so inexpensive to operate that all physicians doing either gen- 

251 



eral or special work should have such an equipment. We al- 
ways use a separable metal tube to connect the short piece of 
tubing that is attached to the cup. This facilitates the sep- 
arating of the main piece of tubing from the short piece. The 
cup should always be cleaned out and sterilized after it is 
used. For this purpose we use first soap and water, or alcohol, 
and then put it into a 10% formaldehyde bath. When doing 
a good deal of this work, the different sized cups can be kept 
in a jar of alcohol, or formaldehyde solution all the time, but 
rinse them off well before using. 

Another method of treating acne is to follow up the use 
of the powerful incandescent light and soluble iodin by chill- 
ing the inflamed areas by means of an ether spray. For this 
purpose we have a specially constructed freezing atomizer 
made for us by the DeVilbiss M'f'g Co. of Toledo, Ohio. In 
using freezing sprays about the face, one should be careful to 
keep as much of the vapor from the nostrils as possible, and 
the eyes should be covered during the treatment. We always 
give the freezing, or chilling treatment, with the patient sitting 
or standing. It requires about thirty-five pounds of air pres- 
sure to operate one of these special freezing atomizers. Some- 
times pustules can be aborted by this reactionary method of 
treatment — extreme heat followed by extreme cold. Sometimes 
we freeze a very limited area on the face until there is a good 
layer of frost, but we must remember that this always is fol- 
lowed by a discoloration of the skin which lasts for several 
days. However, this discoloration is of small moment, inas- 
much as the deep, red discoloration from acne indurata is 
very obdurate and lasts for several months. 

Another means for treating acne in either form is by 
means of the DeKraft blue pencil brush electrode from the 
static machine. As so few have static machines, we shall not 
go into the technic, but if anyone be interested in this, we shall 
be glad to explain fully how we employ this modality. 

A 10% solution of sodium salicylate from the negative 
pole, 5 to 10 milliamperes for ten minutes will improve the 
texture of the skin. 

The French "ecorchement" face mask method is of great 
service. This method will be described when speaking of 
eczema. 

252 



For removing old, dry epidermis and replacing it with 
new, one can paint the area over with salicylated collodion. 
The fomula is given under the head of Callositas. 

This collodion mixture should be painted on for two or 
three days in succession and allowed to come off unaided. 



ECZEMA 

Eczema is one of the most common cutaneous diseases 
that the physician sees. We shall not enumerate the different 
varieties as the plan of treatment is about the same for each. 

If possible, find the predisposing cause and eradicate it. 

Many of the best authorities seem to think that eczema 
comes with a rheumatic diathesis, altho they hardly ever exist 
together. 

As in every other condition, do not give constitutional 
treatment for the disease, but for the patient. We nearly al- 
ways have to change the diet of a person suffering from this 
complaint. 

The location of the lesion must guide us in our treat- 
ment, but our first tho't is soluble iodin and the 2,000-candle- 
power lamp. 

If the lesions be not too extensive, 10% zinc sulphate 
used cataphorically from the positive pole will many times 
work wonders. Five to ten milliamperes, depending upon the 
size of the electrode, for ten minutes every second or third 
day is the proper procedure. 

For local applications, oxid of zinc ointment is to be con- 
sidered. If you have an oxygen-vapor generator, wet a piece 
of gauze in the used wash oil and apply to the lesion and cover 
with oiled silk. Leave it in place about twelve hours. If re- 
action be too great, dilute it as previously described. For 
eczema of the scalp, there is probably no better application 
than this terpene peroxid, being careful to not produce too 
great a reaction. 

Some have had very good success with carbenzol (Ab- 
bott's), either pure or mixed with glycerin. 

There is no skin disease that has to be treated according 
to individual idiosyncrasies more than eczema, but as a rule 

253 



the method that produces the best general results is the 2,000- 
candle-power lamp in connection with soluble iodin and oxy- 
gen-vapor inhalations. 

There is a French process termed "ecorchement" for re- 
moval of chloasma, acne, and many other skin lesions, especi- 
ally chronic eczema. We can do not better than to quote from 
Dr. Neiswanger's book, as follows : 

"The treatment is divided into two parts. The first, act- 
ing as a dry escharotic, destroys the epidermis together with 
the pigment underlying it. This is replaced by a soft and 
pliable new skin that is without blemish. It takes about ten 
days, does not destroy hair when applied to the margin of the 
scalp, and leaves no scar. The first part of the process is as 
follows : 

Resorcin 40 parts 

Zinc oxid 10 " 

Salicylic acid 2 " 

Lard 20 " 

Olive oil 1 8 " 

Mix. 

This* prescription must be mixed accurately and no sub- 
stitutions made. Rub up the resorcin in a mortar until all 
the crystals are thoroly broken down. Mix well with the sal- 
icylic acid and zinc oxid. Do not substitute vaseline or any 
other vehicle for the lard. 

"This substance is rubbed on the part to be treated twice 
a day until the skin assumes a cracked and dry appearance 
just as if chapped, which generally takes four or five days. 
Then the part is carefully washed with a sponge and soap to 
remove any residue of the ointment, and after being thoroly 
dried is ready for the second part of the treatment. 

"This consists of a paste very similar to our old surgical 
glue and is as follows : 

White gelatin 130 parts 

Zinc oxid 8 " 

Glycerin 1 " 

Boiling water q.s. 

"This should be prepared on a water bath by first adding 
sufficient water to dissolve the gelatin, and then stir in the 

254 



other ingredients. It is applied as hot as the person can bear 
it, using for this purpose a fine-hair, painter's brush. 

"Before this preparation has had time to dry, it should be 
covered with a sheet of absorbent lint and another coat of 
gelatin paste applied over the lint. In two or three days 
this mask becomes loose around the edges and may be re- 
moved — the dried skin together with all discolorations com- 
ing away without aid." 

For curing localized areas of eczema, freezing will often 
work wonders. Don't forget to treat the patient as well as the 
diseased areas. 

SEBORRHEA 

We wish particularly to call attention to the form of 
seborrhea known as seborrhea sicca, or dandruff. Nearly all 
of our patients have dandruff and will ask us how to treat it. 
It is good policy to know how to answer such questions. We 
advise first that the scalp be thoroly cleansed with carbenzol 
soap and water. Then thoroly wet it with the following mix- 
ture : 

Bay Rum 200 c.c. 

Liquor Potassi Arsenitis (Fowler's 

Solution) 25 c.c. 

As this mixture is poison, it is well to safeguard the bot- 
tle by sticking needles thru the cork so they project on each 
side. 

This bay rum and arsenic solution may be used every 
other day for the first week and after that not more than once 
a week. With some people it may cause a little local derma- 
titis, in which case it should be discontinued for a week or so, 
depending upon the idiosyncrasy of the patient. 

The scalp should be thoroly cleansed with carbenzol soap 
at least once a month. 

Along with this local treatment, we use the powerful in- 
candescent lamp, which seems to have a very beneficial effect. 

Seborrhea in other forms is best treated by some consti- 
tutional remedy along with the powerful incandescent lamp 
and soluble iodin, as well as oxygen-vapor inhalation and in- 
termittent colored light. 

255 



URTICARIA 

Urticaria, otherwise known as nettle rash or hives, is a 
senso-motor neurosis of the skin. The etiology is often ob- 
scure, but the condition is a very good indicator of some tox- 
emia, and it usually comes from an intestinal toxemia caused 
by overeating, or by eating certain foods that do not agree 
with the person. Many times clothing that does not permit 
the skin to eliminate well is an etiological factor. 

We have found that the rays from the 2,000-candle-power 
lamp applied over the afflicted area, as well as electric light 
baths, are almost specific. 

High frequency current from a surface vacuum electrode 
can also be employed. 

Hygienic measures must always be put into force, and 
these include a thoro cleansing of the bowels and keeping them 
open, along with tepid magnesium sulphate baths. About 
one-half pound of commercial epsom salts to a small bath tub 
of water is the proportion. With some patients a very hot or 
cold bath aggravates the condition and therefore the tepid 
bath is the one to prescribe. 



SYCOSIS 

Modern research shows that sycosis is parasitic in origin 
and to a certain extent is inoculable or auto-inoculable. 

This disease can be cured by cataphoresis in from one to 
three treatments. We use the cataphoric electrode, or a piece 
of block tin cut out to almost cover the surface to be treated. 
To this we attach a piece of lintine extending about one-eighth 
inch beyond the borders of the metal. We saturate this lintine 
with a 10% solution of zinc sulphate and connect it with the 
positive pole. Five to ten milliamperes, for about ten minutes 
should be given for ten minutes every second or third day, ac- 
cording to the reaction. The trouble can be eradicated in one 
treatment, but the reaction is quite severe and we would never 
advise it. Terpene peroxid applied on lintine and covered with 
oil silk, will often cure the condition. 

256 



TINEA TRICHOPHYTINA (Ring Worm) 

This as well as other fungoid skin diseases can be quickly 
and easily cured by cataphoresis, using zinc sulphate upon the 
positive pole. 

Another method for curing ringworm is to paint the lesion 
with a solution of iodin and then pain over this area, and 
about one-quarter inch beyond, with iodized flexible collodion. 
This not only gives the iodin effect but shuts out the air from 
the fungus. Sometimes one application will be sufficient, while 
at others three or four paintings will be necessary. Terpene 
peroxid, applied as above mentioned, will cure the condition. 



PSORIASIS 

AYe have found that the arc lamp of 1,000-candle power, 
along with soluble iodin, is very efficient as a local measure in 
treating this disease. 

In psoriasis as well as in other skin diseases, there must be 
constitutional treatment, and in all cases of skin diseases one 
must never forget to keep watch of the urine. In acne, psori- 
asis, and many other skin diseases, the high frequency current 
from a surface vacuum tube can be employed ; but we prefer 
a high power incandescent lamp, or an arc lamp. Oxygen-va- 
por inhalations along with the intermittent colored light, aids 
greatly in curing this condition. Terpene peroxid is also very 
beneficial— some say it is "specific." 

HERPES ZOSTER (Shingles) 

There are many ways of treating this neurotic condition, 
but we know of nothing that can compare with the DeKraft 
blue pencil brush discharge from the static machine. 

Another method which can be used with the static ma- 
chine is that of the vacuum surface electrode. Also use radiant 
light and heat from a high-power incandescent lamp along 
with soluble iodin. 

Freezing the offending nerve seems to be an excellent 
method. Iodized flexible collodion painted on the affected 
area, is also good. Terpene peroxid in olive oil is also very 
good. 

257 



PELLAGRA 

We have been taught that Pellagra is an endemic skin and 
spinal disease of Southern Europe, with a few scattered cases 
in the United States. We have also been told that it was 
caused by eating damaged or diseased maize. Some have even 
said that it was caused by the insect, similium reptans. Others 
called it Italian leprosy or Lombardy leprosy. 

Some have confounded scurvy with Pellagra. Sprue has 
also been confounded with Pellagra. The etiology of both 
are apparently entirely different. 

It has recently been found that Pellagra is not caused by 
the ingestion of diseased maize, but of colloidal silica in drink- 
ing water. 

It has been found that it is very prevalent in our Southern 
and Middle States. Owing to this increasing prevalence in 
many localities, we have tho't it well to give some facts that 
have been learned regarding the disease. 

E. M. Perdue, A.M.,M.D., has translated the works of All- 
essandrini and Scala into English. He has also duplicated 
the researches of these two noted Italian scientists of the In- 
stitute of Experimental Hygiene of the University of Rome. 
Dr. Perdue gave us the following summary from his book on 
Pellagra. 

"Pellagra is a chronic acid intoxication caused by the in- 
gestion of colloidal silica in drinking water. 

"Pellagra is strictly localized and is contracted in those 
regions where the water supply commonly drunk by the peo- 
ple is derived from clay soils. 

"For the above reasons pellagra is confined to compar- 
atively old agricultural regions, having a fixed population, 
whose soils are derived from the decay and weathering of the 
crystalline and igneous rocks. The geographical distribution 
of pellagra coincides with the geological distribution of clay 
soils derived from the acidic rocks. 

"Pellagra does not occur in 'new' countries where the soil 
has not been leached of its primitive alkalies. Pellagra does 
not occur where the soil is derived from the disintegration of 
limestones or dolomites. Pellagra does not occur among peo- 
ples who habitually drink 'hard' or 'limestone' water. 

"For the same reasons stated above, pellagra agrees with 
the geographical distribution of pine timber. Pine trees will 
not grow on alkaline soils. The same is true of the chestnut 
on the hillsides. 

258 



"Pellagra is not found in prairie countries. Prairie lands 
are alkaline. This is the reason that they are prairies. They 
are too alkaline for trees. 

"For these same reasons pellagra is endemic from north- 
ern Portugal to Italy, in the Tyrol, and across the slopes of the 
Carpathians to Bessarabia. In America it prevails along the 
eastern slope of the Appalachian highland, over the Piedmont 
Plateau and the Coastal Plain, especially from Maryland to 
Texas. On the inner slopes of this same highland it prevails 
in the clay regions of Tennessee and Kentucky. It is not found 
in the great 'limestone valleys' of The Appalachian Highland 
from Vermont to Alabama. It is very common in the 'clay 
region' of west Tennessee. 

"Pellagra is also common on the slopes of the Ozark, Bos- 
ton, Oachita, Arbuckle and Wichita mountains in Missouri, 
Arkansas, Oklahoma and Texas. For the same reason there 
is some pellagra on the Pacific Coast. The states of Michigan, 
Wisconsin, Indiana and Illinois are covered to a greater or less 
depth with glacial drift derived from the great pre-Cambrian 
Shield surrounding Hudson's Bay. This is largely disintegra- 
ted and weathered remains of igneous and crystalline rocks. 
Where it is devoid of alkalies and is deep enuf to be the 
source of surface water supplies, it is the cause of pellagra. 

"Colloidal silica is antidoted and rendered inert by the al- 
kaline carbonates and by the carbonates of the alkaline earths. 
Therefore pellagra cannot occur where the people habitually 
ingest hard water containing small amounts of the carbonates 
of sodium, potassium, calcium and magnesium. 

"Colloidal silica in soft waters acts as an enzyme, in that 
it substitutes water in the colloidal substance of the tissue 
cells and replaces it with the base of the alkaline salts setting 
the acid free, and being in turn freed itself to repeat its action 
indefinitely. Its action results therefore in a dehydration of 
the system and the freeing of an excess of acid, especially 
hydrochloric. 

"The toxicology of silica has been thoroly worked out by 
the Homeopathic investigators. The clinical picture of 'Sili- 
cea' of the Homeopathic authorities is the clinical picture of 
pellagra. In the last three years this proving has been re- 
peated by Allessandrini and Scala. 

"The symptomatology of pellagra has long been divided 
into the classical triad of 'cutaneous manifestations, digestive 
disturbances and nervous disturbances/ 

"The cutaneous manifestations are those of dehydration 
and the concentration of the acidosis in the parts of the body 
exposed to evaporation, and manifest themselves in the classi- 
cal 'mask' above the collar, and the classical 'gauntlet' below 

259 



the wristband. These manifestations are pigmentation, ery- 
thema, desquamation, blistering and ulceration. 

"The digestive disturbances are those of dehydration and 
acidosis. They are pyrosis, loss of appetite, perverted appetite, 
indigestion, constipation, diarrhea, drying up of the digestive 
fluids, denudation and ulceration of mucous surfaces, atrophy 
and thinning of the coats of the stomach and intestines, thick- 
ening and induration of the pylorus and paralysis of the sphinc- 
ters. 

''The nervous disturbances are those of dehydration, first 
hyperesthesia, followed by inco-ordination and finally com- 
plete paralysis. These disturbances affect the whole nervous 
system and the mentality. 

"Pellagra affects the domestic animals in pellagrous re- 
gions as well as the human population. Cattle are particularly 
susceptible, and the affection even extends to the dogs and 
cats of pellagrous families. The laboratory animals, such as 
rabbits, guinea pigs and monkeys are very susceptible to the 
intoxication. 

"The prevention of pellagra is a very simple matter and 
consists in drinking hard water. Wells and springs can be 
made safe by thoroly cleaning out all clay, walling up and 
covering the bottom with broken limestone about a foot thick. 
Reservoirs and city water supplies should be treated the same 
way. This system is now being followed with success in Italy. 

"The specific treatment of pellagra consists in the admin- 
istration of a proper alkalinity. The Italian authorities ad- 
minister one c.c. of a 10% solution of sodium citrate daily by 
hypodermic injection. If in any case this method is found 
objectionable, it may be given by the mouth in greater amount, 
say three times a clay. 

"At the same time have the patient drink copiously of 
hard water, keep the bowels open and the kidneys at their 
best. Control pyrosis by milk of magnesia or calcium lactate. 

''Treat all symptoms symptomatically besides the admin- 
tration of the antidote. The average case requires from one 
to two months' treatment." 

Any physical measures such as powerful radiant light, 
electric light baths, and oxygen-vapor inhalation are also of 
great benefit in treating this disease. 



260 



FURUNCULUS (Boils) 

For the treatment of boils, we know of no remedial agency 
that can compare with the 2,000-candle-power lamp. If the 
boils have come to a head, they must be lanced and this opera- 
tion should be followed with the hyperemic vacuum cup. After 
the hyperemic treatment has been given, apply soluble iodin 
along with the powerful light and keep the area well covered 
with soluble iodin preparation or pure carbenzol. Instead of 
carbenzol one can use a 5% creolin and glycerin solution. 

Enhance elimination by general treatments with the 2,000- 
candle-power lamp, electric light baths, etc., as well as by mag- 
nesium sulphate taken in hot water on arising in the morning. 

An ethereal solution of menthol, 10% to 50%, applied with 
a camel's hair brush, or cotton applicator, aborts boils, car- 
buncles, and inflammatory gatherings ; and aids in curing itch- 
ing eruptions. 

Another method of treating boils is to paint a ring of 
flexible collodion around the boil several times daily. This 
in many instances, will cause the boil to soon open. 

While treating boils, give calcidin (Abbott's), or some 
other form of iodin. We give one to three grains of calcidin 
t.i.d. between meals, in hot water. 

When treating boils, do not forget nascent iodin. 

Pure ozone forced into the lesion is specific in most in- 
stances. Oxygen vapor inhalation along with intermittent 
colored light, is also of great benefit. 



CARBUNCULUS 

Carbuncle is a serious condition and should be treated as 
such. For the general toxemia that must be present with car- 
buncle, electric light baths along with every other method for 
enhancing elimination should be used. The 2,000-candle- 
power lamp will do more for this condition than any other 
single agency. We use it over the carbuncle itself for from 
ten to twenty minutes once or twice daily if possible, and give 
the same modality over the entire body. To righten metabol- 
ism we give oxygen vapor inhalations along with intermittent 
light of the indicated color. 

261 



Many physicians do not realize the seriousness of the in- 
fection that is concomitant with carbuncle. The sudden deaths 
following the onset of carbuncle toxemia could have been 
prevented had the physician realized that carbuncle is not a 
local disease. Do not give antipyrin to reduce the fever that 
often accompanies carbuncle. The fever is easily controlled 
by the powerful electric light or hot baths. 

Aid the skin in every way possible to enhance elimination. 
Hot epsom salt baths are good for this condition. Blankets 
wrung out of epsom salt water and used for a pack are of much 
benefit. 

Hot compresses of a saturated boracic acid solution are 
very beneficial. 

Soluble iodin, pure carbenzol, or a 5% to 10% solution of 
creolin in glycerin should be used locally. Just before apply- 
ing the powerful light to a carbuncle, great benefit will be 
obtained by covering the lesion with soluble iodin. 

There is no necessity for making injections of carbolic 
acid or any other substance into the carbuncle if the measures 
given above be carried out, unless it be pure ozone or nascent 
iodin. 

The incision of a carbuncle, unless it be in a threatening 
location, should be avoided. 

Xever squeeze a carbuncle or boil. Use the Bier hyperemic 
method of emptying it, if that seem advisable. Squeezing a 
boil or carbuncle tends to open new areas for the pus. 

Remember that the pus from a carbuncle is dangerous 
to an open wound and can produce serious conditions by inoc- 
ulation. If possible use nascent iodin or ozone in the lesion. 

Internal medicament seems to be indicated in carbuncle 
infection, but as the patient has to be treated rather than the 
disease, we cannot go into that. Calcidin is generally of great 
value, given t.i.d. in hot water. 

Another method for treating boils and carbuncles is by 
-means of a zinc needle attached to the positive pole, five to 
thirty milliamperes given for ten to twenty minutes may be 
used, according to the size of the lesion. 

In leaving the subject, we might mention a fact that is of- 
ten forgotten by a physician in making a local dressing for 
either a boil or carbuncle as well as any other skin lesion. 

262 



Cover the dressing with oiled silk or gutta percha and over 
that place cotton and gauze. Keep all open wounds covered 
so as to prevent outside infection. 



WARTS AND CORNS 

AYarts and corns are easily cured by electrolysis, using 
10% solution of zinc sulphate cataphorically, or by means of a 
zinc needle, if the wart or corn be elevated, in which case put 
the zinc needle into the elevation on a level with the epidermis. 
From five to ten milliamperes of current for about ten minutes, 
repeated every third day for three or four treatments, will 
generally be sufficient. 

For a corn, it is well to use a compress of 1% zinc sulphate 
the night before giving this treatment. The same procedure 
should be followed for a very large, horny wart. 

Salicylated collodion, mentioned below, is often very ben- 
eficial. 

CALLOSITAS 

Callosity is the name given to the hard and thickened 
patch of epidermis that forms on exposed parts by intermittent 
friction, or pressure. If we relieve both friction and pressure, 
Nature gets rid of the callus without any further aid. 

Notice that continuous pressure results in atrophy or ul- 
ceration, but intermittent pressure is what produces callus. 
Also observe that a callus is usually rounded and slightly 
elevated. 

The old-fashioned method of treating this callus was to 
scrape or sandpaper down the elevation. This is effectual to 
a certain extent — it will make it grow. 

Metatarsalgia or Morton's Disease is generally caused by 
a heavy callus forming on the ball of the foot. 

When the callus occurs on the foot, we must find the cause 
and try to relieve it. The best shoe we have seen for this 
purpose is that sold under the trade name of "Arch Preserver." 
This shoe is the invention of Charles Henry Brown, who has 
given years of study to this condition. The secret of this shoe 
lies in the flat sole. Most shoes cause the bottom of the foot 

263 



to assume a convex shape. Then, too, in nearly all other 
shoes the arch support is not scientifically made, or placed. 

The men's shoes are manufactured by E. T. Wright & Co., 
Rockland, Massachusetts. 

The women's shoes are made by the Selby Shoe Co., 
Portsmouth, Ohio. 

The youth's shoes are made by the Excelsior Shoe Co., 
Portsmouth, Ohio. 

Avoid all kinds of rubber heels, as they tend to weaken 
the arch. They wear off quickly and thus change the position 
of the foot. They also allow the wearer to strike hard on the 
heel, which should be avoided. 

Treatment can be given cataphorically, using sodium sali- 
cylate from the negative pole, five to ten milliamperes for ten 
minutes. 

Another method, which is easier and may be as produc- 
tive of good, is to paint the callus, no matter where it is loca- 
ted, with the following solution : 

grams or c.c. 

Salicylic acid 10 

Alcohol 10 

Sulphuric ether 10 

Flexible collodion U.S. P., q.s. to make.— 100 

Many times two grams of extract of cannabis indica is 
added to the above, but we do not see how it is of any special 
benefit, unless it be for a very painful corn. 

This preparation should be painted over and about one- 
quarter inch beyond the callus every night and morning and 
allowed to remain until it comes off. It will generally begin 
to peel after three or four days, when the loose skin, or collo- 
dion, can be removed and the painting kept up for several 
days, until all the callus will come off, leaving healthy skin 
below it. Paint the thickest portion three days sooner than 
the other part. 

Many times this solution painted over warts, corns, or 
bunions will produce the desired result. It is well in a case 
of corns or bunions to use a shield made from perforating a 
piece of felt or lintine. 

These shields can be obtained in boxes containing differ- 
ent sizes and shapes, but home-made ones are just as good and 

264 



cost much less. The object is to relieve the part from pres- 
sure while using the medicaments. 

To remove collodion from the skin, use acetone and alco- 
hol, equal parts. 



PERNIO (Chilblain) 

This is a form of dermatitis which some say is caused 
by frostbite, but the fact that some people are troubled with 
this, tho living always in a warm climate, seems to show that 
it is a neurotic condition. Many times this condition will per- 
sist for years whenever there is a change in weather, and 
especially if the patient become overheated. 

The most efficient remedy in our hands has been the x-ray 
from a soft tube, twenty inches away from the affected local- 
ity, and given for about ten minutes, every other day for three 
or four treatments. 

Another remedy is the blue-pencil-brush discharge from 
the static machine. 

Another, which may be more available, is the use of sol- 
uble iodin with the 2,000-candle-power incandescent lamp. 

Use of the surface vacuum electrode to bring about a 
powerful hyperemia is also very efficient for chilblain. 

Another method is rubbing the affected area with a raw 
onion, cut and dipped in salt. 

Along with these measures, concussion of the 6th and 7th 
cervical vertebrae increases vagal tone and seems to have a 
selective action toward remedying this condition, presumably 
by its action upon the peripheral blood vessels. 



MEASLES OR SCARLET FEVER 

For these diseases we use hot packs. Put one teaspoonful 
of oil of eucalptus to the quart of hot water and wrap patient 
in blankets wrung from this solution. 

In some cases we have kept the patient in these packs for 
from twenty-four to forty-eight hours. Then we rub them 
down well with sweet spirits of niter, if they be very nervous, 

265 



or alcohol or bay rum. Give plenty of fresh air, but see that 
they do not take cold as the fever subsides. While there is a 
high temperature, there is no danger of the patient taking cold. 

For inhalation, put ten drops of the eucalyptus oil into 
a pint of boiling water and cover the head so the patient can 
inhale the vapor. 

Have the patient drink plenty of cold water and keep the 
bowels open with epsom salts. 

Protect the eyes from light. 

If these simple measures be carried out faithfully, the pa- 
tient will have no detrimental sequellae. 

German Measles (Rubeola) we treat the same as Measles 
(Morbilli). 

WHOOPING COUGH (Pertussis) 

This infectious disease seems to be caused by the Bordet- 
Gengou bacillus, which is a small coccobacillus resembling 
the bacillus of influenza. 

As the sequellae of whooping cough are often so serious, 
we want to mention a common-sense method of therapy that 
has been proved to be very beneficial. 

Radiations from a powerful incandescent lamp along with 
oxygen-vapor inhalation are of great value — some say 
"specific." 

Inhalations of "eucalyptus steam" (ten drops of eucalyp- 
tus oil to the pint of boiling water) is excellent. Nebula from 
"Nasal Spray" formula, page 230, is also very beneficial. If 
too strong, dilute it with pure, hydrocarbon oil. 

Internally use Abbott's Calcidin, Calcium Sulphid, as 
well as their special formula for Whooping Cough. Keep 
bowels open with Podophyllin and Salithia. 

The paroxysms of coughing are often relieved by having 
the patient wear a wide elastic band or support about the 
abdomen. If a child be strangling during these paroxysms of 
coughing, be sure to take them by the feet and hold them for 
a moment with the head downward. This often allows them 
to throw quantities of mucus from their throat, which might 
be taken into the lungs and cause pneumonia. 

266 



EXERCISES FOR PELVIC DISEASES 

For all functional uterine disturbances, special exercises 
are indicated. For conditions such as a sensitive ovary or pyo- 
salpinx, exercises are contra-indicated. These conditions 
should be relieved and then proper active exercises prescribed. 

The first exercise is deep, abdominal breathing. We 
know of no simple or complicated measure for relieving many 
of the pelvic disturbances that can equal proper breathing. 
The method has been previously described. With some, this 
method of breathing comes naturally, while others have to be 
trained to it. These exercises can be very easily learned, and 
twenty inhalations in this manner should be practiced every 
morning and night and as many times during the day as the 
patient can undress, lie down, and relax. We have seen some 
of the worst cases of functional pelvic diseases cured by this 
simple method alone. 

Lying on the back and flexing the thighs well on the ab- 
domen, then extending the thighs, holding the legs horizontal 
and not allowing the heels to strike the bed, is another valu- 
able exercise. 

Having the feet held down with blankets, or pillows, and 
flexing the trunk on the thighs with the hands back of the 
head ; bending exercises while standing erect ; serpentine twist- 
ing of the trunk; squatting, etc., may be prescribed. 



CERVICITIS AND EROSIONS 

We seldom have one of these conditions without the other, 
and they are nearly always associated with an abnormal uter- 
ine position. Along with the proper replacing of the organ, 
localized treatment is advisable. For these conditions we 
know of no remedial agent that can compare with cataphor- 
esis. A complete set of electrodes is made for this purpose. 

For the cervicitis we use a copper electrode attached to 
the positive terminal and insert as far as the internal os. From 
twenty to forty milliamperes of current can be used for from 
five to seven minutes. Do not rotate or move the electrode 
while it is in situ. The current will cause the mucous mem- 
brane to adhere to the copper. Turn off the current and with- 

267 



draw the electrode. Along with it will come an accumulation 
of mucus, as well as more or less mucous membrane. We 
then pack this denuded cervix with a cotton tampon saturated 
with pure carbenzol, or tholo. It is well to have a thread 
attached to this little tampon so it can be pulled out, if much 
pain be caused in expelling it, but generally it will remain in 
place and then be expelled naturally. (Tholo is made by Tholo 
Chemical Co., Kansas City, Mo.) 

Sometimes one, two or three treatments will cure this 
annoying condition. The treatments should be at least five 
days apart. On the intervening days we give more general 
treatments. 

For erosions we use the cervical, copper electrode on the 
positive pole. This electrode is made especially for this pur- 
pose. Ten to thirty milliamperes for from five to ten minutes 
is the proper treatment and should not be given more often 
than once in five days. This method of treatment causes the 
copper electrons to impregnate the tissues, and they act as a 
powerful astringent and antiseptic. If there be old cicatrices 
about the cervix, the proper way to treat them is by applying 
thiosinna # min cataphorically. This can be easily done thru a 
speculum, putting a little cotton ball at the end of an aluminum 
or block tin electrode. The better plan is to use the electrode 
designed for this purpose. 

Nascent iodin is also a very effectual remedy for an in- 
flamed cervix or vagina. 

Compressed yeast and hydrogen peroxid, as previously de- 
scribed, are of great value in treating this condition. 



DYSMENORRHEA 

Perhaps there is no complaint to which woman is heir that 
can be relieved and cured more fully by physical means than 
painful menstruation. Medicines of all kinds have been pre- 
scribed and the results have been disappointing. Curettage is 
a procedure that does not seem rational, yet it is done con- 
stantly, tho very few cases have been much benefited by it. 

If retro- or anti-version or flexion be present, that must 
be corrected. Electricity gives us more hope for relieving 

268 



uterine malpositions than any other procedure, unless it be 
opening the abdomen, which many patients will not consent 
to and which we would advise only as a last resort. 

For retroversion without adhesions we use the slow sinu- 
soidal current thru our special uterine elevator and electrode. 
We use copper, aluminum, nickel, and pure silver, but any of 
the metals that Avill conduct electricity are suitable. Another 
electrode is that devised by Dr. Neiswanger. This is a cop- 
per ball around which cotton and perforated gold beater's skin 
are tied. We use such an electrode in cases where we wish to 
use copper cataphorically. 

We attach the vaginal electrode to the positive side. The 
indifferent pad is modeler's clay placed upon the abdomen. 
We use the sinusoidal current which changes its direction 
about 30 to 60 times a minute. This gives the muscles a chance 
to contract slowly and relax. We give this treatment for ten 
minues. We also give light from the 2,000-candle-power lamp 
for ten or more minutes over the abdomen and ten minutes 
over the lumbar region. 

Instead of using the slow sine wave during the whole 
treatment, five minutes can be used for that, two minutes for 
the superimposed wave, and three minutes for the surging 
sinusoidal. AYe find this procedure has a better effect upon 
the muscles than one steady form of current during the whole 
treatment. This treatment tends to strengthen and contract 
the muscular ligaments holding the organ. At the same time 
it contracts the uterus and promotes normal secretions and 
excretions, thus relieving stasis, which is the primary cause of 
dysmenorrhea. 

For giving sinusoidal treatments to the uterus, we have 
devised a special uterine elevator and electrode combined. It 
is manufactured by the Mcintosh Battery & Optical Co. 

Between treatments it is well to have the patient wear 
some well fitting pessary, as that hastens the effects of the 
treatment. If the patient be suffering from constipation, as 
she generally is, that can be treated on the alternate days or 
on the same day. 

Antiversion or flexion we treat in the same manner, but 
with the negative pole attached to the vaginal electrode. We 
also exert anterior pressure on the uterus by means of suitable 

269 



pessaries or tampons between treatments. In antiversion we 
many times use the interrupted galvanic current for three 
minutes, employing about twenty milliamperes, and making 
from thirty to sixty interruptions a minute, the vaginal elec- 
trode being connected with the negative pole. 

If either position be one caused by adhesions, we employ 
the interrupted galvanic current with interruptions of about 
thirty a minute and the vaginal electrode connected with the 
negative pole. By careful manipulation the suitable vaginal 
electrode can be placed in the vaginal cul-de-sac and upward 
pressure be given to the uterus during the treatment. We 
find that hastens the relaxation of the ligaments. We then 
follow the five minutes of negative galvanism by the slow, 
and superimposed, sine waves. 

In all uterine treatments we use the 2,000-candle-power 
lamp over the abdomen, and lumbar and sacral regions. If 
possible, give ten minutes' treatment to the abdomen and ten 
to the back. 

If you have a static machine, the slow static wave can be 
used with the same metal electrode as is used for the sine 
wave. We think the sinusoidal current is, as a rule, superior 
to the static wave as the contractions can be more accurately 
gauged. Concussion is also indicated. 

The electric light bath is also of great service in dysmen- 
orrhea. 

Deep breathing will cure many cases of dysmenorrhea. 
Never forget this. 

Zonetherapy is becoming a popular auxiliary in the treat- 
ment of dysmenorrhea. 

Case of Spasmodic Dysmenorrhea 

Some time ago we were hastily called to see a lady in a 
near-by apartment. We found her in a frenzy and apparently 
she did not know anything she was doing. From the land- 
lady we learned that she had begun to flow, but for some 
reason had suddenly stopped. The same thing had happened 
before, but never to throw her into such violent hysteria. We 
quickly turned the patient over on her abdomen and sunk the 
aluminum capped fingers of our right hand into her lumbar 

270 



region over the second vertebra. We held them there while 
exhibiting rays from a 100-candle-power lamp over that re- 
gion. In about three minutes the patient's form began to re- 
lax and she was quiet. We then turned her on her back and 
exhibited the lamp over the abdomen for five minutes, making 
the skin very red, but taking care to not blister it. By this 
time she was perfectly quiet. We then put the lamp over her 
face and neck and told her to go to sleep. We learned after- 
ward that the patient slept several hours, her flow began in 
good shape and she had no more trouble. This was a case of 
spasm and we exhausted the spasm. Rapid sinusoidal current 
would have been beneficial for such a case — one terminal on 
abdomen and the other over 2d lumbar for five minutes to 
exhaust the reflex. Stimulation of the 11th thoracic vertebra 
was also indicated. 

Infantile Uterus 

Sometimes dysmenorrhea is caused by an infantile uterus. 
For this condition we use an interrupted, rapid sine wave, 
making the interruptions about every second, and continue 
this for about one minute. This we follow with interrupted 
negative galvanism, thirty milliamperes for two minutes, and 
the remainder of the ten minutes' treatment we divide up be- 
tween the slow, superimposed, and the surging sinusoidal cur- 
rents. In many cases an infantile uterus can be made to de- 
velop to normal size after a few weeks of daily treatments as 
above specified. We use our special vaginal electrode for this. 

In all these uterine conditions, unless we be using tam- 
pons, an antiseptic, hot water vaginal douche is indicated. For 
this purpose there is nothing better than a powder containing 
the sulpho-carbolates of zinc, which is manufactured by the 
Abbott Laboratories under the name of Vaginal Antiseptic; 
or Chinosol can be used, a 15-grain tablet to the pint of normal 
salt solution. If nothing else be at hand, a teaspoonful of so- 
dium chlorid, one-half teaspoonful of borax, and one-half tea- 
spoonful of alum to the pint of water is very efficient. We ad- 
vise these douches to be taken every evening just before re- 
tiring. Use water as hot as can be borne. 

For a douche syringe we advise only an all-soft-rubber 
syringe which plugs the vulva so the water can be forced into 

271 



the vagina and open all the folds and then is sucked back into 
the syringe. Never prescribe a syringe with a hard rubber 
nozzle, as that is liable to injure the cervix. The kind of syr- 
inge we have found to be the best is manufactured by the 
Goodyear Rubber Co. of New York, and is sold under the 
name of "Dr. Wilhoft's Ladies' Syringe." 

Irregular menstruation is treated in the same manner as 
retroversion. 

MENORRHAGIA 

For monorrhagia, or abnormally profuse menstruation, 
we use the constant, positive current, with the copper electrode 
encased in cotton and gold beater's skin, saturated with a 10% 
copper sulphate solution. We employ about thirty milliam- 
peres of current for five minutes, then the same current inter- 
rupted for about three minutes, and close the treatment with 
about two minutes of the slow-sine-wave current. Concussion 
of 2d lumbar vertebra is indicated. 

METRORRHAGIA 

Metrorrhagia, or intermenstrual bleeding, we treat ac- 
cording to the underlying cause. Many times the copper- 
sulphate-cataphoric treatment, mentioned for menorrhagia, 
will cure metrorrhagia, and in other instances the treatment 
outlined for retroversion will relieve this condition. 

Galvanism will increase the menstrual flow if the vaginal 
electrode be attached to the negative pole; while it will de- 
crease it if the vaginal electrode be attached to the positive 
pole. The reason for this is plain — negative galvanism relaxes 
the blood vessels, while positive galvanism contracts them. 

Concussion, at the indicated area, is often helpful for this 
condition. 

AMENORRHEA 

In all forms of amenorrhea we must first find out what 
causes the suspension of the menses. One of the simplest and 
best methods of treating it is slow sinusoidalization over the 
2d lumbar vertebra. Concussion over the 2d lumbar and 11th 
thoracic vertebrae has a similar effect. In many instances 
negative galvanism per vaginam, used every other day, is 
efficient. 

272 



If the means for any of these agencies be not at hand, 
lay the patient on the abdomen and place the knuckles of the 
left hand over the 1st and 3d lumbar vertebrae. Then forcibly 
extend the thighs by lifting them with the right arm. Repeat- 
ing this maneuver about once a minute for five minutes will 
sometimes work wonders. In doing this, one must be careful 
not to overdo it and stop the extension the moment the 
patient feels any pain. While the thighs are lifted in this 
manner, a gentle to and fro movement helps to enhance the 
effects. Repeat this three days in succession. 

In any treatment for this trouble use also electric light 
baths and powerful, radiant light. 

If the patient be chlorotic or anemic, we know of no better 
treatment than radiations from the 2,000-candle-power incan- 
descent lamp along with oxygen-vapor inhalation. There is 
no better equalizer of metabolism than this. 

Another treatment for pelvic derangements that we have 
found very beneficial is that of concussion. 

For contracting the uterus, concussion over the 2d lumbar 
vertebra is indicated. 

For dilating the uterus, concussion over the 11th thoracic 
vertebra is indicated. 

Clothing 

See that your patient does not wear ill-fitting or tight- 
fitting corsets. If possible, have them wear no corsets but 
suspend the clothing from the shoulders. 

If the abdomen be pendulous, they should wear an ab- 
dominal support. (See page 208.) 

Any clothing that constricts the abdomen should be 
avoided. 



VAGINISMUS 

Many neurotic conditions, especially in young unmarried 
girls, are caused by a contracted hymen. If, on examination, 
we find the hymen very tough and unyielding to the well lu- 
bricated index finger, it is well to dilate it. 

For this purpose we use the fingers, or the same dilator 
as we would use for dilating the rectum. We use the rapid 

273 



sinusoidal current as strong as can be borne. Connecting the 
dilator electrode with one pole and having the other pole con- 
nected with the pad over the abdomen, is very effectual. Steady- 
pressure should be made upon the dilator and in many in- 
stances the unyielding hymen can be stretched as much as 
necessary without causing any rupture, which some object to. 
If you can get the consent of the parents, or of the patient, if 
she be of legal age, it is best to fully rupture the hymen, as that 
will in many instances clear up neurotic conditions as nothing 
else will. 

THE CLITORIS 

Another condition causing many neurotic conditions in 
young or old, is an adherent prepuce over the clitoris. The 
radical method of curing this is to give an anesthetic, slit the 
membrane up and put in about two sitches on each side. Verv 
few wish to submit to this and it can many times be avoided 
by employing some other method. 

Novocain, or cocain, used cataphorically over the clitoris 
will so deaden the sensation that a blunt dissector or probe 
can be ttsed to loosen up adhesions between the clitoris and 
the hood. Sometimes a small, persistent adhesion can be 
snipped with a pair of scissors without any special inconven- 
ience, and the bleeding is easily controlled by a cotton pledget 
wet with some astringent antiseptic. 

In young children, avoid any form of treatment to the 
clitoris that calls for frictionary applications unless the clitoris 
be anesthetized first. 

Mothers should be told of the importance of thoroly clean- 
ing the space between the hood and the clitoris. Sometimes 
this is quite difficult to do, owing to an adherent prepuce, but 
if they be taught to use cotton on an applicator stick, along 
with soap and water, they many times can prevent, or relieve 
conditions, the cause of which is very obscure. . 

In some instances we use a Bier hyperemic cup about half 
an inch in diameter for drawing the clitoris out from under 
its hood. This should be used only on an adult, or after local 
anesthesia. 

Zone anesthesia is fast becoming a popular method for 
obliterating the sensation about the genitals so that minor 

274 



operations can readily be done with no feeling of pain what- 
soever. Loosening up adhesions about the clitoris can be 
done on the majority of patients, without any other anes- 
thetic. This will be fullv discussed in our next lecture. 



THE PENIS 

Many neurotic conditions in boys and adults are caused 
by an adherent prepuce (phimosis, or paraphimosis). In these 
conditions surgical interference is called for. 

Many obscure neurotic conditions can be relieved by di- 
lating the prepuce. This we have done by means of hemostat 
forceps or some other kind of blunt forceps. To be done 
thoroly, local anesthesia is necessary in many cases. 

Many patients, old and young, complain of an irritable 
condition about the meatus. This is often a reflex caused by 
an inflamed condition just posterior to the glans. It is also 
caused by a prostatic or bladder reflex. Concretions in the 
bladder, commonly called "gravel," will cause this irritability 
about the meatus. 

The orifice of the meatus is often constricted or bifurca- 
ted. We dilate it with a suitable electrode carrying the neg- 
ative current, or it can be done by cutting. 

Warts and other growths about the glans penis can be 
easily removed by electricity. 



CIRCUMCISION 

Whenever consent can be obtained, complete circumcision 
is always to be advised. For hygienic reasons alone, we advise 
all parents to have their boy babies circumcised before they 
are two weeks old. It prevents many troubles that nothing 
else will. 

Circumcision in females is indicated only when there is 
an adherent or redundant prepuce, and that comes under the 
domain of surgery. 

Zone Anesthesia can be effectually employed for doing 
many minor operations about the genitals. 

275 



CONSTIPATION 

Constipation must be secondary to some derangement 
either in the secretory organism or musculature of the intes- 
tines. We must not forget that not only diet but constrict- 
ing clothing, such as corsets, has a large part in the cause of 
constipation. Sedentary habits are also conducive to consti- 
pation. 

To name all the ills that follow constipation would be to 
name nearly all the diseases known in medicine. 

Treatment 

We shall not give any medicinal means for curing con- 
stipation as we do not believe any of them give more than 
temporary relief. 

Diet will do a good deal toward curing constipation and 
therefore the diet must be carefully regulated. 

We shall mention some of the physical measures which 
we have found to be effectual in nearly all cases of constipation 
where there was no anatomical obstruction. In the majority 
of persons suffering from chronic constipation, a relaxation of 
the abdominal muscles will be observed. This gives us a hint 
as to the procedure for not only strengthening the abdominal 
walls, but for relieving the stasis in the intestinal tract. 

We used to follow out a very complicated plan of giving 
electrical treatments for constipation, but little by little we 
have been able to simplify the work. 

The slow sinusoidal current thru our bi-polar rectal elec- 
trode placed well up into the rectum will do as much or more 
toward curing constipation than any other one electric mo- 
dality we know of. We give these treatments every other 
day, making the current about sixty alternations to the minute 
and as strong as the patient can tolerate. While we are giving 
these treatments, we allow the radiations from the powerful 
incandescent lamp to fall on the bare abdomen. 

Another method is to use the slow sinusoidal current, 
attaching one side to a unipolar rectal electrode and the other 
to a clay pad on the abdomen. 

Another method is to use the slow sinusoidal current, 
attaching one cord to a clay pad, or other suitable electrode, 

276 



over the 11th and 12th thoracic and the 1st lumbar vertebrae, 

and the other over the abdomen. This treatment can be given 
every day. 

Another treatment is concussion of the 11th and 12th tho- 
racic vertebrae for two minutes and of the 2d lumbar vertebra 
for the same length of time. Some report curing constipation 
by this concussion method without using any other modality. 

The slow static wave current over the abdomen is also 
a very efficient remedy for constipation. 

Another method is by means of an oscillator, placing the 
belt over the abdomen and making the oscillations quite slowly. 

Vibrating tables of various kinds are proving very efficient 
in the treatment of constipation. 

Galvanism can be used for the treatment of constipation 
by placing a clay electrode over the liver, to which is attached 
one pole. The other pole is attached to a hand sponge elec- 
trode, which is moved to follow the course of the colon. Our 
plan is to attach the positive side to the liver electrode for 
about five minutes and then reverse the pole and use the neg- 
ative to the liver for about five minutes. 

Oxygen-vapor inhalation we use as an adjunct in treating 
all cases of constipation, as it rectifies faulty metabolism. By 
having the patient do deep abdominal breathing while taking 
the oxygen vapor, we are utilizing two very valuable modal- 
ities at one time. 

Hygienic measures, including the drinking of plenty of 
water, one or two glasses on arising and one or two between 
each meal, will materially aid any other physical measures. 
Some recommend oatmeal water and others lemon-juice and 
water. No doubt eating pineapple, or grapefruit, before or 
after breakfast, is very beneficial in many cases. Whole wheat 
bread, as well as bran muffins, are very efficient. 

Regularity in going to stool is another very important ad- 
junct that we must not forget. 

Radiant Light alone will cure many cases of constipation. 

Many of our lady patients, whom we were treating for 
pelvic derangements, have spoken of the improvement in their 
bowels. Some who made it a practice to take laxatives or 
enemas for years, have reported that their bowels moved 
without artificial means soon after beginning treatments. Tn- 

277 



asmuch as we had not yet paid any special attention to recti- 
fying- the constipation, we investigated the reason. We ob- 
served that the powerful light had been given over the abdo- 
men for from twenty to thirty minutes while other forms of 
treatment were given. (Even when using electrical treatments 
about the cervix or external genitals, we always let the light 
from the 2,000-candle-power lamp fall on the bare abdomen.) 

Clinical Case : Some time ago we had a lady patient, 
about fifty years old, who said her bowels had not moved with- 
out a laxative or an enema for twenty years. This seemed a 
good chance to try out the use of the 2,000-candle-power lamp 
for relieving the constipation. 

We do not believe in sacrificing the patient in any way to 
prove modalities, but in this instance it could make no partic- 
ular difference for the first two or three weeks whether we 
used several modalities along with the light or not. 

We did not prescribe any change of diet. We placed her 
on the table, under the lamp, with the light as near the abdo- 
men as she could stand the heat — thirty inches. We fastened 
the lamp in that position and let her stay there for one hour. 

For "the first two treatments we saw no change, but she 
reported feeling so much better in every way that she looked 
forward to the twice-a-week treatment under the lamp. The 
evening that she took the third treatment, she said she felt 
as tho her bowels would move before she reached home. Two 
or three days later she said her bowels moved very copiously 
the evening referred to, and they moved the following morn- 
ing without any artificial means. We told her to take no 
cathartics unless she asked us about it. The next time she 
came, she made the same remark — that she felt as if her bowels 
would move before she reached home. She later reported that 
her bowels moved that night and for three days in succession 
without any artificial means. 

Four weeks of this treatment, along with deep abdominal 
"breathing and oxygen-vapor inhalations, cured this patient of 
constipation. She has taken no cathartics or enemas for over 
a year. 

Whether this same procedure will be as successful in all 
cases, we do not know. It probably will not be, as constipation 
is caused by so many different factors, but the powerful incan- 

278 



descent lamp is a logical remedy for constipation. It produces 
a surface hyperemia, thereby enhancing elimination thru the 
skin and reducing local blood pressure within. It also in- 
creases the action of the secretory glands and augments per- 
istalsis. It not only acts locally, but enhances the elimination 
of CO^ from the lungs and enlivens the circulation, and en- 
ables the hemoglobin to take up more oxygen. Oxygen-vapor 
inhalation rightens metabolism. 

Exercises for Constipation 

The exercises to be prescribed for constipation are identi- 
cal with those mentioned for dysmennorrhea. The object is 
to strengthen the abdominal musculature. 

Above all things, teach the patient deep abdominal breath- 
ing. One rarely sees constipation in a person who has from 
childhood practiced abdominal breathing. 

After the cure for constipation is consumated, which may 
take place in from one week to six months, it may be necessary 
to give an occasional treatment, if the old habit begin to return. 

Insist upon the patient giving up cathartics and being 
regular about going to stool. The best time is early in the 
morning soon after drinking a glass or two of cold water. The 
position taken by the person while at stool has a great deal to 
do with the alleviation of constipation. The closer the thighs 
can come to the abdomen, in what is termed the "Indian po- 
sition," the better. Some individuals are never constipated 
when they assume this position. Any person who is troubled 
in this way will find relief by wearing a tight bandage about 
the abdomen while at stool. We have sometimes found that 
putting the feet on a hassock, while on the toilet, is beneficial. 



HEMORRHOIDS 

As hemorrhoids are caused by dilation of the hemorrhoi- 
dal veins, either singly or along with a relaxation of the rectal 
tissues, we must seek a means to contract these blood vessels, 
and at the same time give tone to the musculature. 

The method taught by Dr. Neiswanger is no doubt one of 
the best known. For this purpose we use a special copper elec- 

279 



trode covered with cotton, or cotton cloth, and over that per- 
forated gold beater's skin. We keep this electrode in a bottle 
of 10% ichthyol and glycerin. This not only makes it sterile 
but lubricates it. Connect this rectal electrode to the positive 
pole, with the negative pole connected to a clay abdominal 
pad. In inserting this electrode, be sure to do it carefully and 
push ahead of the electrode any of the prolapsed membrane 
and carefully squeeze the blood back thru the dilated veins. 
Ten to fifteen milliamperes can be used for from eight to ten 
minutes. These treatments can be repeated, as a rule, every 
second day, but sometimes not more than twice a week. Many 
times the treatment for hemorrhoids will cure the constipation 
that generally goes with hemorrhoids. 

We must remember that the rectum is a great reflex cen- 
ter and when using galvanism to this region we must bear 
in mind just what we want to do — whether to relax the tissues 
or contract them. 

Sometimes the slow sinusoidal current, thru our bi-polar 
electrode in the rectum, will so strengthen the musculature of 
the vessels as to cure the hemorrhoids without any other treat- 
ment. 

RECTAL DILATATION 

Dilatation of the rectum, if carefully executed, has been 
proved to be very effectual in many neurotic conditions. We 
do not advise promiscuous, forced dilatation of, the rectum, as 
the second condition is not always what we might wish. There 
are, nevertheless, some cases of contracted sphincter in which 
dilatation seems to improve the general health of the patient. 

For this purpose we have devised a special, cone-shaped 
aluminum electrode, which we use as a dilator when connected 
with the negative pole. In using this, we put the clay elec- 
trode over the abdomen and with the thighs flexed and the 
aluminum electrode well lubricated with a 10% ichthyol- 
glycerin solution, we carefully enter the tip into the rectum 
and exert steady pressure. Little by little, with from five to 
ten milliamperes of current, the rectum will dilate sufficiently 
and without any injury to the membranes. 

Usually this method will effectually dilate the rectum. In 
other cases we find the rapid sinusoidal current of a comfort- 

280 



able strength passed thru this dilating electrode, after five or 
ten minutes, will so relax the tension of the sphincter that it 
will easily enter. 

In any neurotic condition, treatment of the rectum will, 
in many instances, give us good results. This is why we get 
such flattering reports about rectal dilatation. 

Bi-Polar Rectal Treatment 

In forced dilatation of the rectum, the membranes are 
often injured and the second condition is worse than the first. 
For this reason we devised a bi-polar rectal electrode, which 
is manufactured by Mcintosh Battery & Optical Co. of Chi- 
cago. This electrode should be lubricated with some good 
lubricant, other than grease, and the slow sine wave passed 
thru it for ten minutes. In some cases we use the rapid sine 
wave instead of the slow. We must know whether we want 
relaxation, stimulation, or exercising of the muscles. By using 
this form of treatment thru the rectum we stimulate the sym- 
pathetic ganglia on the anterior part of the sacrum and coccyx. 
In addition to this we are treating the rectum itself without 
any forced dilatation. Our results have been very satisfactory. 

Sometimes a slow sinusoidal treatment in this manner will 
make the bowels move before the treatment is completed. For 
constipation this method is generally sufficient, if used in con- 
junction with suitable exercises. 



PRURITUS ANI 

Generally the physician does not see a case of pruritus ani 
until some time after the beginning of the trouble. Sometimes 
this condition is a reflex and at others it is simply a local con- 
dition. We think most cases can be cured in a simple, physical 
manner. 

We connect the aluminum, dilating electrode with the 
negative terminal and anoint it with soluble iodin preparation 
(iodex). The clay pad over the abdomen is connected with 
the positive terminal. We push the dilator into the rectum, 
allowing it to push a small quantity of the iodin preparation 
up beyond the sphincter, and turn on from five to ten milli- 

280a 



amperes of current. We let this continue about five minutes 
and then turn on the rapid sine wave to the patient's toleration 
and let that continue for about five minutes. This procedure 
may be reversed if the sphincter be very unyielding, that is, 
give the rapid sine wave for about five minutes and follow it 
for about five minutes with negative galvanism and soluble 
iodin. 

Another method is to use the metal, rectal electrode cov- 
ered with cotton cloth and gold beater's skin, after it has been 
soaked in a solution composed of glycerin and water, equal 
parts, and tincture of iodin 5% to 10%. This electrode should 
be connected with the negative pole and inserted into the rec- 
tum and from five to ten milliamperes of current passed thru 
it for five to ten minutes. 

When hemorrhoids complicate pruritus ani, anoint the 
itching parts with a soluble iodin preparation after having 
given treatment for hemorrhoids. 

(Remember that iodin is electro-negative and is repelled 
from the negative pole.) 

Another way of using iodin cataphorically is to use a so- 
lution of .potassium iodid connected with the negative pole. 
The iodin ions will seek the positive pole while the potassium 
ions will unite with water and remain in contact with the 
negative pole, Nascent iodin is especially indicated in this 
condition. 

Another method is to pass an applicator into the lower 
rectum carrying a piece of gauze wet with 5% to 10% tincture 
of iodin solution. Withdraw after a few minutes. 



IRRITABLE BLADDER 

We have many patients who complain of irritable bladder, 
and the principal symptom is a desire to urinate often, especi- 
ally in the night. 

For this condition nothing can compare with the 2,000- 
candle-power lamp applied over the pelvis and perineum for 
half an hour daily. 

For internal medication, if it be required, we have found 
Sodoxylin, Arbutin, or Hexamethyl. Comp, manufactured by 
the Abbott Laboratories of Chicago, to be very beneficial. 

280b 



* Along with the radiant light treatment, concussion or 

slow sinusoidalization of the 12th thoracic and 5th lumbar 
vertebrae gives very good results. 

Advise your patient to not drink anything after five o'clock 
in the afternoon,, but drink all they can of pure water up to 
that time. 

This same treatment applies to enuresis. 

To prevent residual urine in a prolapsed bladder, have 
patient urinate while standing on hands and feet — "on all 
fours." 



CYSTITIS 

To prove whether the epithelial lining of the bladder be 
abraded or not, inject into the bladder a sterilized solution of 
5% to 10% potassium iodid in water. After twenty to thirty 
minutes, test the saliva with starch, to which has been added 
a little nitric acid. If it turn purple, it shows that the iodin 
has been taken up thru the bladder. This will not occur if 
the inflammation in the bladder have not eroded the lining. 

This is a good method to prove whether the cystitis be 
very severe or not, or be above the bladder. 

The therapeutic measures that we have found best for the 
treatment of Cystitis are radiations from the powerful incan- 
descent lamp over the abdomen for about forty minutes daily, 
followed with oxygen-vapor and intermittent colored light for 
about forty minutes. 

For a urinary antiseptic we have found Hexamethyl. 
Comp., manufactured by the Abbott Laboratories of Chicago, 
to be as good as or better than Salol. We have also found 
Sodoxylin, manufactured by the same company to be very 
efficient if the acidity of the urine be very high. 

Irrigation of the bladder with hot boric acid solution is 
considered by many to be a very efficient auxiliary. Hot com- 
presses made from boric acid solution are also very beneficial 
for home treatment. 

Never forget to give concussion of the 12th thoracic and 
-5th lumbar vertebrae in all cases of cystitis. 

280c 



Clinical Case — Cystitis 

Mrs. D. 48 years of age was referred to us for diagnosis 
and treatment by her seventh physician within one year. Her 
case had been diagnosed as incipient tuberculosis and then as 
tuberculosis of the bladder. As she continued to grow worse 
under treatment, she continued to change doctors or the doc- 
tors sent her to someone else. 

Before asking her any questions, we examined her by the 
bio-dynamo-chromatic method. Her normal MM VR was ab- 
sent and no color we could find would elicit the MM VR ex- 
cept true violet. Therefore we knew she was suffering from 
some toxemia caused by the gonococci. 

Upon obtaining her history we found that her husband 
had had gonorrhea, but she supposed he had been cured of it. 
She gave a history of having to urinate every one or two 
hours during the day and night, and of having severe pains 
thru the bladder and vagina with a continual burning feeling 
thru the vagina urethra and external genitals. 

Upon examining the urine we found the quantity very 
scanty and that it was loaded with pus and red blood cor- 
puscles as well as bladder epithelia of the various layers, show- 
ing there was a very intense inflammatory condition present. 
Gonococci were very numerous in the secretions from the 
urethra. 

This lady had been using very strong lysol solutions as 
well as bichloride of mercury solutions in the vagina, which 
had bro't about a severe inflammation in those parts. We told 
her to use no more washes except what we gave her, and that 
was chinosol to be used in a normal salt solution, one 15-grain 
tablet to the pint with a little menthol and thymol added. 

We gave her Abbott's hexamethyl. compound, one tablet 
in half a pint of water, to be repeated three times daily for 
several days. 

We began treatment by means of the 3,000-candle-power 
lamp over her abdomen and genitals, this lamp being focused 
so the heat was as much as she could stand. We gave this 
for forty minutes at a seance. This was followed by oxygen- 
vapor inhalation and intermittent violet light for forty minutes. 
These treatments, along with concussion of 5th lumbar and 
12th thoracic, were given daily for six weeks. 

280d 



After the first week of treatment she could sleep all night 
without arising once to urinate. All pain thru her pelvic re- 
gion, including the bladder, had disappeared. The inflamma- 
tion in the genitals had subsided. At the end of four weeks 
she was practically well. After six weeks of treatment we con- 
sidered her well and she said she was well. 

Nascent iodin in the bladder was indicated in this case, 
but we wanted to try out the procedure as above outlined. The 
results speak for themselves and the procedure as followed out 
in this case we think is worthy of consideration. 

RHEUMATISM, NEURALGIA, SCIATICA, LUMBAGO, 
TORTICOLLIS, GOUT 

We shall mention these apparently allied conditions under 
one head, as the physical treatment, either local or general, is 
so much alike. 

Always test the urine in any of these conditions and if it 
show over twenty-five or thirty by the decinormal-sodium- 
hydroxid-phenolphthalein test, take such measures as will re- 
duce the acidity. For testing the acidity, we use the simple 
outfit furnished by the Abbott Laboratories of Chicago. For 
reducing the acidity in the urine we employ Sodoxylin, manu- 
factured by the same concern. 

Each of these conditions calls for elimination. Therefore 
we must see that the bowels are well cleared, preferably by 
magnesium sulphate taken in hot water on arising in the morn- 
ing. As a medicament for stimulating the liver we always 
employ podophyllin. Avoid mercury. 

There are many physical, local measures that seem to 
work very well indeed in these conditions, and we shall men- 
tion them in the order of their importance. 

A 2,000-candle-power lamp is to be tho't of first. This is 
to be used over the painful area until the skin is very hyper- 
emic. This produces a relaxation of the tissues, relieves stasis, 
and enhances elimination. 

Electric light baths are considered as second to the power- 
ful incandescent lamp. 

The next modality that is well to use, if possible, is the 
static wave current, with the electrode applied over the pain- 
ful areas. This modality relieves stasis and has a peculiar 

280e 



action in enhancing elimination. If the two modalities be used 
at the same treatment, use the light first. 

High frequency current from the surface, vacuum elec- 
trode used over the painful areas, while the muscles are drawn 
as tense as possible, is also of great benefit and many times 
will work like magic. Notice that we mention while the mus- 
cles are under tension. We have found that even if it cause 
great pain for the patient to contract an inflammatory muscle, 
it should be done, as during the application of the high fre- 
quency current, thru the surface, vacuum electrode, the pain 
subsides in a very few minutes. A dry towel between the tube 
and skin increases the reaction. 

Another method is the use of the sinusoidal current, ap- 
plied one pole over the origin and the other over the insertion 
of the painful muscles. This deep massaging of the muscles 
seems to relieve the stasis, or pressure, about the nerve sheaths 
and remedies the cause. Before using this modality, always 
use the powerful incandescent lamp, as that prepares the tis- 
sues for such treatment. Our technic in using the light is to 
give it ten or twenty minutes over the painful area and ten or 
more mi»utes over the spine at the origin of the nerves in- 
volved. 

The static wave current we give for twenty minutes, and 
the sinusoidal current we never give for more than ten min- 
utes. Do not overdo these treatments. The time limit given 
we have found by experience to be correct. Incandescent radia- 
tions can be used for thirty or more minutes over the inflamed 
area with good results. 

For a very painful localized area, the static sparks are in- 
dicated, but as they are so painful we try everything else first 
and as a rule do not have to use them. 

For a gouty toe, the powerful heat from the incandescent 
lamp can be used along with the high frequency current, but 
almost always the light alone is sufficient. If you have a static 
machine the blue-pencil-brush discharge is useful for this con- 
dition. 

In all of these rheumatic conditions there appears to be a 
sub-oxidation of the tissues. Therefore oxygen-vapor inhala- 
tion and deep breathing in the open air are of great benefit. 

Zonetherapy is also of great benefit for relieving the pain. 

230f 



Subcutaneous Injection for Neuralgia 

♦There has been published in the French Journal of Med- 
icine and Surgery a "New Treatment for Neuralgia." The 
principle upon which it is used is not entirely new, but perhaps 
the technic and formula are. We have not used it, but it looks 
as if it might be of use in many instances, and we give it here. 
The treatment is by means of subcutaneous injections of a so- 
lution composed of the following: 

grams or c.c 

Sodium chlorid 5 | 

Sodium sulphate 10 I 

Sterile water 100 j 

The injections are given at the painful spots in a dose of 
from five to ten c.c, repeated every two or three days. It is 
claimed that sciatica can be cured by ten to fifteen injections. 

The object is to free the nerve endings which are embodied 
in hyperemic tissues. Air as well as distilled water have been 
used for this before, and some have reported very good results ; 
but this saline solution seems to be a great improvement. 

The sites of election for injection in the case of sciatica 
are given as the upper part of the buttock, the middle and pos- 
terior parts of the thigh, and the outer side of the leg. Of 
course in using the hypodermic needle, it is necessary to make 
sure that the point is not in a vessel. A little numbness and 
tingling are usually experienced by the patient. 

We cannot see as the method is at all hazardous and it 
is quite painless. One thing the users of this method report, 
and that is that the patient nearly always experiences imme- 
diate relief. 

Intercostal neuralgia, femoral cutaneous neuralgia, facial 
neuralgia, and in fact any form of neuralgia, can be treated in 
this same manner. Good results are also reported in using this 
method for diffused painful neuritis following contusions of 
the shoulder, hip, elbow, knee, etc. 

PAINFUL KNEES 

Probably all of you have had patients who complained of 
a painful knee following a strain which apparently dislocated 
one of the semilunar cartilages. The popular treatment is 
wearing a rubber knee cap, but that has disadvantages. 

28(te 



We find this condition can be treated the best by means 
of a clay pad electrode fitted to each side of the knee and the 
slow sinusoidal current, or the superimposed wave, given with 
one pole attached to one side of the knee and the other pole to 
the other side of the knee. The object is to exercise the mus- 
culature about the knee and stimulate the trophic nerves. If 
there be very much pain, we use the bifurcated cord so as to 
give an interrupted positive galvanic current to the knee, and 
the indifferent, negative electrode can be placed over the 
sacrum. 

Along with this treatment we give the powerful incan- 
descent lamp treatment. 

A beneficial adjunct in the treatment of this trouble is the 
knee-bending or squatting exercise. We advise a patient to do 
this two or three times in succession every night and morning 
and increase the number daily until they can raise themselves 
easily twenty-five or thirty times in succession. This exercise 
should be practiced slowly and systematically. This same ex- 
ercise is beneficial for what is called a "squeaky knee." 

Clinical Case of Painful Knee 

We want to mention one particular case that we treated 
some years ago for this trouble. The lady said she had been 
broken of her sleep for several months because of the pain in 
her knee, which she had strained. We examined the knee and 
found she had on a very closely-fitting knee cap. She said her 
family physician had recommended it. We found the circula- 
tion in the leg very much impaired because of the constriction, 
and there were signs of varicose veins. We told her to discard 
the knee cap at once, and commenced giving her one hour 
daily treatments under the 500-candle-power lamp, which was 
the largest made at that time. After the first treatment she 
reported that she had a comfortable night's rest for the first 
time in several months. 

We gave her twelve consecutive treatments with the light 
along with the sinusoidal current or vibration. Since these 
treatments she has had no pain in the knee. In this instance 
the pain was caused from the congestion more than from the 
injury. 

280h 



PARALYSIS 

Electro-Diagnosis 

In testing a muscle electrically, you do not need to remem- 
ber any complicated formula, as in a healthy muscle electrical 
stimulation from the faradic, rapid sinusoidal, or galvanic cur- 
rent produces a sharp response. The paretic muscle, on the 
contrary, gradually loses that irritability to response so that 
very strong currents are necessary to produce contraction. A 
worm-like character to the contraction shows that there is a 
beginning reaction of degeneration. In a complete reaction of 
degeneration, the muscles will not react to the strongest fa- 
radic, rapid sinusoidal, or galvanic current. 

Another good way of testing muscles, where only one side 
of the body is afflicted, is to compare one side with the other, 
using the same location on each side for the test, and the same 
strength of current. The side that responds in a worm-like 
manner to the contraction shows beginning reaction of degen- 
eration. If a muscle and nerve be in good condition, there will 
always be a sharp response to the galvanic, faradic, or sinusoi- 
dal current, if it be given in a sudden make and break manner. 

Another point of interest is that the normal reaction is 
CCc > ACc or AOc. For the reaction of degeneration, the 
formula becomes reversed, that is, ACc or AOc = or > CCc. 
As Dr. Moshier puts it, "The only essential and pathogno- 
monic sign of the reaction of degeneration is the peculiar slug- 
gish quality of the response of the muscle to the galvanic 
current." 

Many use a bare ball electrode on an interrupting handle 
for testing of muscles, but do not do it. Use a button-shaped 
or spherical electrode covered with chamois or sponge. We 
have examined patients on whom the skin was permanently 
scarred from having had someone use a bare ball electrode 
with the constant current. 

(If any of you wish to go deeper into electro-diagnosis, 
we would refer you to a small book by Dr. J. Montgomery Mo- 
shier entitled Electro-Diagnosis, published by the Brandow 
Printing Co., Albany, N. Y.) 

280i 



Treatment 

We have no specific method of curing paralysis, but in 
most instances it is greatly benefited, and in some cases cured, 
by the use of the interrupted galvanic, and slow sinusoidal cur- 
rents ; along with psycho-therapeutic exercises, or muscle- 
culture education with reflecting mirrors, so the patient can 
easily see the part involved as he is exercising it. 

For paralysis in the legs, one method we use is to have 
one zinc electrode in one glass dish of water and the other 
electrode in another, and have the patient put the bare feet into 
them. The effects are enhanced by putting sodium chloride, 
or magnesium sulphate, into the water. Use the slow sinusoi- 
dal current. 

Another way for treating this condition is to have one or 
both feet in one glass dish of water with one electrode and the 
other electrode over the lumbar plexus. Use same current 
as above. 

If the trouble be with the brachial plexus, cervical plexus, 
or whatever location, we put one electrode over the spinal exit 
of the plexus and the other at the motor point of the muscle. 
Wonderful results can be accomplished by this systematic 
procedure. Never let the contractions be faster than to allow 
the muscle to contract and come back to rest before the suc- 
ceeding contraction. This stimulates and exercises but does 
not fatigue. 

Making the contractions synchronous with the pulse 
seems to be the best plan of all. 

Remember that you cannot strengthen a muscle or nerve 
by pouring electricity into it. In using electricity or any other 
physical modality in the tissues, keep the following axiom in 
mind : Stress animates, strain destroys. 

Any method of treatment that will improve the general 
health, be it medication or hygiene, or that will improve metab- 
olism, is to be considered. Massage, concussion, vibration, 
mechanical devices, and radiant light energy from the power- 
ful incandescent lamp, are all beneficial. 

The static wave current in all forms of paralysis is a very 
important measure. Static insulation, or the static breeze, is 
also very beneficial in stimulating the nerves and enhancing 
general metabolism. 

280j 



INFANTILE PARALYSIS 

You doubtless have had cases of infantile paralysis, or, as 
it is technically known, poliomyelitis anterior. YYe shall not 
go into the etiology or symptoms of this disease, as you can 
find them in any work on nervous diseases. 

We wish to call your attention to a method of treatment 
that we think is superior to most others. When the child is 
bro't to you, after examining him when he is stripped and 
observing just which muscles are atrophied or spastic, place 
him under the powerful lamp. Have an attendant, or the 
mother, keep the child's eyes covered to protect them from the 
rays of the lamp. Warm the body well, especially the atro- 
phied areas. After it is well warmed, place the child in such 
a position that you can put a large clay electrode over the 
lumbosacral region. Let the other electrode be on a handle 
with a well wet sponge terminal attached. Adjust your ma- 
chine so the negative current is going to the large clay pad, 
and the positive to the sponge electrode. Use interrupted gal- 
vanic current with about seventy-five to one hundred interrup- 
tions a minute, or, what is better, make them synchronous 
with the pulse. Place the sponge on a motor point of the 
muscle you wish to stimulate and turn on from five to ten milli- 
amperes of current, or at least an amount that will produce a 
good contraction and no more. Move the anodal sponge to 
different areas that you wish to stimualate, but never give this 
constant current for more than five minutes daily to any one 
plexus. 

This can be followed for another five minutes by the slow 
sinusoidal current, or superimposed wave, to cause contraction 
of the muscles that you wish to stimulate. 

Allow the rays from the 2,000-candle-power light to fall 
on the body during the entire treatment. 

The electrical treatment should be followed by massage 
and muscle-exercises for ten or fifteen minutes. Instruct the 
mother, or nurse, just what exercises to carry out. The more 
the child can be taught to exercise itself to make contra-pres- 
sure against the muscles (tension against resistance), the bet- 
ter. Keep it constantly before you that the will should be 
trained along with the muscles, and if the child be old enuf, 

280k 



keep him interested in just what you are doing and try to have 
him help you. 

If one arm be paralyzed or atrophied and the other nor- 
mal, it is well to bind the normal arm down or keep it within 
the clothes, or a leather tube, in such a manner that the child 
cannot use it for more than half the time. This will compel 
it to employ the afflicted member. Ingenuity can be used to 
very good advantage in correcting any deformity. 



NEUROSES 

In all forms of neuroses, try to find the predisposing factor 
and work to eliminate it. Whether you can find the etiological 
factor or not, treat the condition on general principles, but 
specifically with the powerful lamp. Static insulation or static 
breeze is very beneficial. In nearly all forms of neuroses, there 
are indications of sub-oxidation, and therefore oxygen-vapor 
inhalation is indicated and should be used. 

In all these cases we use the indicated, intermittent, col- 
ored light to stimulate the sympathetic. If the neurotic con- 
dition be very deep seated, we employ constant blue rays from 
a therapeutic lamp, for a half to one hour at a time to begin 
with. Later we use the intermittent light. 



GASTRIC DISEASES 

( )ur procedure for all gastric complaints is radiations from 
the 2,000-candle-power lamp along with concussion at the in- 
dicated area of the spine. The radiations from the lamp seem 
to work like magic upon the gastro-intestinal tract. We give 
the light with the lamp as near to the body as the patient can 
endure it, moving it back and forth and in a twisting manner 
over the stomach and bowels for from ten to fifteen minutes. 
It is well to precede this by five to ten minutes' treatment over 
the back. 

The static wave current with the electrode over the 
stomach is also of very marked benefit. 

There are some forms of stomach conditions, especially in 
which there is lack of motive power, for which the slow sine 

2801 



wave should be used. For this purpose we put a medium 
sized clay pad in contact with the 5th, 6th, and 7th thoracic 
vertebrae, and another over the stomach. 

Should the stomach be dilated, place one electrode over 
the 1st, 2d. and 3d lumbar vertebrae and the other over the 
stomach or abdomen. These treatments can be given with the 
patient lying either on the back or the abdomen. When we 
use the powerful lamp at the same time, we generally have the 
patient lie on the back. These treatments not only strengthen 
the stomach muscles, but the abdominal muscles as well. 

Zonetherapy should never be forgotten in all gastric pain. 

If there be gastroptosis, elevate the stomach with a suit- 
able supporter. 

In nearly all non-malignant gastric diseases, such exer- 
cises as will strengthen the abdominal muscles are indicated. 
YVe must especially mention deep abdominal breathing and 
such exercises as are indicated in visceroptosis. 

Dietetic measures must be carried out, but they can be 
found in almost any standard textbook, so we shall not go into 
them. Drinking of cold water seems to enhance the flow of 
gastric juice. 

Often we find that fruit "lies like lead" on the stomach. 
In such cases, have the patient eat the fruit after the meal 
rather than before, or vice versa. 

Wherever gastric ulcer is suspected, never fail to use the 
magnetic meridian and ruby light test ; and if you get the ruby, 
magnetic-meridian reaction, localize the lesion and begin vig- 
orous measures for therapeutically treating the malignant 
growth. We cannot say that we would always advise an oper- 
ation, as it seems as tho the non-surgical procedure gave 
equally as good results as the surgical. We would not advise 
here on that point, as so many circumstances alter cases. Some 
patients would not have a surgical operation, while others 
would if they were so advised. No doubt some gastric cancers 
can be thoroly eradicated by therapeutic measures. In so doing 
we do not run the risk of disseminating the growth, to say 
nothing of avoiding shock. 

Some report uniformly good results in operation for gas- 
tric cancer if it be done as soon as the ulcerated condition be- 
gins to be malignant. We also get fully as many good reports 

280m 



from those who have used the big light and oxygen-vapor in- 
halation, and intermittent ruby light, along with suitable die- 
tetic and hygienic measures. Therefore we must be careful in 
giving advice in this very serious condition. 

For washing the stomach in gastric catarrh, we proceed 
as follows : We give the patient a pint or so of a hot, boric 
acid solution, and then slowly shake the body in an oscillator, 
after which we concuss the 5th thoracic vertebra and let the 
patient lie on the right side for a few minutes. In most cases 
we find this more effectual than using the stomach pump, 
which is very obnoxious to many patients and is not free from 
danger. The stomach pump certainly is irritating and should 
not be used when any other method will suffice. 

We cannot say that our experience with "test meals," 
"stomach buckets," etc., has been very satisfactory. We find 
that the general therapeutic measures cited above will correct 
most conditions, no matter what the cause may be. 

As in every other disease, find out as far as possible what 
the predisposing cause is and remedy that. 

We do not think the test tube or experiments on animals 
are very* reliable in guiding us in treating gastric conditions 
in man. 

Do not forget that the psychic influence in gastric condi- 
tions plays a most important role. Many times some means 
used by one physician with the same patient will be ineffectual, 
while with another it will be very efficient. 

Gastralgia 

For this we employ concussion of 5th and 11th thoracic 
vertebrae, and give one whole tablet of chinosol in a glass of 
hot water, or use the following: 
R Chloroform 

Comp. Tine. Cardamon 
Aromatic Spts. Ammonia 
Brandy — aa 30 cc. 

Sig. Shake well and give one teaspoonful every % or V* 
hour till relieved. 

Use also the radiations from a 2,000-candle-power lamp 
over the stomach for a half to one hour. 

280n 



'HEART, KIDNEY AND LUNG DISEASES 

In all these conditions, the patient rather than the disease 
per se, should be treated. For a specific treatment, fresh air, 
deep breathing, and the use of the 2,000-candle-power lamp 
along with oxygen-vapor inhalation and intermittent colored 
light, will do more to aid your patient than any other measures. 

We know that concussion over the indicated area of the 
spine is a great aid to other measures. For these areas con- 
sult the "Key to Concussion" given in a previous lecture of 
this series. 

Exercise for heart stimulation has been mentioned. 

Clinical Case — Bright's Disease 

To verify the many reports received from our pupils re- 
garding the "cure" of Bright's disease, or what in this case 
might be better termed chronic nephritis, by means of oxygen- 
vapor and intermittent ruby light, we made the following 
test : 

Mrs. G. 68 years of age. True albuminuria and granular 
casts. Was referred to us for treatment for some other con- 
dition. We discovered the kidney lesion and began treating 
her with oxygen-vapor and intermittent ruby light. We put 
her upon a strict vegetable diet and two eggs a day, if desired. 
Cut out all tea, coffee and cocoa. Gave oxygen-vapor and in- 
termittent ruby light forty minutes daily. 

After six weeks of this treatment there was no sign of 
casts or albumen in the urine. In making these tests we use 
the most modern laboratory methods. 

We cannot believe that the case is cured so far as making 
good destroyed tubules, but as the patient's general health is 
greatly improved, this method of treatment is worthy of your 
consideration. 

BLOOD PRESSURE 

More and more clinicians are realizing the importance of 
taking blood pressure of every new patient and recording it, 
and keeping watch of the blood pressure when it seems to be 
abnormal. 

280o 



The dial or aneroid instrument is probably more popular 
because of its convenience than the mercury sphygmomanom- 
eter, but for accuracy no doubt the mercury instrument is 
much superior. For an office apparatus, the psychophanom- 
eter, devised by us and manufactured by George P. Pilling & 
Son Co., Philadelphia, is one of the best instruments. For a 
portable apparatus probably their "pocket mercury sphygmo- 
manometer" is the most compact as well as being reliable. The 
ausculatory method far excels the old method of palpation. 

All instruments for taking the blood pressure are based 
on the same principle, that is, that the tension of a fluid in mo- 
tion is in proportion to the force necessary to raise the flow. 
One very good point to remember in taking blood pressure is 
that the cuff should be on a level with the heart and at least 
five inches wide. The narrow cuffs are not at all reliable. The 
stiff, ribbed cuff, is superior to the cloth style. 

By the ausculatory method we are able to definitely meas- 
ure the diastolic pressure as Avell as the systolic pressure, and 
from these two findings we can get the pulse pressure. Nor- 
mally the systolic pressure can be mentioned as 3/3, the 
diastolic«at 2/3 of the systolic, and the pulse pressure 1/3 of 
the systolic. In other words, the sum of the diastolic pressure 
and the pulse pressure will equal the systolic pressure. The 
pulse pressure is obtained by subtracting the diastolic pressure 
from the systolic. As a rule, the systolic pressure ranges in 
health from 120 to 140, or a mean of 130. From this, it is very 
easy to calculate what the systolic pressure and the pulse pres- 
sure should be. 

In taking the blood pressure by the ausculatory method, 
raise the mercury higher than the blood pressure is supposed 
to be, and then let the air escape slowly from the bag until 
the first, clean cut snap, that is followed by pulsations, is 
heard. This is the systolic pressure. Now let the air continue 
to flow out until no beat is heard, and that marks the diastolic 
pressure. The difference between the two is the pulse pres- 
sure, and that is divided up into four or five phases, which we 
will not dwell upon. They can be found in any modern blood 
pressure book. A very good hand-book on blood pressure is 
that by Dr. Faught, published by George P. Pilling & Son Co. 
of Philadelphia. The last edition only, is the one to consult. 

280p 



*The mean pressure which is many times spoken of, is ob- 
tained by adding one-half of the pulse pressure to the diastolic 
pressure. 

Dr. W. R. Sheldon has worked out a system of studying 
blood pressure which seems to be quite complete. He multi- 
plies the systolic pressure by the pulse rate and calls that the 
work. He multiplies the pulse pressure by the pulse rate and 
calls that the velocity. The ratio between these two products 
should be as 1 to 3. In any lesion of the arterial system there 
will be a discrepancy, and the nearer the ratio of 1 to 3, the 
nearer the patient is to health. 

When taking the blood pressure, take it as rapidly as pos- 
sible, as the pressure will rise from the constriction of the 
arm band after tw r o or three minutes. 

In recording blood pressure, be sure that you take it about 
the same time of day from the same arm and in the same posi- 
tion, that is, with the patient either sitting up or lying down 
each time. Also see that they are facing in the same direction 
as regards the compass and have them grounded. 

There is a rise in blood pressure in sitting upright when 
there is splanchnic equilibrium, but if the individual be fa- 
tigued or has splanchnic insufficiency, there is a drop of from 
ten to twenty mm pressure after arising from the recumbent 
position. In other words the pressure taken in the upright 
position will be ten to twenty mm low r er than when taken in 
the recumbent position. This was mentioned in a previous 
lecture under Splanchnic Neurasthenia. 

Immediately after eating there is hyper-tension. Within 
an hour after there is hypo-tension, which in about five hours 
after eating goes back to normal. This must be remembered 
when accurately recording blood pressure. 

Many will say that tobacco has no special influence on 
blood pressure, but we have proved by many tests that tobacco 
has a very decided influence in increasing blood pressure, due 
to the absorption of some toxic agent. We have seen a rise of 
forty mm of mercury within half an hour after smoking a first- 
class cigar. If a person smoke thru cotton or water, there is 
not so great a rise in blood pressure. 

Chewing of tobacco has a very bad effect on the arterial 
system. 

280q 



Inasmuch as alcohol has a tendency to degenerate the 
arterial system, it also enhances the blood pressure. 

We have often noticed that pain increases blood pressure, 
and mental agitation will do the same. We had a patient with 
high blood pressure who became excited one day while talking 
over the 'fone, and immediately had a stroke of paralysis from 
which he never recovered. 

As a rule there is about twenty mm fall in blood pressure 
just before menstruation. It reaches its lowest level about the 
second day and is normal about the fourth day. 

High blood pressure is often a serious prenomenon and 
nearly always points to a kidney lesion, whether there be 
signs in the urine or not. In other words, whenever the blood 
pressure runs over one hundred and fifty mm, chronic nephri- 
tis should be suspected. We sometimes have nephritis with- 
out a high blood pressure, and we have treated patients w r ith 
true albuminuria and granular casts, with a blood pressure of 
one hundred and twenty or less. 

Hypo-tension is seen in most acute infections, as well as 
in chronic wasting diseases, such as carcinoma and tuberculo- 
sis. It is also encountered in many nervous diseases as well as 
tachycardia and dilatation of the heart, anemia, and in late 
alcoholic and tobacco intoxications. Hypo-tension is also 
many times seen in arterio-sclerosis. 

In aortic insufficiency it has recently been established that 
when the patient is in a recumbent position, the blood pressure 
in the leg is from twenty to eighty mm higher than in the arm. 
For this test the dorsalis pedis artery or the posterior tibial 
can be used. 

We have recently been able to prove that the blood pres- 
sure differs in a grounded person facing east or west from 
that when he is facing north or south. By means of recording 
instruments we have proved this, as well as by the psycho- 
phanometer. Many of our pupils have sent reports of this 
change. The technic has been worked out and the most skep- 
tical cannot dispute it, if they will carefully carry out our 
instructions in making the test. 

280r 



f Blood Pressure Therapeutics 

Blood pressure can be regulated by the following physi- 
cal methods : Concussion, the slow sinusoidal current, static 
or high frequency electricity, electric light baths, oxygen-vapor 
inhalations, or intermittent energy synchronous with the heart 
beat. 

For a low blood pressure we stimulate the 6th and 7th 
cervical vertebrae. For high blood pressure we stimulate be- 
tween the 3d and 4th thoracic, or the 10th thoracic vertebra, 
using concussion or the slow sinusoidal current. 

High blood pressure is remedied by auto-condensation, 
electric light baths, light from a powerful incandescent lamp, 
oxygen-vapor inhalation, and energy intermitted synchros 
nously with the pulse. Diet and hygienic measures are never 
to be forgotten. Another method for treating high blood pres- 
sure is often spoken of now, and that is drinking radio-active 
water. From our experience we cannot see that it is any bet- 
ter than "ambereau," which is water exposed to the sunlight in 
an amber bottle. We prescribe about a pint of this a day to 
be used in place of any other water. 

We have found that placing the body in a magnetic field 
will also reduce blood pressure. We have not yet had an op- 
portunity to test this system far enuf to know just how lasting 
this effect is, but we do know that if a person with a high 
blood pressure stand in this field for ten minutes, the blood 
pressure will be considerably reduced. 

Low blood pressure is generally associated with neuras- 
thenia, tuberculosis, or cancer. Therefore we must look to 
the cause and try to remedy that. Concussion of the 6th and 
7th cervical vertebrae, by increasing vagal tone thru the sym- 
pathetic, helps wonderfully in equalizing blood pressure. 
Whenever the blood pressure is lower when the patient is sit- 
ting than when lying down, it points to splanchnic insufficien- 
cy, and treatment for that has been spoken of under viscerop- 
tosis. 

Intermittent colored light treatment, inasmuch as it acts 
upon the sympathetic-vagal reflex, aids materially in equaliz- 
ing blood pressure. If the light intermit synchronously with 
the pulse, the effect is marvelously enhanced. 

280s 



Deep abdominal breathing is an equalizer of blood pres- 
sure and we use this along with oxygen-vapor inhalation. 

A person with high blood pressure should sleep at right 
angles to the MM while one with low blood pressure should 
sleep parallel to the MM. Grounding the patient aids in this 
treatment. 

We find that a wire stretched across the mattress, under 
the bottom sheet, and attached to a water or gas pipe, is a 
very effectual method of grounding one in bed. 



BINOCULAR ELECTRO-THERAPY 

The binocular electrode, with sponges attached, we have 
found to be of great value. We wet it with normal salt solu- 
tion and fasten over the eyes by means of an elastic band or 
by strings tied back of head. W r ith the other terminal attached 
to an electrode over the 2d and 3d cervical vertebrae we em- 
ploy the slow sine wave for two minutes for reducing high 
blood pressure and for faulty metabolism. This treatment 
produces general relaxation in a remarkable manner. Try it. 

By making the intermittence of this current synchrnous 
with the heart beat, results are obtained that are phenomenal. 
Just the cause of this, we do not know. 



ARTERIO-SCLEROSIS 

Volumes have been written on this subject and many 
physicians speak of arterio-sclerosis as a disease. We might 
as well speak of a fractured arm as a disease. Arterio-sclerosis 
is a name of a pathological condition. It is a result of a mor- 
bid process and not a morbid process itself. 

The pathology of arterio-sclerosis is not at all uniform, 
as it depends upon the exciting cause. A toxic arterio-sclerosis 
may follow syphilis, or any of the infectious diseases. 

Senile arterio-sclerosis cannot be spoken of as a morbid 
condition, and it is a result of prolonged wear and tear. In 
other words, it is an involutionary form of arterio-sclerosis. 

Another form of arterio-sclerosis is that which follows 
prolonged high blood pressure and is the result of excessive 
stretching of the blood vessels. 

280t 



For these various causes, different modes of treatment 
must be considered, and, like every other pathological con- 
dition, we should treat the patient and not the condition. We 
must seek the predisposing cause and try to remedy that. First 
of all we think of dietetic measures and elimination. For elim- 
ination we know of nothing that can compare with radiant 
light and heat and the high frequency currents. Auto-con- 
densation from either a static machine, or a high frequency 
coil, is no doubt one of our best aids. 

It is a question as to whether high frequency currents be 
ot as much value as radiations from the powerful incandescent 
lamp. 

Xo doubt stimulants or narcotics of any kind, which in- 
clude all forms of intoxicating liquors as well as tobacco, are 
predisposing causes to any form of arterio-sclerosis. Some- 
times constipation for one day will raise the blood pressure 
to a dangerous point. For this reason we must aim to keep 
the bowels open by mechanical means or salines. Probably 
magnesium sulphate is one of our best general laxatives. 

Another method of treating arterio-sclerosis is by con- 
cussion. Concussion betw r een the 3d and 4th thoracic vertebra 
reduces high blood pressure by inhibiting heart action, as well 
as dilating the blood vessels. Concussion of the 10th thoracic 
reduces blood pressure by dilating the peripheral blood vessels. 
If we find cardiac weakness associated with arterio-sclerosis, 
concussion of the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae is indicated. 
In every instance where concussion is mentioned, we can sup- 
plant it by the slow sinusoidal current, placing the small elec- 
trode over the vertebra indicated and the indifferent, large pad, 
over the sacrum or abdomen. 



ANEURYSM 

Etiology 

The etiology of aneurysm is trauma, any condition which 
weakens the walls of the blood vessel, arterio-sclerosis, or 
any condition which raises local blood pressure. Under causa- 
tive factors increasing local blood pressure can be mentioned 
muscular effort such as heavy lifting, sudden fright, parturi- 
tion, straining at stool, etc. Syphilis is estimated to be the 

280u 



Deep abdominal breathing" is an equalizer of blood pres- 
sure and we use this along with oxygen-vapor inhalation. 

A person with high blood pressure should sleep at right 
angles to the MM while one with low blood pressure should 
sleep parallel to the MM. Grounding the patient aids in this 
treatment. 

We find that a wire stretched across the mattress, under 
the bottom sheet, and attached to a water or gas pipe, is a 
very effectual method of grounding one in bed. 



BINOCULAR ELECTRO-THERAPY 

The binocular electrode, with sponges attached, we have 
found to be of great value. We wet it with normal salt solu- 
tion and fasten over the eyes by means of an elastic band or 
by strings tied back of head. With the other terminal attached 
to an electrode over the 2d and 3d cervical vertebrae we em- 
ploy the slow sine wave for two minutes for reducing high 
blood pressure and for faulty metabolism. This treatment 
produces general relaxation in a remarkable manner. Try it. 

By making the intermittence of this current synchrnous 
with the heart beat, results are obtained that are phenomenal. 
Just the cause of this, we do not know. 



ARTERIO-SCLEROSIS 

Volumes have been written on this subject and many 
physicians speak of arterio-sclerosis as a disease. We might 
as well speak of a fractured arm as a disease. Arterio-sclerosis 
is a name of a pathological condition. It is a result of a mor- 
bid process and not a morbid process itself. 

The pathology of arterio-sclerosis is not at all uniform, 
as it depends upon the exciting cause. A toxic arterio-sclerosis 
may follow syphilis, or any of the infectious diseases. 

Senile arterio-sclerosis cannot be spoken of as a morbid 
condition, and it is a result of prolonged wear and tear. In 
other words, it is an involutionary form of arterio-sclerosis. 

Another form of arterio-sclerosis is that wdiich follows 
prolonged high blood pressure and is the result of excessive 
stretching of the blood vessels. 

280t 



For these various causes, different modes of treatment 
must be considered, and, like every other pathological con- 
dition, we should treat the patient and not the condition. We 
must seek the predisposing cause and try to remedy that. First 
of all we think of dietetic measures and elimination. For elim- 
ination we know of nothing that can compare with radiant 
light and heat and the high frequency currents. Auto-con- 
densation from either a static machine, or a high frequency 
coil, is no doubt one of our best aids. 

It is a question as to whether high frequency currents be 
ot as much value as radiations from the powerful incandescent 
lamp. 

No doubt stimulants or narcotics of any kind, which in- 
clude all forms of intoxicating liquors as well as tobacco, are 
predisposing causes to any form of arterio-sclerosis. Some- 
times constipation for one day will raise the blood pressure 
to a dangerous point. For this reason we must aim to keep 
the bowels open by mechanical means or salines. Probably 
magnesium sulphate is one of our best general laxatives. 

Another method of treating arterio-sclerosis is by con- 
cussion. Concussion between the 3d and 4th thoracic vertebra 
reduces high blood pressure by inhibiting heart action, as well 
as dilating the blood vessels. Concussion of the 10th thoracic 
reduces blood pressure by dilating the peripheral blood vessels. 
If we find cardiac weakness associated with arterio-sclerosis, 
concussion of the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae is indicated. 
In every instance where concussion is mentioned, we can sup- 
plant it by the slow sinusoidal current, placing the small elec- 
trode over the vertebra indicated and the indifferent, large pad, 
over the sacrum or abdomen. 



ANEURYSM 
Etiology 

The etiology of aneurysm is trauma, any condition which 
weakens the walls of the blood vessel, arterio-sclerosis, or 
any condition which raises local blood pressure. Under causa- 
tive factors increasing local blood pressure can be mentioned 
muscular effort such as heavy lifting, sudden fright, parturi- 
tion, straining at stool, etc. Syphilis is estimated to be the 

280u 



causative factor in about 80% of cases. Alcohol, inasmuch as 
it is a predisposing factor in arterio-sclerosis, must be men- 
tioned as a predisposing cause. Any factor that would cause 
gout would also have a tendency to produce aneurysm indi- 
rectly. Lead poisoning, or working in minerals, are also pre- 
disposing factors. 

The greatest number of cases occur in males and between 
the ages of thirty and forty. 

General Considerations 

Aneurysm may occur in any artery of the body and be 
miliary in size or of immense dimensions. The majority of 
aneurysms occur in the thoracic aorta. In the aorta itself the 
arch seems to be affected in the greatest proportion of cases. 
We shall not speak of external aneurysms, as they come under 
the head of surgery. 

Aneurysms are almost endless in variety and may be true 
or false ; the one being a circumscribed dilatation of one or 
more coats of an artery, while the other has for its wall the 
surrounding tissues, the blood vessels having ruptured. 

The usual cause of aneurysm is arterio-sclerosis. There- 
fore the pathology is evident — loss of elasticity in the blood 
vessel which, having become weakened, any sudden straining 
may cause to give way. 

Symptoms 

The chief symptoms of aneurysm are a peculiar bruit 
called the aneurysmal bruit heard over the swelling, and pres- 
sure symptoms consisting of pain and paralysis from pressure 
on nerves and absorption of the contiguous parts. 

As a rule, the pain is constant and gnawing, but in some 
cases it is paroxysmal. The pain is peculiar inasmuch as deep 
pressure seems always to be ameliorating, especially when the 
pain is localized over the tumor. Referred pains vary with 
the situation of the tumor and are always present when any 
sensory nerve is pressed upon. Pain in such instances will 
be referred to the peripheral distribution of the nerves under 
pressure. 

280v 



Behan says, "When the arch of the aorta is involved, the 
local pain is felt to the right of the sternum at about the junc- 
tion of the second or third rib with the sternum, and the re- 
ferred pain is felt on the inner side of the right arm and ex- 
tends as far down as the elbow." 

Frequently in aneurysms of the thoracic aorta, the pain 
does not follow the distribution of the intercostal nerves, but 
is located over the back in the distribution area of the spinal 
nerves. It may also radiate into the left shoulder and arm. 
Aneurysms of the thoracic aorta do not produce as much pain 
as do those of the abdominal aorta, in which condition the 
pain is very severe and is usually felt in the back. 

At first, aneurysmal pain is paroxysmal and then it takes 
on a dull, boring character. When this really occurs, the diag- 
nosis of bony involvement may be made with absolute cer- 
tainty. Certain positions in which pressure is made upon the 
vertebra cause extreme pain. Hyperalgesic zones are often 
present and should be carefully studied and marked out. 

In many aneurysmal conditions, no pain is mentioned by 
the patient, but carefully going over the spine and making 
pressure at the site of each vertebra, and about two inches 
laterally, may elicit sensitive areas. 

INI any "neuralgic pains" are caused by aneurysmal pres- 
sure. 

When the aneurysm lies just beneath the sternum and 
necrosis of the bone is beginning, the boring, gnawing pain 
is localized. 

One point we wish to bring out regarding the symptoms 
given for aneurysm. A neurasthenic, especially one suffering 
from visceroptosis, will give many of the symptoms charac- 
teristic of aneurysm. If these symptoms be permanently re- 
lieved by the lifting of the abdomen, either temporarily by 
manual lifting, or by a properly adjusted abdominal support, 
we may reasonably infer that it is a case of splanchnic neuras- 
thenia rather than an aneurysm. A splanchnic neurasthenic 
will often describe his pains as "boring" or "gnawing." Especi- 
ally is this true if he have ever read of the symptoms of an- 
eurysm. 

280w 



Diagnosis 

Unilateral sweating and change in the size of the pupils 
are often symptoms of pressure upon the sympathetics. Pres- 
sure upon the pneumogastric may cause vomiting and when 
upon the esophagus may cause dysphasia. Pressure upon the 
bronchus may result in dyspnea, which is often paroxysmal 
in character. If the pressure be upon the superior vena cava, 
distension of the veins of the face and neck may result, causing 
cyanosis as well as edema. Similar conditions of the lower 
extremities and congestion of the viscera may come from com- 
pression upon the inferior vena cava. 

The diagnosis of aneurysm, in many instances, can be 
made from the symptoms. If the condition be aneurysmal, 
the symptoms are usually accentuated after stimulating con- 
cussion of the lower four thoracic vertebrae, but are mitigated 
after like concussion of the upper four cervical vertebrae. 

Another very good diagnostic maneuver, is to suddenly 
lift and compress the abdomen from pubes up. If there be 
an aneurysm of the thoracic aorta the symptoms are aggra- 
vated, but # if of the abdominal aorta, the symptoms are usually 
lessened for the time being. 

Treatment 

As in treating any other condition, look for the predis- 
posing cause and try to remedy that. Rest in bed is the logi- 
cal course to pursue, but as one patient remarked, "Rest means 
starvation, and I might as well die of the aneurysm." The 
rationale of the concussion treatment is stimulation of the 
vagus thru the sympathetic. Forcible extension of the head 
increases vagal tone and is therefore indicated. This exercise 
can be taken twice daily, making about twenty to thirty ex- 
tensions night and morning. Cutting down the liquids in the 
food, giving a minimum amount of salt, and keeping the bow- 
els open, are always to be prescribed for aneurysm. 

Iodin in the form of potassium iodid or calcidin is con- 
sidered by many to be beneficial. 

From our experience we think the concussion treatment 
gives excellent results. Concussion, or the use of the slow 
sine wave, with the small applicator over the 6th and 7th cer- 

280x 



vical vertebrae, and the large one over the sacrum, seems to 
give better results than any other method. We know of pa- 
tients having an aneurysm of the thoracic aorta that are lead- 
ing a comfortable life by receiving concussion treatment over 
the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae, who would be miserable 
without this treatment. This treatment will not entirely ob- 
literate the aneurysmal enlargement, but in most cases the 
patient will be symptomatically cured or greatly relieved. 

Several concussion treatments are sometimes required 
before we are able to notice a mitigation of the symptoms from 
concussion of the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae, but the pro- 
cedure is worthy of our consideration. Many physicians have 
failed in the treatment of aneurysm by concussion, and the 
reason was that they used vibration in lieu of concussion or 
had treated the wrong area. To use concussion we must 
concuss and not vibrate. Magnetism along with concussion 
we have found to be of great benefit in treating aneurysm. 
What will benefit aneurysm of the aorta will benefit aneurysm 
of any other vessel. 

Zonetherapy is a method of treating aneurysm that often 
gives astonishingly good results. 



THE APPENDIX 

Recent observations by well known scientists seem to 
show that the appendix is not "a useless organ undergoing 
degeneration," but that it is a valuable gland ; and persons 
should think twice before having it removed. 

Several years ago a well known French scientist warned 
the medical world that the appendix probably was undeserving 
of the present day contempt, yet he was unable to establish 
the possible function of this small and mysterious organ. 

Scientists have found that if they collect the mucous se- 
cretions from a large number of appendices and inject into 
animals the serum prepared from these secretions, the con- 
tractible movement of the intestines is augmented. 

When the gland is gangrenous or diseased beyond repair, 
of course it must be removed, but save the appendix when 
possible. 

280y 



HUMAN ENERGY TO PRODUCE THE SYMPA- 
THETIC- VAGAL REFLEX 

In our general remarks we mentioned the fact that human 
energy would produce the sympathetic-vagal reflex as well 
as any other energy. To do this we must have two persons, 
one of whom we call the patient and the other the subject. 
Both must be grounded to aluminum. Both patient and subject 
must sit or stand facing east or west. To enhance the energy 
given off from the patient, who may be either sitting or stand- 
ing facing the subject, we employ aluminum thimbles on the 
fingers. Either the right hand of a normal female or the left 
hand of a normal male will elicit this reflex when the pointing 
finger, or fingers, are fifteen inches distant. In some individ- 
uals this can be accomplished when the pointing finger, or 
fingers, are several feet away. 

(The VR can be elicited by energy from the left hand of 
a female and the right hand of a male, but they have to be 
quite near the body of the subject — as near as four or -five 
inches.) 

If the south-seeking or negative end of a small bar magnet 
be placed under the thimble, when the female patient is point- 
ing the right hand as above described, there will be no sym- 
pathetic-vagal reflex. This proves that the energy coming 
from that finger is positive energy, as it is neutralized by trie 
energy from the negative, or south-seeking pole of the diag- 
nosing magnet. The ruby light will have the same effect in 
dissipating this energy. The same phenomenon holds true, if 
the left hand of a male be used. 



280z 



POLARITY OF SEX AFFECTED BY COLORS 

If two persons be grounded, facing each other at right 
angles to the MM, and one of them, a normal female, point 
her right index finger toward the epigastrium of the other 
person who may be fifteen inches distant, the sympathetic- 
vagal reflex of the one pointed at will be elicited. If the per- 
son pointing be a normal male, the left index finger should 
be used. 

If either of the persons doing the pointing, drink a few 
drams of tea, saffron water, or any other yellow liquid, their 
energy is quickly changed from one hand to the other. This 
change lasts from a few minutes to many minutes, depending 
upon the subject. Yellow as well as some other colored fab- 
rics on the skin will also change the polarity for a short time. 

We have also found that distilled water exposed to the 
sunlight in a yellow, or amber glass, bottle ("ambereau") will 
have the same effect as drinking a yellow liquid. Radio-active 
water will have the same effect. 

Heretofore colors have been used empirically, but by using 
the sympathetic-vagal reflex as an index, we are now able to 
decide which colors produce certain definite results. Our 
findings prove that colors, to affect the sympathetic, do not 
have to pass thru the eye, as some writers seem to believe. 



280aa 



PROGNOSTICATION OF SEX 

Interrupting of the menstrual flow will change or inhibit 
the polarity of the sex energy, as exhibited by pointing the 
finger of the right hand at a normal individual. 

During the first two or three days of menstruation there 
is not enuf energy from the right hand of some women to elicit 
the sympathetic-vagal reflex in another person. This same 
phenomenon holds true if there be delayed menstruation. 

If a healthy, normal woman be pregnant, the energy given 
off from either hand is not strong enuf to elicit the VR in an- 
other person, until about the fourth month, after which time 
strong energy will be given off from one hand or the other. 
If the VR be obtained from the extended right hand (which 
we have found is positive energy), the offspring will be a girl ; 
if from the left hand, it will be a boy. This has been proved 
many times by us and our pupils and seems to be one quite 
accurate method for diagnosing the sex of the unborn. 

The blood pressure of healthy, normal persons is changed, 
if they be grounded and are turned from facing east or west 
to either north or south. If there be no change in a normal, 
healthy woman, pregnant four or more months, the child will 
be a boy ; but if there be a change, the child will be a girl. 

The explanation of these phenomena seems to be that with 
a female fetus the mother's polarity is not altered, but with 
a male child it is either reversed or made neutral. 

In making these tests, it must be remembered that the 
woman should not have any food or drink for five hours pre- 
vious to the tests, nor should she have any spectral color on. 
We have found that yellow in any food or drink, or even water 
that has been exposed to the sunlight in an amber bottle, or 
radio-active water, will change the polarity from one side to 
the other, or will neutralize it. The change of polarity so pro- 
duced will last from a few minutes to many minutes, depend- 
ing upon the substance ingested or the person. 



280bb 



OFFICE EQUIPMENT AND SURROUNDINGS 

Without knowing why, many physicians have not suc- 
ceeded in their office practice. It is not elegance that counts 
with the average patient as much as cheerful and bright sur- 
roundings. 

If you be sick, you do not want to see pictures of oper- 
ations or of dying people on the walls of the office you might 
visit. You do not want to enter an office that looks like, and 
has the air of an undertaking establishment. Neither do you 
want everything in the office to look like a hospital or oper- 
ating room. 

As a rule patients are either sick or think they are when 
they call on a physician. Let your waiting room and offices 
have a cheerful appearance. Make the patients smile and for- 
get that they are in a doctor's office. 

Don't have instruments showing thru glass doors. Many 
a patient has left to return no more just because the doctor 
did not study the psychological side of office equipment and 
management. 

White enamel in profusion gives a neurasthenic a shud- 
der. The sight of sharp instruments or points will do the same 
thing. Black or very dark furniture will give them a sombre 
feeling. Bad smells and impure air will often drive a good 
patient to another office. Cigarette, or stale tobacco, smoke 
will often set a sensitive patient against the office as well as 
against the physician. 

Light colored furniture has a far better effect on a nervous 
patient than white enamel. Pictures of laughing and dancing 
children and of landscapes and rural scenes will often change 
a sad face into a smiling one. Make it a rule to have your 
patient leave the office with a smile. A cheerful word often 
pays the physician better than an operation. Tact will hold 
a patient more than skill without tact. 



280cc 



CLINICAL REPORTS 

Case I. Miss J. Age 26. Severe pain in right inguinal 
region and tenderness over McBurney's point. Diagnosed by 
her former physician as appendicitis and operation advised. 
When we first examined her, she could not bear the weight of 
the hand on the tender spot. Strong light from a 500-candle- 
power lamp was given for twenty minutes over the tender 
area, whereupon it could be palpated without any signs of 
pain. Prescribed pure olive oil, one tablespoonful three times 
daily. The following day only slight tenderness was present, 
which was quickly relieved by light applied ten minutes over 
the right inguinal region, and ten minutes over the left, and 
the same over the lumbar region. The third day there was no 
tenderness. Light was also given over the entire body, along 
with sinusoidalization, to relieve the constipation. Same treat- 
ment given the fourth day. After the sixth treatment, the 
bowels and general condition were so much improved that we 
considered her well. It is seven years since the treatments, 
and there has been no return of the trouble. 

Case II. Miss E. Age 24. Anemic and suffering from 
weekly attacks of migraine for four years. Full light treat- 
men from 500-candle-power lamp given over entire body, 
fifteen minutes to the anterior and the same to the posterior 
surface. We vibrated to inhibit sensation in the 7th cranial 
nerve, and concussed the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae. Seven 
of these treatments were given during two weeks. This was 
about six years ago, and her general condition has been good 
ever since. 

Case III. Miss G. Age 32. Came into our office, suf- 
fering with lumbago, which she had had for several days ; 
could get no relief, altho she had been to her family physician. 
We exhibited the full power of the 500-candle-power lamp over 
the lumbar region for thirty minutes, and vibrated it about five 
minutes. She left the office feeling no pain at all. For over 
eight weeks she had no return of the pain ; then had a slight 
attack, when three more treatments were given with light and 
vibration. She has had no return of the trouble for six years. 

Case IV. Miss D. Age 28. Had severe pain over left 
ovary and lame back. We examined the uterus and found it 

280dd 



large and retroverted, and a large erosion about os. We gave 
full power of large lamp over the abdomen and heat and light 
per vaginam, and static wave treatment per rectum daily for 
two weeks. We had her wear a pessary, along with carbenzol 
tampon in the os, for one week. Erosion was all gone and all 
tenderness had disappeared from abdomen and back within 
two weeks. There has been no return of the trouble for the 
past six years. 

Case V. Mrs. S. Age 60. No children. Suffered from 
asthma for years. We gave 500-candle-power light over chest 
and back, ten minutes each, daily for a week, and oxygen- 
vapor inhalation for twenty minutes each day. For six weeks 
she had no inconvenience from the asthmatic trouble, then 
had a slight return. We exhibited light as before, three times, 
and gave oxygen-vapor for about a dozen treatments. For 
two years, there had been no return of the trouble, after which 
time we lost track of her. 

Case VI. Mrs. A. Age 42. Chronic bronchitis for years 
and coughed till worn out. We gave the same treatment as 
to the asthmatic patient (No. 5) and added vibration between 
the 4th and 5th cervical vertebrae. After fifteen treatments, 
there was no cough to speak of and the general condition was 
excellent for next three years, after which we lost sight of her. 

Case VII. Mrs. L. Age 50. Menstruating regularly. 
Mother of two healthy adults. Had gastric pain for two years, 
which kept her awake nights. Severe burning in the esopha- 
gus and constant coughing during the day because of it ; pain 
radiated to right scapula-vertebral border ; aggravated by hot 
food or drink; relieved up to two weeks before we saw her, 
by lying on her back. Had no appetite. The case had been 
diagnosed as ulcer on the anterior wall of the stomach. We 
examined her and found the stomach of normal size, but very 
tender at the cardia and fundus. Also tenderness between 
the four upper thoracic vertebrae and between the first and 
second lumbar. The urine showed acid equal to 58 c.c. N/10 
sodium hydrate, but nothing else abnormal. 

We vibrated sensitive nerves to inhibition of pain, ex- 
hibited 500-candle-power light over the stomach for twenty 
minutes and the same length of time over the back above the 
waist line. We gave static wave treatment over the fundus 

280ee 



for ten minutes. Before leaving the office, the patient said all 
pain and soreness were gone, and she did not cough. Next 
day she reported a good night's rest and only slight pain 
fifteen hours after the first treatment. We gave repetition of 
the first treatment on three consecutive days, and after eleven 
days patient reported having had no pain, no coughing, and 
good night's sleep since the second treatment. We put her 
on a diet and reduced the acidity of the urine to 28 c.c. N/10 
sodium hydrate. No return of the trouble after a year's obser- 
vation. 

Case VIII. Miss C. Age 14. Enlarged and painful ton- 
sils. A surgeon advised enucleation, but mother bro't her to 
see us first. We found face and throat very tender to touch 
and tonsils very much enlarged. Voice impaired. General 
condition of patient "run down." She was just beginning to 
menstruate for the first time. We gave 500-candle-power light 
over entire body twenty minutes front, and twenty minutes 
over back, for three treatments on consecutive days. Then 
twenty minutes on face and throat and twenty minutes over 
the entire body for seven treatments on consecutive days. 
Then used.high frequency currents from a static machine, thru 
a surface vacuum tube, applied to the region just below the 
inferior maxilla, a few times, and ended the treatments by 
giving fulguration to the tonsils. The fulguration treatments 
were about five in number. The tonsils contracted to normal 
size, and the patient has been well for past six years, and her 
general physical condition "perfect." 

Case IX. Man 32 years old. Married. Mural artist. Had 
severe pains in right inguinal region for over a week. Had 
seen two surgeons, who told him he had appendicitis, and the 
morning of the day we saw him arrangements were made for 
an operation. He came to us in the evening, complaining of 
unbearable pain located about the cecum. He said that he 
was supposed to be at the hospital for an appendectomy the 
following morning, but had been advised to see us first. 

We gave him about four ounces of pure hydrocarbon oil, 
then put him on the table with the 500-candle-power lamp as 
close to his abdomen as he could bear it. We kept him in that 
position for about two hours, after which we began carefully 
manipulating the painful area, from which the pain had dis- 

280ff 



appeared. We palpated a hard mass about two inches in diam- 
eter. This mass we found was movable, and we began care- 
fully pushing it up and thru the colon. Within half an hour, 
we had it in the descending colon, and within three hours 
from the time he came into our office he passed a scybalum 
about two inches in diameter, along with a quantity of other 
fecal matter. He went home feeling well, with the exception 
of being a little weak. He sent word to the surgeon that he 
would not be on hand for the operation. 

The next morning, he came into our office, and we gave 
him an hour's treatment with the light and also another dose 
of oil. We gave him another treatment the same evening. 
After that we gave daily treatments with the 500-candle- 
power lamp over the abdomen for a week. All pain and sore- 
ness were gone by that time and he was in perfect condition. 
For five years he has had no return of the trouble. 

Case X. Mr. S. Age 38. Laborer. Had been to several 
clinics and all diagnosed his trouble as "ulcer of stomach/' 
Operation was advised ; then he was sent to us for examina- 
tion. By biodynamic methods we were sure he had no ulcer. 
We found by spinal reflex methods, that he had gastritis and 
a contracted aorta, caused by enteroptosis. He also had inter- 
costal neuralgia, which was one cause for the erroneous diag- 
nosis of ulcer of stomach. We put on an abdominal support 
the first day he came in. Gave 2,000-candle-power light over 
stomach for twenty minutes, and concussed 4th to 6th thoracic 
vertebrae daily for a week. We froze tender spots on spine 
from which the "ulcer pains" arose. For the past year he has 
been well and doing hard work. 

Case XI. November 1914. Mr. Z. Age 42. Professional 
athlete for years. Nine months before we saw him he had 
a burning sensation in esophagus and tenderness at the car- 
dia. His family physician sent him to a surgeon who advised 
operation. He found what he said was cancer on the anterior 
border of the fundus, and did not cut into it "except for a 
specimen." Six weeks later the patient's condition was much 
worse and he was losing weight so fast that another surgeon 
was consulted. He advised another operation. After oper- 
ation, reported "inoperable cancer of the stomach" and said 
patient would not live over two months. Six weeks after the 



280gg 



second operation, the patient was bro't to us in what seemed 
a dying condition. He had lost sixty pounds since the first 
operation. He was too weak to be examined, so was put on 
the operating table and the 2,000-candle power lamp placed 
so that the rays fell at right angles to the stomach, and treat- 
ment continued for an hour. He reported that the burning 
pain was greatly relieved. The next day he said he had had 
a good night's rest for the first time in three months. We gave 
him the same treatment with the addition of oxygen vapor 
inhalation. The next day he was much improved. We contin- 
ued this treatment for two weeks before going thru an exam- 
ination, as he did not seem to be able to bear it. 

An examination by biodynamic methods showed a pro- 
found toxemia. By the same method, we located an inflamed 
thickening on the anterior border of the fundus, which gave 
cancer reaction, and spasmodic closure of pylorus, which latter 
was relaxed by concussion of the 5th thoracic vertebra. We 
also found enteroptosis and nephroptosis, with dilation of aor- 
tic arch. 

For about two months, we gave daily treatments as fol- 
lows : Qpncussion of the 7th cervical vertebra to increase 
vagal tone. Concussion of 12th thoracic for nephroptosis. Con- 
cussion of 4th to 5th thoracic vertebrae for stomach stimula- 
tion. Concussion occupied about four minutes at each sitting. 
We gave 2,000-candle-power light over the stomach twenty 
minutes and oxygen-vapor inhalation for twenty minutes. The 
patient gained over ten pounds while under treatment and 
could eat anything. Slept and rested well. 

Without consulting us, he went to another surgeon who 
dilated the rectum so much that it was paralyzed. We then 
refused to treat him any longer. Later he fell into the hands 
of another surgeon who did another abdominal section, and 
the man died from "too much surgery." 



280hh 



Case XII. The following is a very interesting case and 
serves to illustrate the importance of making a personal diag- 
nosis of any case that comes under a physician's care. It also 
shows how unreliable are the patient's own statements re- 
garding their case. 

Mrs. S. 47 years. Mother of two healthy children. Trav- 
eled 3,000 miles to have us treat her for "nervousness" and as 
she said, ''syphilis." She said she was suffering from extreme 
nervousness and insomnia "caused by syphilis" and she wanted 
us to treat her. 

We told her we would not treat anyone without making 
a diagnosis ourselves, as we did not depend upon anyone 
else's diagnosis. She replied that she knew she had "syphilis" 
and had had it for seventeen years. She had been treated by 
very many physicians for "syphilis" and she had left her hus- 
band seventeen years ago for giving her "syphilis." 

By means of the biodynamic method we found that she 
did not have a normal MM VR and neither did she have a 
blue MM VR, but she had a very decided ruby MM VR. Con- 
sequently we told her most emphatically that she was suffer- 
ing from tuberculosis and not from syphilis. Her surprise 
can be better imagined than expressed. 

We then began to obtain her history. She said, some 
years after her second child was born, she had a "sore" on the 
vulva. This "sore" was followed by "enlargement of the 
glands in the groin," (inguinal glands) and as she supposed, 
"ovarian trouble" also. She used "some bland ointments for 
the sore," which entirely healed up, but the aching condition 
in the groin worried her so much that she went to a surgeon. 
He told her that she would need to have the ovaries removed, 
"because of this dull ache in the groin." This operation was 
performed. After that she had all sorts of postoperative ner- 
vous symptoms. She said the surgeon told her all these 
symptoms came from the "syphilitic infection," which she told 
him she doubtless had. She left her husband on these grounds. 

Her nervous symptoms continued to grow worse until she 
had "nervous prostration." Ten years after the operation, she 
"took cold" which did not get well as rapidly as it should. A 
cough persisted and some physician told her she had "bron- 
chitis." Soon the glands in her neck began to swell and also 

280ii 



the glands in the axilla. She visited another physician and he 
told her that the enlarged glands probably came from her 
"syphilitic condition," she having told him that she had had 
"syphilis." He told her that a "curettage" of these glands 
would be necessary. She was taken to a hospital and the 
glands "curetted." When we examined her there was not a 
sign of a scar in the axilla, showing that it must have been a 
very "superficial curettage." She reported that these glands 
discharged some "pus." 

Owing to the location of the glands in the neck they were 
not "curetted." Within a few months all signs of enlarged 
glands in the neck had disappeared, without any treatment. 

One physician that she consulted several years ago gave 
her large doses of potassium iodid, because she told him she 
had "syphilis. This disagreed with her and she had "an erup- 
tion from head to foot" from using it. After discontinuing the 
drug, her skin became normal. 

She gave a history of her mother dying of tuberculosis, 
and several near relatives having died from it. She also gave 
a history that every time she "took cold," it persisted and "it 
seemed at tho she could never get over it." 

Her neurotic condition is a condition that we often find in 
incipient tuberculosis. The glandular history she gave is what 
we often find in tuberculosis. The "sore" she referred to on 
the labia majora was no doubt a soft chancre. The "pain in 
the groin" was probably caused by the -enlargement of the 
inguinal, lymphatic glands. The nervous symptoms after the 
operation is what we often find following a complete ovariec- 
tomy, especially as it was commonly done several years ago. 

Altho this woman's history did not show one symptom 
characteristic of syphilis, yet she had been treated for syphilis 
by several doctors because she told them she had syphilis. 
Her history is typical of tuberculosis; and this shows what a 
valuable adjunct biodynamic diagnosis is, and how convenient 
it is to be able to make the examination yourself at once and 
not wait for some laboratory to give, what may be, an un- 
reliable diagnosis. 

Observe that we made the biodynamic diagnosis before 
obtaining her history, so the diagnosis was not made to fit the 
history, but the history corroborated the diagnosis. 

280JJ 



TIME REQUIREE 
STOMACH DIGESTIOIN 

It will be noticed that the time required depends much on how 
required for tomach digestion. For invalids the time required should 



Rice, boiled 
Tripe, boiled 

Apples, sweet, raw 
Asparagus, boiled 
Barley Soup 
Beans, puree 
Celery, boiled 



Apples, green, stewed 
Brains, boiled 

Barley, bailed 
Chicken, boiled 
Duck, roasted 



Milk, raw 



One Hour 

Venison, grilled 

One Hour, 30 Min. 

Eggs, raw, whipped 
Fish, not fat, boiled 
Salmon (fresh), boiled 
Spinach, stewed 
Trout, boiled 

One Hour, 35 Min. 

Sago, boiled 

Two Hours 

Eggs, raw 
Milk, boiled 
Tapioca, boiled 

Two Hours, 15 Min. 

Turkey, boiled 



Beans, boiled 
Goose, roasted 
Hashed Meat, warmed 
Lamb, grilled 
Lentils, boiled 



Two Hours, 30 Min. 

Liver (calf's), fried in pan. 
Peas, boiled 
Pig, suckling, roasted 
Potatoes, fried or baked 
Turkey, roasted 



Two Hours, 45 Min. 

Beef, tender, stewed Chicken, fricasseed 

Beef, fresh salted, boiled Custard, boiled 



Oysters, raw 



Two Hours, 55 Min. 

28011 



?0R THE 

}F VARIOUS FOODS 

the food is cooked. As a rule, not more than A l / 2 hours should be 
>e much less. 



Beef, lean, roasted 
Beefsteak, grilled 
Eggs, soft boiled 
Eggs, scrambled 



Three Hours 

Fish, not fat, fried 
Liver (ox), fried in pan 
Mutton, boiled or broiled 
Soles, fried 



Three Hours, 15 Min. 

Mutton, lean, roasted Salad, raw 

Pork, salt, boiled 

Three Hours, 30 Min. 
Bread, fresh, baked 
Butter, melted 
Cheese, old 
Onions, stewed 



Oysters, stewed 
Sausage, grilled 
Turnips, boiled 



Four Hours 

Fowls, roasted 
Salmon, smoked, boiled 



Chicken, roast 
Eggs, hard boiled 
Fowls, boiled 

Four Hours, 15 Min. 
Game birds, most kinds, roasted 

Four Hours, 30 Min. 
Cabbage, pickled 

Nuts 

Sausage, smoked 

Port, fat, roasted 

Suet, boiled 



Five Hours 

Veal, roasted 
Yeal, grilled 
Five Hours, 15 Min. 

Five Hours, 30 Min. 



Beef, old, salted 
Eels, roasted 



Six Hours 

Stone fruit (peaches, plums, 
etc), raw 
Over Six Hours 
Alcoholic Drinks, all kinds Jam or Preserves, 

Clams, any style Lobster, any style 

Crabs, any style 

280mm 



INDEX— LECTURE FOUR 

Notice: Because of the addition of more mss., pages in Lecture 
Four from 280 have to be lettered 280a to 280z, 280aa, etc.) 

Page 

Abdominal Breathing 267 

Acetone and alcohol 265 

Acne, Discussion and Treatment 248 

Acne, Ecorchement for - 252 

Acne, Freezing for 252 

Acne, Indurata 265 

Acne, Salicylated Collodion in 253 

Acne, Sodium Salicylate in - 252 

Acne Vulgaris — — 265 

Alcohol, Ecects on Blood Pressure 280r 

Ambereau 280s, 280aa 

Amenorrhea - 272 

Anemia, Clinical case 188 

Aneurysm 280u 

Ani, Pruritus 280a 

Antiversion or Antiflexion 269 

Aortic Insufficiency 280r 

Appendix, Its Function - 280y 

Appendicitis, Clinical case 280dd 

Appendicitis, Pseudo 280ff 

Arch Preserver Shoe - 263 

Arterio-Sclerosis 280t 

Asthma, Clinical Case 280cc 

Atomizer for Freezing - < 252 

Ausculatory Method in Blood Pressure - 280p 

Baths, Electric Light 256, 261 

Baths, Magnesium Sulfate 256, 262 

Binocular Electrotherapy - 280t 

Bipolar Rectal Treatment - 276, 280a 

Bladder, Irritation of 280b 

Blood Pressure 280o 

Blood Pressure, Ausculatory Method 280p 

Blood Pressure, Change in the Magnetic Meridian 280v 

Blood Pressure Therapeutics 280s 

Blue Pencil Brush Discharge for Chilblain 265 

Blue Pencil Brush Discharge for Zoster 257 

Boils 261 

Boric Acid Compress - - 262 

Bright's Disease, Clinical case 280o 

Bronchitis, Clinical case 280cc 

Calcidin for Boils 261 

Calcidin for Carbuncles 262 

Calcidin for Whooping Cough 266 

Callositas 263 

Cancer of Stomach 280gsr 

Carbenzol for Boils 261 

Carbenzol for Carbuncles 262 

Carbenzol for Cervicitis and Erosions 268 

Carbenzol for Eczema 253, 255 

Carbenzol Soap 255 

Carbuncles 261 

Cervicitis and Erosions 267 

Cervicitis, Yeast and Hydrogen Peroxid in 268 

Chilblain 265 



I N D EX— Continued 

Page 

Chinosol for Vaginal Douche 271, 280d 

Chloasma 254 

Circumcision - • f 275 

Clinical Case Anemia 188 

Clinical Case Appendicitis 280dd, 280ff 

Clinical Case Asthma 280cc 

Clinical Case Bright's Disease - 280o 

Clinical Case Bronchitis, Chronic 280cc 

Clinical Case Cancer of Stomach—- 280gg 

Clinical Case Constipation -- 278 

Clinical Case Cystitis - 280d 

Clinical Case Dysmenorrhea, Spasmodic 270 

Clinical Case Lumbago - -.--- 280dd 

Clinical Case Migraine — •-- - 280dd 

Clinical Case Ovarian Pain - 280dd 

Clinical Case, Oxygen Vapor in 188 

Clinical Case Painful Knees 280h 

Clinical Case Pseudo-Appendicitis 280ff 

Clinical Case Tonsillitis - 280ff 

Clinical Case Tuberculosis 280ii 

Clinical Case Ulcer of Stomach 280cc, 280gg 

Clitoris - .- 274 

Clothing in Pelvic Diseases - - 273 

Collodion, Flexible - - ; 257, 264 

Collodion, How to remove from skin 265 

Colloidal Silica - -— - 258 

Colors, Effect on Polarity 280aa 

Concussion* for Aneurysm - 280x 

Concussion in Arterio-Sclerosis 280u 

Concussion for Constipation 277 

Concussion for Uterine Bleeding - 272 

Constipation 276 

Constipation, Clinical Case 278 

Constipation, Exercises for 279 

Corns and Warts 263 

Cystitis ..--> 280c, 280d 

Dandruff 255 

Dandruff Formula 255 

DeKraft Blue Pencil Brush Discharge 252, 257, 265, 280f 

Dietetic Measures 280m 

Dilatation of Rectum - 280 

Dysmenorrhea 268 

Dysmenorrhea, Clinical case 270 

Ecorchement - 252, 254 

Eczema 253 

Eczema, Ecorchement in 254 

Eczema, Freezing for 255 

Eczema of Scalp 253 

Electric Light Baths : 280c 

Electrode, Bipolar Rectal 276, 280a 

Electrode, Unipolar Rectal 27.6 

Electro-Diagnosis in Paralysis 280i 

Energy Synchronous with Heart Beat 280j, 280k 

Enuresis - 280c 

Erosions and" Cervicitis 267 

Eucalyptus Oil in Measles and Scarlet Fever 265 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Exercises in Constipation 279 

Exercises for Painful Knees 280h 

Exercises for Pelvic Diseases 267 

Foods, Stomach Digestion of 280kk 

Formula for Dandruff Cure - 255 

Formula for Ecorchement Varnish -- 254 

Formula for Ecorchement Paste 254 

Formula for Gastralgia 280n 

Formula for Iodin and Glycerin Solution 280b 

Formula for Subcutaneous Injection for Neuralgia 280g 

Formula for Vaginal Antiseptic 271 

Freezing Atomizer 252 

Freezing for Acne 252 

Freezing for Eczema 255 

Freezing for Zoster 257 

Furunculus ----- 261 

Galvanism for Constipation 277 

Galvanism in Uterine Bleeding 272 

Gastric Diseases - -*- 280-1 

Gastric Diseases, Psychic Influence in 280n 

Gastralgia - 280n 

Gout 280e 

Gouty Toe - * 280f 

Grounding a person in bed 280t 

Heart Diseases 280o 

Heels, Rubber - 264 

Hemorrhoids - 279 

Herpes Zoster 257 

High Frequency Currents in Painful Conditions 280f 

Hives 256 

Human Energy to Produce Sympathetic- Vagal Reflex 280z 

Hydrogen Peroxid and Yeast for Cervicitis 268 

Hyperemic Treatment, Device for 251 

Hypertension 280r, 280s 

Hypotension - 280r, 280s 

Iodex - 249, 280a 

Iodin, Nascent for Boils 261 

Iodin, Nascent for Carbuncles 262 

Iodin, Soluble - .' 249 

Iodin, Polarity of - - - 249, 280b 

Iodized Flexible Collodion for Ringworm — - 257 

Infantile Paralysis 280k 

Infantile Uterus - - -!■ 271 

Indian Position for Constipation - 279 

Irregular Menstruation — - 272 

Irritable Bladder 280b 

Italian Leprosy 258 

Itching Eruption, Cure for 261 

Kidney Diseases 280o 

Knee Bending Exercise 280h 

Knees, Painful 280g 

Knees, Painful, Clinical Case 280h 

Knees, Squeaky 280h 

Lavage of Stomach 280n 

Lead Poisoning in Blood Pressure 280v 

Light Treatment for Constipation 277 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Lumbago 280e 

Lumbago, Clinical case 280dd 

Lung Diseases 280o 

Magnetic Meridian, Effects on Blood Pressure 280r 

Magnesium Sulfate Baths - 256 

Malnutrition, Clinical case 188 

Measles, Morbilli and Rubeola 265, 266 

Menorrhagia 272 

Menstruation, Irregular -- 272 

Menthol, Ethereal solution 261 

Metatarsalgia 263 

Metrorrhagia 272 

Migraine, Clinical Case 280dd 

Mirrors, Use in Exercising - - 280j 

Morton's Disease 263 

Nascent Iodin for Boils, 261 

Nascent Iodin for Cervix or Vagina 268 

Nascent Iodin for Pruritus Ani 280b 

Nettle Rash 256 

Neuralgia 280c 

Neuralgic Pains, Aneurysmal 280u 

Neuralgia, Subcutaneous Injection for 280g 

Neuroses - 280-1 

Office Equipment and Surroundings - 280cc 

Onion for Chilblain 265 

Ovarian Pain, Clinical case 280dd 

Oxygen Vapor for Constipation 277 

Oxygen Vapor, Clinical cases 186 

Ozone for Boils and Carbuncles - 261 

Pain, Effect on Blood Pressure 280r 

Painful Knees - 280g 

Paralysis 280i 

Paralysis, Infantile - 280k 

Pellagra - 258 

Pelvic Diseases, Exercises for 267 

Pertussis 266 

Penis 275 

Pernio ---- 265 

Podophyllin 266, 280o 

Polarity of Sex affected by Radio-active Water 280aa 

Polarity of Sex affected by Colors 280aa 

Poliomyelitis Anterior 280k 

Poison Bottles, How to Protect 255 

Prognostication of Sex 280bb 

Pruritus Ani 280a 

Psoriasis - 257 

Psychic Influence on Gastric Diseases 280n 

Psychophanometer - 280p 

Pulse synchronous with electrical stimulation 280j , 280k 

Pulse Pressure 280p 

Rectal Dilatation 280 

Rectal Treatment, Bipolar Electrode 276, 280a 

Rectal Treatment, Unipolar Electrode - 276 

Retroversion 269 

Rheumatism 280e 

Ringworm 257 

Rubber Heels 264 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Rubber Syringe 272 

Salicylated Colodion, Formula for 253 

Salicylated Collodion in Acne - 253 

Salicylated Collodion in warts and corn 263 

Scarlet Fever 265 

Scars, Removal of 250 

Sciatica 280e 

Seborrhea 255 

Sex, Polarity of, affected by colors 280aa 

Sex, Prognostication 280b b 

Shingles • 257 

Shoe, Arch Preserver 263 

Sinusoidal Current in Arterio-Sclerosis 280u 

Sinusoidal Current in Constipation 276 

Sinusoidal Current in Painful conditions 280f 

Sinusoidal Current in Paralysis 280j 

Sodium Citrate in Pellagra 260 

Sodium Salicylate in Acne 252 

Sodoxylin 280c, 280e 

Splanchnic Insufficiency in Aneurysm 280u 

Sphygmomanometer 280p 

Static Breeze 2801 

Static Insulation 2801 

Static Sparks in Painful Conditions 280f 

Static Wave in Painful Conditions 280f 

Static Wave in Gastric Diseases 2801 

Stomach, Cancer of 280gg 

Stomach Digestion, Time for different foods 28011, 280mm 

Stomach, Diseases of 2801 

Stomach, Method of Washing 280n 

Stomach, Ulcer of 280cc, 280gg 

Stress ; Strain 280j 

Sycosis - 256 

Synchronous Intermittence of Energy 280j, 280k 

Syringe for Vagina 272 

Tension against resistance 280k 

Terpene Peroxid for Eczema 253 

Terpene Perodix for Psoriasis 257 

Terpene Peroxid for Ringworm - 257 

Terpene Peroxid for Sycosis 256 

Terpene Peroxid for Zoster 257 

Therapeutics of Blood Pressure 280s 

Tholo 268 

Thiosinnamin Compound, Formula for 251 

Thiosinnamin used cataphorically 250, 268 

Thiosinnamin Inunction 251 

Time Limit for Treatments 280f 

Tinea Tricophytina 257 

Tobacco, Effects on Arterio-Sclerosis 280q 

Tobacco, Influence on Blood Pressure 280q 

Toe, Gouty 280f 

Torticollis 280e 

Tuberculosis, Clinical case 280ii 

Ulcer of Stomach 280cc, 280gg 

Unipolar Rectal Electrode 276 

Urticaria 256 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Uterine bleeding, Galvanism for 272 

Uterus, Infantile 271 

Vaginal Antiseptic • 271 

Vaginal Syringe 272 

Vaginismus - - 272 

Warts and Corns 263 

Whooping Cough 266 

Wilhoft's Ladies' Syringe 272 

X-ray for Chilblain 265 

Yeast and Hydrogen Peroxid for Cervicitis - 268 

Zinc Cataphoresis for Carbuncles 262 

Zinc Cataphoresis for Warts 263 

Zinc Oxid Ointment in Eczema - 253 

Zinc Sulfate in Eczema - 253 

Zinc Sulfate in SycOsis - 256 

Zinc Sulfate in Warts and Corns 263 

Zone Anesthesia 274, 275 

Zonetherapy in Aneurysm 280y 

Zonetherapy in Dysmenorrhea 270 

Zonetherapy in Gastric Diseases 280m 

Zonetherapy in Neuralgia, etc. 280f 



LECTURE FIVE 



From the Fifth Edition of a 



Lecture Course to Physicians 



on 



DIAGNOSIS by means of BIODYNAMICS 
PERCUSSION from a new standpoint 
SPINAL REFLEXOLOGY in simple form 
PHYSICAL THERAPEUTICS for practical men 
PRACTICAL POINTS for 

PROGRESSIVE PHYSICIANS 

ZONETHERAPY 



By 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M. D. 

Los Angeles, California 



Copyright, 1916, by 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 

327 South Alvarado Street 

Los Angeles, California 



All rights reserved 



INTRODUCTION 

At a dinner the dessert is considered the most tasty and 
best and is left for the last- 

Altho we think LECTURE ONE of our COURSE is in 
many respects the best, yet we must confess that this LEC- 
TURE FIVE, which deals solely with ZONETHERAPY, is 
in many ways its equal. Zonetherapy must be classed with the 
best and most original, as well as advanced, procedure in med- 
icine today. We could not say this had we not been in a posi- 
tion to teach the work and see the results achieved by our 
pupils as well as ourselves. 

Dr. William H. FitzGerald is to be congratulated upon 
having given to mankind such a valuable adjunct in therapy. 

It is with Dr. FitzGerald's permission that we give in this 
LECTURE FIVE his paper on ZONETHERAPY, which is 
similar to that which he has read at several conventions. 

What we have added is gained from observation and prac- 
tical experience. Probably very many observing physicians 
have noticed various phenomena, which they could not ex- 
plain, which can now be classed under the head of Zone- 
therapy. 

Altho various methods of pressure will achieve remark- 
able results, yet we think the physician will get better results 
by utilizing electricity in this line of work. We advise all 
physicians, as far as possible, to use electric applicators for 
this work, when it is done in their office. The electric treat- 
ments can be supplemented by "home treatments" in any way 
that the physician may think best. 

We believe we are the first to utilize electricity in Zone- 
therapy and we had to devise special electrodes for the work. 
The manufacturers of these electrodes have a complete list of 
directions from us as to the manner of using them. 

Altho a great deal can be said regarding Zonetherapy, yet 
it will be very difficult for any physician to properly utilize the 
method without actually seeing the work done. In this re- 
spect our Lecture One and Lecture Five are similar. 

Nearly all of our pupils aver that they never would have 
believed the facts connected with Zonetherapy, if they had 

283 



simply read about it, or had seen it illustrated ; yet when per- 
sonal demonstrations were given them, they had to believe 
whether they wished to or not. 

The system is simplicity itself, yet the technic must be 
carried out in an exact manner. It cannot be done in a hap- 
hazard way. You must first learn how to locate the zones, 
and then how to apply the various pressures in "attacking" 
these different zones- 

As Dr. FitzGerald very aptly puts it, "Zonetherapy is not 
a cure-all, but it is a helpful adjunct to medicine." 

GEORGE STARR WHITE M.D. 



284 



ZONETHERAPY 

By 
William H. FitzGerald, M.D., Hartford, Conn. 

In Zonetherapy we divide the body longitudinally into ten 
zones, five on each side of a median line. The first, second, 
third, fourth and fifth zones begin in the toes and end in the 
thumbs and fingers, or begin in the thumbs and fingers and 
end in the toes. The first zone extends from the great toe up 
the entire height of the body from front to back, across the 
chest and the back and down the arm into the thumb, or 
vice versa. 

The tongue is divided into ten longitudinal zones, five on 
each side of the median line. Pressure or contact on the dor- 
sal surface of the individual zones on the tongue affect an- 
terior sections of the zones of the body. Pressure or contact 
on the under side of the individual zones of the tongue affect 
posterior sections of zones thruout the body. The hard and 
soft palate are divided into ten longitudinal zones, five on 
each side of the median line. The zones of the hard palate 
include the upper jaw. Pressure or contact on the posterior 
surface of the teeth and gums affect the posterior sections of 
the zones thruout the body. 

The posterior walls of the pharynx and epipharynx are di- 
vided in the same way, and posterior pressure or contact af- 
fects posterior sections of zones ; while anterior pressure or 
contact affects anterior sections of zones. Traction on the 
soft palate in the epipharynx affects the anterior zones, and 
traction on the anterior pillars of the fauces affects zones 
one, two, three, four and five, especially in arms and shoulders 
in the posterior sections of zones. Pressure on the anterior 
surface of the lips and the anterior surface of the anterior 
pillars of the fauces affects the anterior surface of all zones. 
Pressure on the posterior surface of the lips affects the pos- 
terior sections of all zones. 

Pain in any part of the first zone may be treated and 
overcome, temporarily at least, and often permanently, by 
pressure on all surfaces of the first joint of the great toe, or the 
corresponding joint of the thumb. Should the pressure be 
limited to the upper surface of the great toe, the anesthetic 

285 



or analgesic effects will extend up the front of the body to the 
frontoparietal suture. They will also extend across the chest 
and down the anterior surface of the first zone of the arm 
and thumb, and often the thumb side of the index finger. 
Should pressure be made on the under surface of the great 
toe, the effects will extend along the first zone in the sole of 
the foot and up the back of the leg, thigh, body and head in 
that zone to above named suture ; also across the back and 
down posterior surface of the first zone of the arm and thumb, 
and often the thumb side of the index finger. 

Firm pressure on the end of the great toe or tip of thumb 
will control the entire first zone. Firm pressure on the tips 
of the fingers or toes control individual zones. Lateral pres- 
sure on thumbs and fingers or toes will affect lateral bound- 
aries, also transverse extensions to nostrils, lips and ears. 

A limited amount of anesthesia may often be established 
by pressure over any resistant bony surface, in any zone com- 
pressed, and often the mere momentary contact with the 
galvanic cautery, or pressure with a sharp-pointed applicator, 
or with the thumb or finger-nail, will produce the same result. 
Contacts, especially with pointed instruments, may be momen- 
tary but manifold, altho prolonged contacts are often neces- 
sary. 

Prolonged pressure with an aluminum hair comb is fast 
becoming a popular method, but similar pressures with nails 
of thumbs and fingers are likely the method Nature intended. 
Pressure with elastic bands on fingers, toes, wrists and ankles, 
as well as on knees and elbows, are often useful in overcoming 
pain in an individual zone or group of zones. If these pres- 
sures are resisted by pathological processes elsewhere in zone 
or zones, pain is sometimes excited. 

Pain anywhere in any zone may be overcome more quickly 
by pressure with an applicator, or with cautery contact at 
certain points thruout corresponding zone or zones in mouth, 
pharynx, epipharynx and nose ; but the finger and toe pres- 
sures may be relied upon very often, and what applies to one 
zone applies to all. 

Pressures average from one-half minute to four minutes 
or longer, depending upon the susceptibility of the patient. 

286 



If, for example, your patient has pain in the first zone on the 
left side of the jaw, upper or lower, it is overcome, temporarily 
at least, by firm pressure on great toe or thumb. The patient 
may exert the pressure himself, but the operator or an assistant 
will do it more expeditiously. This pressure may have anes- 
thetized the incisor region sufficiently for the painless extrac- 
tion of the incisor and biscupid teeth on the left side. How- 
ever, it is usually necessary to supplement this pressure, for 
operative interference, by pressure on the lip or cheek, and at 
various points of the jaws. The first thumb or great toe zone, 
the left for instance, always includes the left incisors and oc- 
casionally the bicuspid teeth. The second zone, as a rule, in- 
cludes the canine and the bicuspid teeth. The third zone 
includes the two molars, and the fourth zone the third molar 
teeth. Pressure with the thumb or index finger, or cautery 
contact on the upper or lower jaw in these zones, will relieve 
pain if present. Pressure or cautery contact on the buccal 
surface of the jaws control anterior sections of zones one, two, 
three, four and often five; and pressure or cautery contact 
on lingual surface of jaws control posterior sections of above 
zones. Zones four and five usually merge in the head. Pres- 
sure with the thumb or finger on inferior dental and lingual 
nerves, at inferior dental foramen, will often anesthetize that 
half of the jaw, and to a greater or less extent the entire half 
of body on side compressed. 

Because of the anastomosis of nerves at the median line 
of the jaw, this pressure occasionally causes an anesthesia 
of a part or even the whole of the opposite side of the jaw, 
but this is the only instance thus far noticed where anesthesia 
thru pressure crosses the median line of the body. 

Shortly after dinner the second evening of the meeting 
of The Northeastern Dental Association, October 1914, a doc- 
tor of medicine and his friend, a dentist, came to our rooms 
and asked if they could not be "shown" some of the possibil- 
ities of Zonetherapy. "Show us, for instance, the connection 
between the fingers and the jaws." "In other words, you say 
that pressure bro't to bear on a thumb or finger will have 
an anesthetic, or at least an analgesic effect, on a correspond- 
ing section or sections of the jaws. "Show us!" One of our 
party said he was ready to accommodate them. YVe suggest- 

287 



ed that they "show" one another; and this they did, after a 
little instruction, to their entire satisfaction. 

At clinics of dentists and physicians in many cities, be- 
fore and since the Northeastern meeting, we have had the 
pleasure of seeing them demonstrate among themselves some 
of the possibilities of Zonetherapy. The skeptical psysician 
or dentist, if he desires, can in two or three minutes be con- 
vinced that there is at least something in Zonetherapy. The 
fact that often pain may be overcome in any part of the body 
by mere finger pressure, or pressure with applicators with or 
without medication, or thru cautery contact, can be easily 
demonstrated. 

Heat or cold waves in varying degrees, depending upon 
the solution or instruments used, may often be dispatched 
to extremities from mouth, nose, etc., and like waves of heat 
or cold will manifest themselves in the mouth, nose and 
pharynx of susceptible individuals from pressure or contact 
on the extremities. The most susceptible patients will de- 
scribe them accurately. The majority of patients say that, 
while they are unable to detect sensations as above, their 
pain is disappearing or has already disappeared. Patients who 
are the most susceptible to pressure or contact will trace heat 
or cold from an individual hair of the head or an eyelash to 
margin of finger-nail, or toe-nail, and if a hair or eyelash be 
quickly pulled out, the sensation of numbness is often quickly 
registered thru the finger-nail or toe-nail of the invaded zone. 

Pressure or contact upon the occlusal edges of the teeth 
affect the innermost parts of practically every bone in the 
body. We believe that the teeth, being the most accessible, 
are the natural guardians of the bones thruout the body. The 
heat waves from the application of a fine point cautery con- 
tact on the occlusal edges of the teeth, are dispatched thru 
the centers of all bones, and their therapeutic effect is dissem- 
inated thru the bones and tissue in the zones treated. Natur- 
ally, the therapeutic effect is less marked as the surface of the 
body is approached. 

Pressure or contact on the anterior surface of the teeth 
affects the anterior surface of the bones in the anterior sec- 
tions of bones, and to a greater or less extent the tissues of 

288 



the same zones in the corresponding sections. Pressure or 
contact on the posterior surface of the teeth affect the pos- 
terior surface of the bones in the posterior sections of zones 
treated, and to a greater or less extent the tissues of the same 
zones in the corresponding sections. 

A normal tooth will not be excited by a fine-point cautery 
•contact. On the other hand a fine-point cautery contact will 
excite an infected tooth. Our crucial or cautery test may make 
apparent certain defects in teeth diagnosed as sound by other 
methods. It has been suggested that repeated cautery contact 
might, thru shock, occasion eventual death of the tooth. 
While we do not consider this at all likely when fine points 
are used, it may be well to bear it in mind as a possibility. 

We doubt if there be a physician or dentist present who 
cannot recall at least one of his patients, and probably several, 
who are neglecting pathological changes in their jaws as they 
dread extractions or the sensation of the dental drill. We 
believe it is the duty of the physician, or the dentist, to send 
for such patients and make clear to them the possibilities or 
even probabilities of such neglect. The question is not will 
Mr. A. think we need the money if we send for him, but what 
will Mr. A. think when he discovers that he has been neglected. 
As physicians of any school, it would seem clearly our duty 
to examine carefully the mouth and nostrils of the patient and 
to have pathological changes, if found therein, corrected co- 
incidentally with whatever other treatment may be deemed 
necessary. 

An asset not generally recognized in normal occlusion of 
a natural set of teeth, is the ability of the patient to relax prac- 
tically every part of the body thru firm, biting pressure for 
two or three minutes on all surfaces of the upper and lower 
teeth. In this manner pain may frequently be relieved in any 
section of a zone, or group of zones, thruout the body, and 
occasionally even anesthesia may be induced thru firm occlu- 
sion of the teeth for two or three minutes in these zones. This 
is at least one reason why all the teeth should be preserved 
if at all possible, and why normal occlusion should be bro't 
about if it does not already exist. If one be deprived of the 
third molar teeth, for instance, his ability to prevent, relieve 
or overcome pathological conditions in the fourth and fifth 

289 



zones is restricted ; and this naturally applies to the various 
individual zones or group of zones where teeth have been 
extracted. 

Catarrhal deafness, with accompanying tinnitus aurium, is 
usually benefited by firmly compressing the occlusal surfaces 
of the third molar on one or both sides of the jaws (the latter 
where both ears are involved), or by cautery contact on the 
third molar areas. This pressure' or contact may be supple- 
mented with good effect by firm pressure with a curved appli- 
cator, or finger tips directly behind third molar, at the angles 
of the jaws in the mouth. Pressure on the lower jaw at the 
angle will affect the lower half of the ear. Pressure on the 
upper jaw will affect the upper half of the ear. Patients who 
are able to follow sensations, as elsewhere mentioned, are very 
certain concerning this. Think of overcoming unilateral tin- 
nitus aurium, even temporarily, by raising rather forcibly the 
finger-nail of the ring finger on the side affected, at its center, 
with a blunt instrument, or with the thumb nail of the opposite 
hand. Also think of diminishing the objectionable sounds still 
further by raising the nail of the third finger at the outer edge ; 
or increasing said sounds by firmly raising and holding the nail 
at the inner corner from one-half to three minutes. All cross 
zones influence the ears to a greater or less extent. 

For either unilateral or bilateral tinnitus aurium, ask 
your patient to raise forcibly the end of the third finger-nail 
of the right hand at the center with the corresponding nail 
of his left hand in a similar position, and you may marvel 
at the result. Don't overlook toe-nails for the above effect, 
and remember that the hearing may be improved thru simi- 
lar procedures. 

You would hardly believe that offending corns or warts 
or bitten finger-nails, where inflammatory processes have been 
excited, may be responsible for rheumatism or neuritis, but 
we are daily proving such to be the case. 

Toe-nails and finger-nails must be respected and as well 
taken care of, for health's sake, as any other section of the 
individual zones. There is not a section of a finger-nail or 
toe-nail that may not affect, either pleasantly or unpleasantly 
(as under stimulation or pressure) the most distant parts of 
the body, and even the hair. 

290 



All zones must be free from irritation and obstructions 
to get the best results. For instance, if there be pain in the 
head, thorax, abdomen or extremities in one or more zones, it 
may be relieved or quite overcome by pressure on resistant 
surfaces anywhere in the zones affected. If the pain be relieved 
for a few moments only, and repeated pressures do not over- 
come it, it is safe to assume that the pain is due to some ab- 
normal pressure or irritation, as pus, impactions, necrosis, 
etc., somewhere in a zone or group of zones, which demands 
medical or surgical interference. 

We are repeatedly called upon for the theory of Zone- 
therapy. Many theories are interesting but not conclusive, 
and rather than be obliged to retract theories, we are not 
going to attempt to advance them, except very superficially, 
at the expense of clinical facts. It is certain that control- 
centers in the medulla are stimulated, as has been suggested, 
but I believe that it is shock more often than stimulation. 
Some theorists have pointed out, perhaps rightly, that "these 
functions may be carried out by the pituitary body thru the 
multiple nerve paths from it." 

We know that we induce a state of inhibition thruout the 
zone where pressure is bro't to bear. We know that when 
inhibition of irritation is continuous, many pathological pro- 
cesses disappear- We are certain that lymphatic relaxation 
follows pressure. The theory advanced by Dr. Bowers is, 
"that inasmuch as there are admittedly ultra-microscopic bac- 
teria, it is more than likely that in the light of this work there 
are ultra-microscopic connections analogous to. those we call 
nerves." Man is admittedly of chemical formation controlled 
by electrical energy, or electronic vibration. 

Let the physician or the dentist, who ascribes these phe- 
nomena to suggestion, attempt to relieve an aching, left incisor 
by pressing the little finger of the right hand of his patient, 
or exercise his persuasive powers on a throbbing molar by 
pressing the thumb. He will find himself up against a stone 
wall so far as results are concerned, for only by exerting" 
pressure on the proper zone or zones will the pain disappear. 
Anticipating such contentions, and to avoid the merest hint 
at suggestion, we have purposely refrained from giving the 
patient any idea that we were even contemplating the relief of 

291 



pain and the first, and only suggestions have been from the 
patient. He will tell that he experienced much pain in his 
jaw, eye, small of back, knee, foot or shoulder, etc., before 
pressure was made on his fingers, teeth, or elsewhere, but will 
ask, "Where has the pain gone? Have you done anything to 
relieve it?" 

What interests us most as physicians and dentists is the 
posssibility of demonstrating, on practically every one of our 
patients, the connection between the toes, fingers, teeth, nos- 
trils, eyes, etc. This establishes the incontrovertible fact that 
the medical and dental fraternities must work together if they 
are to accomplish all that it is possible to accomplish in com- 
bating disease ; for it clearly demonstrates that foci of infec- 
tion, however minute, in the mouth may be responsible for 
pathological changes in practically every section of the body. 

Pathological conditions from mere irritation in nose, 
epipharynx, pharynx, mouth, vagina, rectum, etc., may be 
responsible for not only annoying local manifestations, but 
obscure pathological changes in the most remote sections of 
the body ; and their course can usually be traced thru an indi- 
vidual zone or group of zones. There is not an existing patho- 
logical condition that cannot at least be relieved, and a large 
proportion can be cured by Zonetherapy. 

The above makes clear how necessary it is that the 
physician and surgeon should be capable of diagnosing and 
treating disease in all parts of the body, especially if his prac- 
tice be limited to the country where he may be unable to con- 
sult with specialists. If the pathological condition he has 
treated does not place his patient in normal physical condition, 
the case should be referred to the specialist or dentist, for 
all parts of the zone or group of zones must be free from ob- 
struction and irritation to achieve looked-for results. 

Many dentists have written us stating that they have 
been successful in establishing anesthesia thru pressure in at 
least fifty per cent, of their cases. Patience and perseverance, 
and the observance of a few general instructions, will enable 
them to improve their technic and their success will corre- 
spondingly increase. 

Perhaps some have not been successful because of lack 
of perseverance ; and some have not attempted to anesthetize 

292 



thru pressure, being influenced and strengthened in their skep- 
ticism by individuals interested in the sale of apparatus for the 
administration of anesthetics, or in some proprietary article of 
anesthetic persuasion. These will soon be convinced that 
pressure anesthesia has come to stay. 

There will be no soreness or lameness of the jaws due to 
this form of anesthesia following operations, and hemorrhage 
will be markedly lessened, if instructions be followed. If 
soreness or lameness follow, it would be easily overcome by 
pressure on appropriate thumb or fingers. The discomfort 
following a laceration of the jaw, or the prick of a hypodermic 
needle, is overcome in the same way, so that even those who 
do not favor pressure as an anesthetic for operative proced- 
ures should, from humanitarian motives, recommend it for its 
analgesic and healing properties. 

Some Important Findings in Zonetherapy. 

We are certain of analgesia in the majority of cases over 
all parts of the body, from pressure or cautery contact in the 
mouth, pharynx, epipharynx, and nose ; and analgesia in a 
large percentage of cases over the entire body, from pressure 
or cautery contact on extremities. 

We are certain of anesthesia of jaws in the majority of 
cases from direct pressure on jaws, and anesthesia of jaws suf- 
ficient for operative interference in a fair percentage of cases 
from pressure on extremities. 

Zonetherapy demonstrates the co-relation of all parts of 
the body, also the manner in which pressure or contact upon 
certain zones is effective in the relief of pain or disease. 

We have proved that it is possible to anesthetize certain 
patients, from the head thruout the extremities, by pressure 
on resistant surfaces of head ; by pressure in the mouth, nose, 
throat, pharynx, etc. in individual zones or groups of zones ; 
and from ' extremities to head by pressure, contact, etc. on 
extremities. 

If pain exist in the second zone of the left side of the 
upper or lower jaw, for example, and be overcome by pressure 
on the top or front (commonly known as back or dorsal sur- 
face) of the left, index finger, the affected area is certain to 

293 



be found on the front of a left incisor or bicuspid tooth, or all 
three. If pressure with the thumb or finger-nail, or sharp 
probe, on that area do not overcome the pain, but above 
pressure or contact on lateral areas do, it may unhesitatingly 
be said that the irritation is lateral. If it be necessary to resort 
to pressure, or pointed contact, on palmar surface of index 
finger to overcome the pain, then we are certain, even without 
examining the teeth, that the abnormal condition will be 
found on the posterior surface of tooth or teeth. 

Diagnosis of pain, or its cause, may be worked out quite 
as perfectly over or thru any zone or part of zone. If the 
patient complain of pain and indicate that the right eye is 
involved, and you overcome the pain by pressure on the irovyt 
of the right index finger, it is absolutely certain that this dis- 
turbance is excited by congestion or irritation, in the anterior 
section of the zone ; but if it be necessary to look to the palmar 
surface of the index finger, the cause is certain to exist in a 
posterior section oi zone or zones. 

While we are certain that Zonetherapy has come to stay 
and will become a popular method in anesthesia and in anal- 
gesia, be # mg applicable to all forms of dentistry, we do not 
believe that any one form of anesthetic will "corner the mark- 
et." When humanity understands it and when the physician 
and dentist clearly see the necessity of keeping the jaws at 
all times in firstclass order, the demand for anesthetics of 
many varieties is certain to increase. Zonetherapy will teach 
the physician to examine the teeth carefully, even before he 
looks at the tongue of his patient. Zonetherapy gives medicine 
and dentistry a status that the microscope does not. 

We have never suggested this work as a panacea, but 
finding it helpful in the treatment of human ills, we consider 
it an asset to our knowledge of medicine and surgery, and 
have been glad to offer it gratuitously to physicians, surgeons, 
and dentists, to make whatever use they will of it in the prac- 
tice of their professions. 



294 



ZONETHERAPY 

We first heard of Zonetherapy thru a physician who had 
visited Dr. FitzGerald about five years ago. At first we did 
not take special interest in the subject as it seemed so "far 
fetched." Little by little as we were working out new meth- 
ods, we discovered that when giving stimulation in definite 
areas, we obtained definite results, while if we used stimula- 
tion, for instance by electricity, with one electrode over one 
zone and another electrode over another zone, we did not get 
as uniform results. 

About two years ago we had occasion to treat a case of 
persistent sciatica. For this we used the LeDuc current, 
which is a galvanic current interrupted in a special manner. 
When placing both electrodes in the same zone the patient 
was almost immediately relieved. It then occurred to us that 
we obtained the same results four years previous when treat- 
ing a person who had been "all over the world" to be cured of 
sciatica. At that time we did not realize that we were using 
zonetherapy by electrical means. 

A few years ago, while experimenting on the anesthetic 
effect of the Tesla current, we observed that by giving a cur- 
rent that produced a severe shock to our fingers, we were able 
to pierce them with needles and not feel them. Still we did 
not realize just why these results were obtained. 

Experiments on Animals 

Some years ago one of our horses backed into a window 
and got a large piece of glass into the sacral region. We tried 
putting her into a narrow stall and tying her legs so we could 
operate, as a large incision had to be made to extract the for- 
eign body. Nothing would avail- Finally one of our men said 
if we would let him tie a slipper-noose, which he called a 
"twitch" around the horse's nose and hold it, he tho't we 
could operate. He made this "twitch" out of a piece of small 
rope, put it on the horse's nose, and we started to operate. 
The result was a collision between the horse's hind legs and 
our abdomen. We tho't we would have to obtain the services 
of a veterinarian, but told the man to put the "twitch" on 
again, tie it tightly, and hold it for two or three minutes. We 

295 



perched on a box in a stall at one side so we would not be 
kicked, and to our surprise we made a large incision and took 
out the glass and the horse did not flinch. We realize now 
that we used the zone anesthesia, as the sacral region and the 
nose are in the same zone. At other times we have had oc- 
casion to do minor operations on cows and pigs and have been 
able to do them by putting a "twitch" on the nose and the ani- 
mals did not seem to experience any pain. 

We have seen young stallions castrated in this manner 
without hardly flinching, and have seen the same with young 
pigs. We have observed that this pressure had to be on for 
two or three minutes before the operation began. We never 
could explain this only we tho't it distracted the attention of 
the animal so much that it did not feel the pain of the opera- 
tion. Some think the "twitch" causes so much pain in the nose 
that the animal cannot feel any other pain. This we think 
we can disprove by watching the animals while the ligature 
is on. They do not seem to be in pain, and the moment it is 
released they begin to eat. 

Our Findings Explained 

Later we had the pleasure of meeting Dr. William H. 
FitzGerald and hearing him explain Zonetherapy. We went 
to Hartford to look into his system more thoroly. It did not 
take us long to decide that there was something to it, and then 
we realized that we had really been using zonetherapy before, 
but did not know what we were doing or how we were obtain- 
ing the results. 

As we began to look for the reason of these results, we 
tho't of our study in embryology, and it seems now quite clear 
to us why we have these definite zones. Instead of having ten 
zones in the body longitudinally, we doubtless have countless 
numbers, but we think Dr- FitzGerald's method of designating 
those zones simplifies the work very much. If we watch the 
development of the embryo chick from the primitive streak 
onward, we can very readily see why stimulation, or shock, 
on the inside of the great toe will influence the same area on 
the inside of the thumb, or anywhere along that zone in the 
body. This hypothesis may be wrong, but it seems quite clear 
to us. 

296 



As soon as we left Hartford, after being a few days with 
Dr. FitzGerald, we telefoned to a New York doctor whom we 
knew had called on Dr. FitzGerald about a year previously, 
and he soon met us at our hotel. We asked him what he 
tho't of zonetherapy and he said it was of course "nothing but 
suggestion." As we were talking with him, we took hold of 
the thumb and index finger of his right hand and began press- 
ing on it, at the same time talking to him. We did not give 
him a hint as to what we were trying to do. After about two 
minutes we stopped the pressure and took a metal applicator 
from our pocket and laid it on his right eyeball. He did not 
flinch and could not believe what we were doing. We tried 
laying the applicator on the other eyeball and he then under- 
stood that his right eyeball was anesthetized. We then took 
some steel pins that were sterilized and stuck them in his face 
and told him to look in the mirror. He withdrew the pins and 
said he was satisfied and wanted to spend at least three hours 
with us to learn more about the work. 

The same day we met a lady in the hotel who had a severe 
headache. We exerted pressure upon the fingers in the indi- 
cated zone and within five minutes the headache had disap- 
peared. We had the same success in treating a toothache. 

We then called on a physician in New York who had pre- 
viously been one of our pupils, and asked him if he knew any- 
thing about zonetherapy. He said he did not, but had read 
in some of the journals about it and tho't "it must be all imag- 
ination." We began holding his fingers and talking to him, 
but did not give him any idea of what we were doing. We 
pretended we were trying to see how much resistance there 
was to his muscles- Within three minutes we laid a button 
hook on his eyeball without his flinching. We took a stickpin 
from his cravat and pushed it into his cheek and put several 
pins into his face without his feeling them. He could not bear 
the touch of a pin in any other zone. He called his wife and 
she was horrified when she saw him so "stuck up." We with- 
drew the pins and sterilized his face. He is now a staunch 
believer in zone anesthesia. 

At several of our lecture courses in Chicago and else- 
where, we had an opportunity to show these methods and 
made some very interesting observations. We found that light 

297 



would not contract the pupil of the eye that had been attacked 
thru the finger zones the same as the pupil of the eye that had 
not been so attacked. 

There happened to be a doctor in the class who had been 
suffering all day from some object in the eye. Several doctors 
had mauled his eye until he would not let anyone else touch it, 
and when we saw him his pain was quite intense. We told 
him that we tho't we could relieve the pain by pressure anes- 
thesia thru the fingers. We did so to the surprise of all pres- 
ent. We then opened his eye and took from the cornea a piece 
of steel. He said he did not feel any pain and was very grate- 
ful. 

We often asked if there were any in the audience who 
doubted these methods. Several said they tho't it was imag- 
ination and we asked them to come forward. Within a few 
minutes, by using pressure over the indicated zones, we had 
passed pins into their ears, face, lips, tongue, and various parts 
of the body, which had been partially anesthetized by pressure 
upon the various digital zones. 

One of the doctors in a Chicago class, who heard of this 
zone anesthesia, told us of an experience he had which might 
be of interest. He said that about two years previous he was 
suffering from inguinal hernia and a radical operation was ad- 
vised. He went to the hospital and the anesthetist began to 
prepare him for the anesthesia. He told them that he wanted 
no anesthesia as he was going to have the operation done 
without taking anything- The surgeon was loath to operate 
without some kind of general or local anesthetic, but he told 
them he wanted nothing as he tho't he could control himself. 
The surgeon consented, but had ready chloroform and hypo- 
dermic needles with cocain, etc. He clinched his teeth and 
hands with all his might and put himself into as powerful a 
tension as possible for about three minutes before lying on the 
table. He then laid down, relaxed, and said "go ahead." From 
the beginning to the end of the operation, he said, all he no- 
ticed was that there was something going on, but he felt ab- 
solutely no pain. We looked at his teeth and saw that the 
occluding surfaces were very good indeed, which accounts in 
a great measure for the efficacy of the zone anesthesia. 

298 



Years before anesthesia was so well known, we remember 
seeing surgeons do minor operations on individuals who would 
take no chloroform. Almost always the patients said they 
closed their teeth and held on to something or clinched their 
hands, and then they could stand anything. In some instances 
they had corn cobs on which to clinch the hands. One of our 
preceptors called attention to the fact that the jaws would 
not be as tightly set at the end of the operation as at the be- 
ginning. 

We have noticed that boys in the country when going 
barefooted and walking on cobblestones could get a very 
severe injury to the feet and hardly know it, but when walk- 
ing on sand they would notice a like injury a great deal more. 
We now think the cause of this was shock, or zone anesthesia. 
It seems that Nature has provided us with this method of 
anesthesia, but we are too ignorant to understand it. 

The following report from one of our Chicago pupils con- 
cerning a painless delivery in a primipara of small stature, 
speaks for itself: 

"During the past week I have been attending the lectures 
of Dr. George Starr White. In these lectures he has not only 
explained and exemplified biodynamic diagnosis by means of 
the magnetic meridian, but has also given demonstrations in 
zone anesthesia, zone analgesia, and zonetherapy. Dr. White 
gives Dr. W. H. FitzGerald, Hartford, Conn-, full credit for 
the discovery and systematizing of this method. 

"At his lectures a few days ago he asked if any of the 
doctors present expected to have a confinement case within 
the next day or so, and if so he wanted to give them some sug- 
gestions as to zone anesthesia in connection with delivery. 

"As I was expecting a 'call' every hour, I told Dr. White 
and he gave me some special points regarding this work. Last 
night I was called out to attend, what I expected would be 
my last case in confinement, as I have been doing this work 
so many years that I intended to retire. From my last night's 
experience I feel as if I should like to start the practice of med- 
icine all over again. 

"The woman whom I delivered was a primipara, small in 
stature. The child delivered weighed 9 x / 2 lbs. The following 
is a report of the case : 

299 



Case I. 

"As soon as severe contractions began and the mother was 
beginning to be very nervous and complained of pain, at which 
time I generally administer chloroform, I began pressing on 
the soles of the feet with the edge of a big file, as I could find 
nothing else. I gave pressure on the dorsal surface with the 
thumbs of both hands on the digital-metatarsal joint. I ex- 
erted pressure over each foot for about three minutes at a 
time. The mother told me that the pressure on the feet gave 
her no pain whatsoever. 

"As she did not seem to have any pain at all, I was afraid 
there was no advancement. To my great surprise, when I 
examined her about ten or fifteen minutes after this pressure 
on the feet, I found the head within two inches of the outlet. 
I then waited about fifteen minutes, and on examination found 
the head at the vulva. I then pressed again for about one or 
two minutes on each foot, the edge of the file being on the 
sole of the foot and my thumbs over the digital-metatarsal 
joints as before. In this way I exerted pressure on the sole 
of the foot with the file, and pressure on the dorsum of the 
foot with* my thumbs, doing each foot separately. The last 
application of pressure lasted about \y 2 minutes to each foot. 
Within five or ten minutes the head was appearing and I held 
it back to preserve the perineum, but it made steady progress, 
the head and shoulders coming out in a normal manner. 
Within a few minutes the child was born, crying lustily. The 
mother told me she did not experience any pain whatever and 
could not believe the child was born. She laughed and said, 
"This is not so bad." 

"Another point that is very remarkable is that after the 
child was born, the woman did not experience the fatigue that 
it generally felt, and the child was more active than usual. 
The way I account for this is that pain inhibits progress of 
the birth and tires the child, but as the pain was inhibited, the 
progress was more steady and thus fatigue to both mother and 
child was avoided."* (Signed) R. H. T. NESBITT, M.D. 
Waukegan, 111., 
Oct. 2, 1915. 



•We have recently devised special electrodes to be used in obstetrical cases. They are man- 
ufactured and sold by the same people who make our other electrodes. 

300 



Case II. 

This is a report from one of our pupils : 

"Mrs- McK., age 35 ; pregnant four and a half months ; 
multipara. Placenta praevia, aborted Dec. 5, 1915, currette- 
ment, Dec. 7, 1915. Temperature 99, pulse 80. This case 
occurring during Dr. White's lecture course in Denver, when 
Dr. FitzGerald's pressure method of analgesia was being dis- 
cussed, I decided to try it out for the first time on this patient. 
She being a very nervous woman, I felt a little reluctant in the 
experiment. I did not tell her, however, I was going to use 
a new method, but quietly placed three elastics, an eighth of 
an inch wide, on each foot, one around the large toe at the 
first joint, and one around the others similarly in .pairs. After 
fifteen minutes, preparing my instruments in the meantime, I 
told her we were ready and while we did not intend to 
use chloroform, instructed her carefully to tell me immediately 
if she felt any pain whatsoever. The curettement was con- 
ducted in every detail as tho she was under general anesthesia, 
and as I questioned her frequently as to pain, she always came 
back with a smile and a negative reply. We removed fully a 
teacupful of placental tissue in about ten minutes, while the 
patient passed the time joking, and when finished assured me 
she felt much better than when we started, as she was nervous 
looking forward to the anesthetic. This I consider a typical 
case and have no misgivings as to its working generally. I 
shall certainly repeat the method and report results later." 

G. MURRAY EDWARDS, M.D. 
428-32 Mack Block, 
Denver, Colorado, 
Jan. 18, 1916- 

Case III. 

Another of our pupils reports the following case : 

"Dr. , an eye, ear, nose and throat specialist, bro't his 

wife to see me for deafness. For thirty years she had heard 
nothing with the right ear and only a very little with the left. 
I gave her two treatments according to the FitzGerald Zone 

301 



Method, after which she could hear a small tuning fork one- 
half inch away from the right ear and one inch from the left. 
After a few more treatments, her hearing so wonderfully im- 
proved that she could hear a whisper with the right ear. This 
after being 'stone deaf in that ear for thirty years, and after 
having visited 'all the noted aurists in this country and 
abroad.' " 

Case IV. 

Another of our pupils has given us the following report : 
"Patient, male. Gonorrheal arthritis. Right knee joint so 
painful that the patient could not bear to have it touched. 
Flexion of the right leg was practically impossible. Most of 
the pain was on the inner side of the knee. 

"Pressure on the dorsal and plantar surfaces of the great 
toe, as well as at the end of same, was instituted and carried 
out for one or two minutes. At the end of that time pain had 
disappeared from the knee. Upon palpation the soreness 
seemed to have vanished. I then began carefully flexing the 
leg, and to my surprise and that of the patient, the knee could 
be flexed perfectly without any pain whatsoever." 

(As this doctor makes a specialty of treating painful joints 
by means of heat, light, mud baths, and electricity, and has had 
a great deal of experience in this line of work, we were very 
much gratified to hear him say that of all the cases he had ever 
treated he never had anything seem so miraculous as this. 
He further stated that he had tried all his methods of treat- 
ment to alleviate this man's pain and to be able to flex the 
knee, but without avail ; yet Zonetherapy, applied at the proper 
zone, bro't about almost immediate results-) 

The following are a few from a great many cases in which 
we have successfully employed zone therapy: 

Case V. 

A few weeks ago a lady of about 35 years, called at our 
office to get relief from a very severe occipital headache, which, 
she said, had been persistent for three weeks. She said she 
had been to several doctors and they gave her opiates and 
hypodermics, but the relief was only temporary. We did not 

302 



suggest a thing, nor give her any idea of our purpose, but took 
hold of her hands and began pressing at the indicated zones. 
We told her we wanted to see how her skin reacted to pressure. 
After about three minutes we asked her if she would locate 
with her hand, just where the head pain was. She hesitated,, 
looked up at us and said, "Do you use mental therapy? The 
pain is all gone for the first time in three weeks, unless under 
the effects of narcotics." 

We explained to her how to relieve herself, if the pain re- 
turned. If she could not get relief in that manner, we told her 
to come to see us again. We have not seen her since. There 
certainly was no suggestion used in this case. 

Case VI. 

Several cases of tinnitus aurium and of tooth ache, as well 
as of headaches, we have very quickly relieved by zonetherapy. 
A very small proportion of cases will not, it seems, react to 
zonetherapy, but the majority will. There is no doubt a good 
reason for the failures, such as blocking of the "zone paths" 
in some manner, or the technic is faulty. 

Case VII. 

We want to mention one failure. In San Francisco we 
gave a demonstration in an office, and with one doctor there 
we could not get any effects from any zone, no matter how we 
tried it- It was the only failure out of a great many upon 
whom we have tried this method of anesthesia. 

Case VIII. 

One of our pupils, to whom we taught the FitzGerald 
method, recently wrote us as follows : 

"I have used the FitzGerald Zone-anesthetic method for 
operation on a number of turbinate and other nasal obstruc- 
tions. I have also used the same method in three obstetric 
cases. In these cases I had very gratifying results. 

"While this system will not work equally well in all cases, 
yet there is enuf in it to satisfy the most skeptical. 

"Its failure to work is, no doubt, due more to faulty 
technic than to the method. Better results will come with 
more experience." 

303 



Case IX. 

Another of our pupils reports the following case : 
"One of my patients had been operated upon for cancer 
of the tongue. After the operation he was in great distress 
because he could not eat. He could not bite at all without 
suffering great pain. He had been under opiates some time, 
which made his general condition worse. It occurred to me 
to see what I could do with Zonetherapy. By making firm 
pressures over the proper digital zones, this patient was, 
within three minutes, able to clench his teeth together with- 
out any pain. I used no suggestion whatsoever, and the pa- 
tient did not know what I was trying to do. 

''Zone analgesia supplanted morphin in this case. Later 
the patient died, but both he and his wife were grateful for 
the relief Zone analgesia had given him." 

Case X. 

A lady, about 65 years of age, had a growth on the side 
of her neck which had been diagnosed as cancer. By the bio- 
dynamo-chromatic method, we likewise diagnosed it as can- 
cer. This growth was as large as an ordinary sized orange 
and very hard and unyielding. The lady told us that she had 
not slept for months without some opiate until she began being 
treated by means of Zonetherapy or Zone analgesia. For over 
two years she said she had taken no opiates and had rested 
without any pain, when zone pressure anesthesia, according to 
the FitzGerald method, was used. 

When we saw this lady the size of the growth had dimin- 
ished from this treatment, until it would not be recognized 
except by palpation. (We saw her fotograf, taken before she 
began treatment.) We do not know whether Zonetherapy 
will ever cure this case, but we do know that it is making life 
endurable to the unfortunate victim. 

Case XL 

We have seen a case that had been diagnosed as cancer 
of the larynx, and to which we gave the same diagnosis, that 
was being greatly improved and the patient made comfortable 
by the FitzGerald method of Zonetherapy. 

304 



ZONETHERAPY— WHERE APPLICABLE 

To enumerate the conditions in which Zonetherapy is ap- 
plicable, would be to enumerate nearly every disease in the 
practice of medicine. The fact that Zonetherapy is applicable 
in all painful conditions, no matter from what cause, gives 
some idea of the scope of the work. Of course there are some 
conditions where Zonetherapy will bring about better results 
than it will in others, and we might enumerate a few of them. 

Headache of almost any variety is greatly relieved, if not 
cured, by Zonetherapy. 

Diseases of the aural mechanism, and many painful con- 
ditions of the eye, lend themselves very kindly to Zonetherapy. 

Toothache is one of the conditions that is benefited in a 
very remarkable manner by Zonetherapy. 

Active hypertrophy of the Schneiderian membrane, es- 
pecially in acute rhinitis, can be very quickly relieved by this 
method. 

Painful conditions of the throat, including the nasopharynx 
and the oropharynx as well as the larynx, in most instances, 
can be quickly relieved by this method. 

Goiter can usually be aborted or cured by this method, 
more quickly than by any other. 

Pain in the neck caused by various growths can be greatly 
relieved by Zonetherapy. 

Bronchitis, asthma, hay fever, hacking cough, irritations 
in the respiratory tract and esophagus, can be greatly relieved 
and in many instances cured by Zonetherapy. 

Painful areas in the chest, be they muscular or organic, 
can be greatly relieved by this method- 
Rheumatism, lumbago, sciatica, coxalgia, neuralgia, neur- 
itis of whatever variety, can in many instances be made per- 
fectly painless by Zonetherapy. 

Nausea, pains in the stomach, gastritis, enteric cramps, 

can be often relieved or cured by this method. 

Pains in the pelvis, especially uterine and ovarian pains, 

can be greatly relieved and often cured by this method. 

305 



Neuroses of all forms can be benefited by this method. 

Dysmenorrhea is one of the complaints that has won much 
fame for Zonetherapy. 

Pains thru the bladder, prostate and male generative or- 
gans, are greatly benefited by Zonetherapy. 

In short, we can say that any condition that gives pain 
can, in the majority of instances, be relieved, if not cured, by 
means of Zonetherapy. 

As an analgesic method, Zonetherapy is without a peer. 

As an anesthetic method, Zonetherapy is quite efficient. 



306 



ELECTRICITY IN ZONETHERAPY. 

We have very successfully used the LeDuc current in 
Zonetherapy for its analgesic and anesthetic properties. We 
have also done a good deal of experimenting with the rapid- 
sine wave. As the LeDuc current is quite difficult to obtain, 
while the rapid-sine current can be had almost anywhere, we 
have devised special electrodes to be used with the rapid-sine 
-current. 

We employ a special current control devised for this pur- 
pose. Not only can we use the stationary machines that most 
physical therapeutists have in their offices, but the manufac- 
turers of these electrodes also have developed a portable cur- 
rent control, which can be used on either the direct or the 
alternating current, and still give the rapid-sine wave. 

The electrodes are made for "attacking" the zones thru 
the nasopharynx, the feet, and the hands. 

We have also a special set of cautery applicators made for 
testing the teeth as well as for producing zone effects thru 
the teeth. 

This complete outfit for Zonetherapeutic work is manu- 
factured by the Mcintosh Battery & Optical Co., of Chicago, 
111., to whom we have given our patterns and full directions for 
using the devices. 

For office treatments, we advise the use of electricity. The 
pressure and constriction methods can be used where one has 
no electricity, or for "home treatments-" 



307 



GENERAL INDEX — Letures One to Five Inclusive 



Owing to the addition of mss., the pages between 280 and 281 had to 
be lettered 280a to 280z, 280aa, etc. 

Page 

Aachen Methods in Syphilis 94 

Abbreviations used in Biodynamic Diagnosis 45 

Abdominal Breathing 267 

Abdominal Support, Valens 208 

Abdominal Support, Action of 210 

Abdominal Support, Diagrams of 209 

Abdominal Support, How Made 209 

Abdominal Support, Indications for 211 

Acetone and alcohol - 265 

Acne, Discussion and Treatment 248 

Acne, Ecorchement for 252 

Acne, Freezing for 252 

Acne, Indurata 265 

Acne, Salicylated Collodion in 253 

Acne, Sodium Salicylate in - 252 

Acne Vulgaris 265 

Air Column Percussion 23, 205 

Air Column Percussion and Demonstration of VR 35 

Air Column Percussion and Demonstrattion of MM VR 35 

Air Column Vibration- 22 

Alcohol, Ecects on Blood Pressure 280r 

Ambereau 280s, 280aa 

Amblyopia 229 

Amenorrhea , 272 

Analogy between Electrical Phenomena and Cellular Development 8 

Anemia 185 

Anemia, Clinical case 188 

Aneurysm 280u 

Ani, Pruritus 280a 

Antiversion or Antiflexion 269 

Aortic Insufficiency 280r 

Appendicitis, Clinical case 280dd 

Appendicitis, Pseudo - 280ff 

Appendix, Its Function 280y 

Arch Preserver Shoe 263 

Arctic tern 20 

Arterio-Sclerosis - 280t 

Asthma 230 

Asthma, Clinical Case 280cc 

Asthma, Production of attack 226 

Atomizer for Freezing 252 

Atomizer for Nose & Throat 226 

Aural reflex 34 

Ausculatory Method in Blood Pressure 280p 

Auto Condensation 147 

Auto-Intoxication, Magnetic Meridian in 95 

Auto-Intoxication, Treatment of 95. 100 

Bath Cabinets 175 

Baths 151 

Baths, Electric Light 256, 261 

Baths, Magnesium Sulfate 256, 262 

Binocular Electrotherapy 280t 

Biodynamic Findings in Auto-Intoxication 93 

309 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Biodynamic Findings in Malaria 93 

Biodynamic Findings in Syphilis 93 

Biodynamic method of diagnosis, superiority of 39 

Biodynamic Tests, Polarities of 110 

Biodynamic therapy 49 

Biodynamic therapy, technic of 49 

Bio-dynamo-chromatic Therapy 201 

Bipolar Rectal Treatment 276, 280a 

Birds, Orientation of - - 19 

Bladder, Irritation of 280b 

Blepharospasm 227 

Blood, Action of Oxygen'Vapor on 183 

Blood Pressure 280o 

Blood Pressure, Ausculatory Method - - 280p 

Blood Pressure, Change in the Magnetic Meridian 280v 

Blood Pressure, High 185 

Blood Pressure influenced by Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex 31 

Blood Pressure Therapeutics 280s 

Blue Pencil Brush Discharge for Chilblain 265 

Blue Pencil Brush Discharge for Zoster 257 

Boils - 261 

Boric Acid Compress - 262 

Bovine Type Tuberculosis 71 

Breasts, Reduction of - 202 

Breathing, Deep Abdominal 142 

Bright's Disease, Clinical case 280o 

Bronchitis, Clinical case , 280cc 

Bronchitis, Rhinitis, Hay Fever 229 

Bust Development - 236 

Calcidin for Boils 261 

Calcidin for Carbuncles - 262 

Calcidin for Whooping Cough 266 

Callositas * 263 

Cancer, Clinical Cases 88-92 

Cancer of Stomach 280gg 

Cancer, Oxygen Vapor in 85 

Cancer, VR in 85 

Cancer, Zonetherapy in 86 

Carbenzol for Boils '. 261 

Carbenzol for Carbuncles 262 

Carbenzol for Cervicitis and Erosions 268 

Carbenzol for Eczema 253, 255 

Carbenzol Soap . 255 

Carbon Dioxid, Elimination of 170 

Carbuncles 261 

Carcinoma 84 

Cataphoresis 144, 148 

Cataphoresis in Gonorrhea 104 

Cataract 228 

Cellular Development 7 

Cervicitis and Erosions 267 

Cervicitis, Yeast and Hydrogen Peroxid in 268 

Chilblain 265 

Chimney Swift 20 

Chinosol for Vaginal Douche 271, 280d 

Chloasma 254 

310 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Chromotherapy in Tuberculosis 70 

Cilia, Displaced 227 

Circulatory System, Effects of Oxygen on-— 185 

Circumcision • 275 



CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 
CI 



in 


ical 


in 


ical 


in 


cal 


in 


ical 


in 


teal 


[in 


ical 


in 


cal 


in 


cal 


in 


ical 


in 


ical 


Lin 


ical 


in 


ical 


in 


cal 


in 


cal 


in 


cal 


in 


ical 


m 


cal 


in 


cal 


in 


cal 


mi 


cal 


in 


cal 


in 


cal 


mi 


cal 


mi 


cal 


ini 


cal 


inical 


inical 


itoris 



Case Anemia 188 

Case Appendicitis 280dd, 280ff 

Case Asthma 280cc 

Case Bright's Disease 280o 

Case Bronchitis, Chronic 280cc 

Case Cancer of Stomach - • 280gg 

Case Constipation 278 

Case Cystitis 280d 

Case Dysmenorrhea 234 

Case Dysmenorrhea, Spasmodic 270 

Case Goiter 234, 235 

Case Lingual Titillation 219 

Case Lumbago 280dd 

Case Migraine - 280dd 

Case Ovarian Pain 280dd 

Case, Oxygen Vapor in 188 

Case Painful Knees 280h 

Case Pseudo-Appendicitis 280ff 

Case Rhinitis - 223, 226 

Case Tonsillitis 280ff 

Case Tuberculosis 186, 280ii 

Case Ulcer of Stomach 280cc, 280gg 

Cases in Cancer — - 88-92 



Cases in Gonorrhea 105-107 

Cases in Spinal Diagnosis 131-133 

Cases in Syphilis 95-99 

Caseo in Tuberculosis 71-81 

itoris 274 

Clothing in Pelvic Diseases 273 

Coal Oil in Pyorrhea Alveolaris 218 

Cold 150 

Collodion, Flexible 257, 264 

Collodion, How to remove from skin 265 

Colloidal Silica 258 

Colors, Effect on Polarity 280aa 

Colors, Effect on VR 12 

Colors, Effects on Insects '. 177 

Colors, Energy from - 32 

Colors in Diagnosis 102 

Colors, Influence of 167 

Compensation 7 

Concussion, Application of : 117 

Concussion for Aneurysm 280x 

Concussion for Constipation 277 

Concussion for Uterine Bleeding 272 

Concussion in Arterio-Sclerosis 280u 

Concussion in Gonorrhea 103 

Concussion in Spinal Therapeutics 114 

Concussion, Key to 122 

Concussion, Magnetic Energy with 118 

Concussion, Stroke in 116 

Concussion vs. Vibration in Spinal Therapeutics 116 



311 



IN DEX— Continued 

Page 

Concussode, Form of 117 

Concussor, Valens Magnetic 119, 121, 206 

Conductors for Energy 27 

Conjunctival Infections 226 

Conjunctivitis - 227 

Conservation of Energy --- 12 

Constipation 276 

Constipation, Clinical Case - 278 

Constipation, Exercises for 279 

Constipation, Oxygen Vapor In 186 

Corns and Warts - - - 263 

Current, Faradic - 146 

Current, Galvanic - - - 143 

Current, High Frequency - 146 

Current, Sinusoidal - 144 

Current, Sinusoidal and Galvanic 145 

Current, Slow-Surging 144 

Current, Surging Sinusoidal 145 

Cystitis 280c, 280d 

Dandruff - - 255 

Dandruff Formula - 255 

Deafness Treated by Sound Waves 225 

Deep Breathing 142 

DeKraft Blue Pencil Brush Discharge 252, 257, 265, 280f 

Demonstration of Elicitation of Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex 13 

Demonstration of Elicitation of VR, Instruments Used-- 13 

Diabetes Mellitus 82 

Diagnosis by Biodynamics, Superiority of 39 

Diagnosis by Means of Colors 102 

Diagnosis by Means of Spinal Column.— 126, 127 

Dietetic Measures 280m 

Digestion, Time Required 28011, 280mm 

Digestive Tract, Effects of Oxygen Vapor on 180 

Dilatation of Rectum 280 

Drugs vs. Oxygen Vapor 182 

Drum for Percussion Practice 24 

Dysmenorrhea - 186, 268 

Dysmenorrhea, Clinical Case 234, 270 

Ear, Nose and Throat 221 

Earache, Formula for , 224 

Ecorchement 252, 254 

Eczema 253 

Eczema, Ecorchement in 254 

Eczema, Freezing for 255 

Eczema of Scalp 253 

Effects of Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex 19 

Electric Light Bath Cabinets : 175 

Electric Light Baths 280c 

Electricity, Galvanic 143 

Electricity, High Frequency 146 

Electricity, Static 146 

Electrode, Bipolar Rectal 276, 280a 

Electrode, Unipolar Rectal 276 

Electrodes -— 153 

Electrodes, Vacuum 154 

Electro-Diagnosis in Paralysis 280i 

312 



IN DEX— Continued 

Page 

.Electrology, Vegetable 42 

Electrolysis 144, 149 

Electrotherapy 143 

Elicitation of VR, Practical Demonstration 33 

Energy, Intermittent 16 

Electrical or Magnetic Equilibrium in Health 9 

Electronic Unity 10 

Electronic Vibration, Normal 1 1 

Energy Conductors 27 

Energy, Conservation of 12 

Energy from Colors 32 

Energy from Light Waves 32 

Energy from Living Body 32 

Energy from Magnets 31 

Energy from Ovaries or Testicles 109 

Energy from Sound Waves 33 

Energy, Magnetic, from trolley cars 215 

Energy Measure 29 

Energ}-, Stimulating 16 

Energy Synchronous with Heart Beat 280 j , 280k 

Enuresis ~- 280c 

Ergotherapy 202 

Erosions and Cervicitis - 267 

Eucalyptus Oil in Measles and Scarlet Fever 265 

Exercises 142 

Exercises for Painful Knees 280h 

Exercises for Pelvic Diseases 267 

Exercises in Constipation - 279 

Explanation of Record Card for Tuberculosis 47 

Eye and Its Appendages 227 

Faradic Current 146 

Fat Reducing 202 

Foods, Stomach Digestion of 280kk 

Foramina, Intervertebral 134 

Formula for Dandruff Cure 255 

Formula for Earache 224 

Formula for Ecorchement Paste 254 

Formula for Ecorchement Varnish 254 

Formula for Gastralgia 280n 

Formula for Goiter 234 

Formula for Iodin and Glycerin Solution 280b 

Formula for Mouth Wash 216, 217 

Formula for Nasal Spray 230 

Formula for Pyorrhea Alveolaris 218 

Formula for Sore Throat 222 

Formula for Subcutaneous Injection for Neuralgia 280g 

Formula for Vaginal Antiseptic 271 

Freezing 151 

Freezing Atomizer 252 

Freezing for Acne 252 

Freezing for Eczema '. 255 

Freezing for Zoster 257 

Freezing in Diagnosis 127 

Furunculus 261 

Gall Bladder, Landmarks of 240 

Galvanic Current 143 

Galvanic Current, Slow-Surging 144 

313 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Galvanism for Constipation 277 

Galvanism in Uterine Bleeding 272 

Galvanometer, Polarities by 110 

Galvanometer, Work with - 18 

Gargle, Formula for 216 

Gastralgia 280n 

Gastric Diseases 280-1 

Gastric Diseases, Psychic Influence in 280n 

General Observations 37 

Generator, Oxygen Vapor 194 

Glaucoma 228 

Goiter — 231 

Goiter, Clinical Case - 234, 235 

Goiter, Exercises for 234 

Goiter, Formula for 234 

Goiter, Treatment for 232 

Golden Plover 20 

Gonorrhea 102 

Gonorrhea, Cataphoresis in Iu4 

Gonorrhea, Clinical Cases 105 

Gonorrhea, Concussion in 103 

Gonorrhea, Nascent Iodin in 102 

Gonorrhea, Oxygen Vapor in 103 

Gonorrheal Ophthalmia 227 

Gout 280e 

Gouty Toe 280f 

Grip ¥ 101 

Grounding a person in bed 280t 

Gums, Mouth and Teeth, Care of 216 

Hay Fever 226, 229 

Heart Beat, Energy synchronous with 214 

Heart Diseases 280o 

Heart, Polarity of 108 

Heart, Surface Markings 238 

Heat r 150 

Heels, Rubber 264 

Heliotherapy in Tuberculosis 70 

Hemorrhoids .' 279 

Herpes Zoster 257 

High Frequency Currents in Painful Conditions 280f 

High Frequency Electricity 146 

Hives 256 

Hordeolum 227 

Human Energy, Effects of 13 

Human Energy to Produce Sympathetic- Vagal Reflex 280z 

Hydrogen Peroxid and Yeast for Cervicitis 268 

Hydrotherapy '. 151 

Hygiene of Nose and Throat 226 

Hyperemic Treatment, Device for 251 

Hypertension 280r, 280s 

Hypotension 280r, 280s 

Indian Position for Constipation 279 

Infantile Paralysis 280k 

Infantile Uterus 271 

Insects, Effects of Color on 177 

Insomnia 186, 187, 188, 241 

314 



IN DEX— Continued 

Page 

Intercostal Neuralgia 1 28 

Intermittent Energy synchronous with heart beat 214 

Intermittent Light Therapy 201 

Intervertebral Foramina 134 

Influenza 101 

Iodex 249, 280a 

Iodin, Nascent 197 

Iodin, Nascent for Boils 261 

Iodin, Nascent for Carbuncles 262 

Iodin, Nascent for Pyorrhea Alveolaris 217 

Iodin, Nascent, How Formed 199 

Iodin, Nascent in Gonorrhea 102 

Iodin, Nascent, Therapy --- 198 

Iodin, Polarity of 249, 280b 

Iodin, Soluble 249 

Ionization 150 

Iodized Flexible Collodion for Ringworm 257 

Iridocyclitis, Tuberculosis 75 

Irregular Menstruation 272 

Irritable Bladder 280b 

Italian Leprosy 258 

Itching Eruption, Cure for 261 

Jaundice 101 

Kerosene in Pyorrhea Alveolaris 218 

Key to Concussion .- 122 

Kidney Diseases 280o 

Kidney, Landmarks of 240 

Knee Bending Exercise < 280h 

Knees, Painful 280g 

Knees, Painful, Clinical Case 280h 

Knees, Squeaky 280h 

Lachrymal Passages, Strictures of 227 

Lachrymal Sac Infections 226 

Lamps for Radiant Light Treatment 165 

Landmarks and Surface Markings 238 

Laryngeal Tuberculosis 80 

Lavage of Stomach 280n 

Lead Poisoning in Blood Pressure 280v 

Lesions in the Sacro-Iliac Region 136 

Life Force, Treatment of Diseases by 49 

Life Impulse 11 

Light, Absorption by Blood 170 

Light and Heat, Therapeutic Value of 166 

Light and Heat, Physiological Effects of 171 

Light, Dr. Edwin Babbitt's Work on 174 

Light, Effect on Body 168 

Light, Effect on Infectious Diseases - 172 

Light, Effect on Inflammation 172 

Light, Effect on Metabolism 172 

Light, Effects on Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex 12 

Light, Electric Bath Cabinets 175 

Light Energy, Influence of 169 

Light, General Application 173 

Light, Heraeus Quartz in Tuberculosis 70 

Light, Radiant — Its Therapeutics 165 

Light Treatment for Constipation 277 

315 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Light Waves 32 

Liver, Landmarks of ~~ 239 

Living Body, Energy from 32 

Lumbago 280e 

Lumbago, Clinical case 280dd 

Lumbosacro-Iliac Mai-Conditions 136 

Lung Diseases - 280o 

Magnesium Sulfate Baths 256 

Magnet, Energy from - 31 

Magnetic Concussor 1 19 

Magnetic Energy from trolley cars 215 

Magnetic Energy with Concussion 118 

Magnetic Equilibrium in Health - 9 

Magnetic Meridian 19 

Magnetic Meridian Demonstrated by Air-Column Percussion 35 

Magnetic Meridian Effect on Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex 29 

Magnetic Meridian, Effects on Blood Pressure 280r 

Magnetic Meridian in Auto-Intoxication 95 

Magnetic Meridian in Diagnosis and Therapeutics 7, 69 

Magnetic Meridian in Malaria - 95 

Magnetic Meridian in Syphilis 93 

Magnets 14 

Malaria, Treatment of 95 

Malnutrition, Clinical case --- 188 

Malnutrition, Oxygen Vapor in 188 

Mammary Secretion, Regulation of 236 

Matter ..— 11 

Measles, Morbilli and Rubeola 265, 266 

Measuring Energy 28 

Menorrhagia - — -. 272 

Menstruation, Irregular 272 

Menthol, Ethereal solution 261 

Metals, Polarity of 17 

Metatarsalgia 263 

Metrorrhagia 272 

Migraine, Clinical Case 280dd 

Mirrors, Use in Exercising r 280j 

Morris Quadrilateral 240 

Morton's Disease 263 

Motion, Mode or Rate of 11 

Mouth, Teeth and Gums, Care of 216 

Mouth Wash, Formula for 216, 217 

Muscae Volitantes 228 

Muscular Tension, Inequality of 229 

Names Used in Spinal Therapy 112 

Nasal Spray,, Formula for 230 

Nascent Iodin 197 

Nascent Iodin for Boils, 261 

Nascent Iodin for Cervix or Vagina 268 

Nascent Iodin for Pruritus Ani 280b 

Nascent Iodin, How Formed 199 

Nascent Iodin in Specific Urethritis 102 

Nascent Iodin Therapy , 198 

Nascent Oxygen 179 

Natural Electronic Vibration or Vital Force-—- 11 

Natural Physical Phenomena, Discussion of 7 

316 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Natural Physical Phenomena, Manifestations of 7 

Nebulizer for Nose and Throat 226 

N ettle Rash : 256 

Neuralgia 280c 

Neuralgias 128 

Neuralgia, Subcutaneous Injection for 280g 

Neuralgic Pains, Aneurysmal--— 280u 

Neurasthenia Concomitant with Splanchnoptosis 203 

Neurasthenia, Effects of Oxygen Vapor on . 188 

Neurasthenia Following Tuberculosis 79 

Neuroses 280-1 

Neuroses, Effects of Oxygen Vapor on 185 

Normal Electronic Vibration 1 1 

Nose and Throat, Hygiene of , 226 

Nose, Ear and Throat 221 

Observations, General 37 

Ocular Reflex , 33 

Office Equipment and Surroundings 280cc 

Oils used in Oxygen Vapor -*~192, 195 

Old Age -- 12 

Onion for Chilblain 265 

Optic Atrophy 228 

Organotonometer, Demonstration of 34 

Orientation of Birds — 19 

Otosclerosis 225 

Ovarian Pain, Clinical case 280dd 

Ovaries and Testicles, Polarity of 109 

Oxygen .... 155 

Oxygen, Nascent 179 

Oxygen Vapor Benefits 183 

Oxygen Vapor, Clinical cases 186 

Oxygen Vapor, Effects on Blood 183 

Oxygen Vapor, Effects on Constipation, Dysmenorrhea, Insom- 
nia, 186-188 

Oxygen Vapor, Effects on Respiratory Tract, Digestive Tract-— 184 
Oxygen Vapor, Effects on Urinary Tract, Circulatory system, 

High Blood Pressure, Neurosis, Neurasthenia - 185 

Oxygen Vapor, Effects on Tuberculosis, Anemia, Malnutrition, 

- - 187, 188 

Oxygen Vapor for Constipation 277 

Oxygen Vapor Generator 194 

Oxygen Vapor Generator, Care of 194 

Oxygen Vapor Generator, Style of 199 

Oxygen Vapor, How long to use 184 

Oxygen Vapor, How to give 186 

Oxygen Vapor, How to use 180 

Oxygen Vapor in Cancer 85 

Oxygen Vapor, Its Practicability 182 

Oxygen Vapor Oils Used 192, 195 

Oxygen Vapor, Production of 189 

Oxygen Vapor, What it is, What it does 179 

Oxygen Vapor, When not to use 183 

Oxygen Vapor, When to use 181, 184 

Oxygen Vapor vs. Drugs 182 

Oxygen Vapor, vs. Mountain Air 180 

Ozone 154 

317 



I NLf EX— Continued 

Page 

Ozone for Boils and Carbuncles 261 

Ozone, How it is produced 190 

Ozone Treatment 197 

Ozonizer, Type of - 191 

Pain, Diagnosis of 108 

Pain, Effect on Blood Pressure - 280r 

Painful Knees - 280g 

Pains, Referred - 127 

Paralysis 280i 

Paralysis, Infantile 280k 

Pellagra - 258 

Pelvic Diseases, Exercises for 267 

Penis B - - 275 

Percussion, Air-Column 23, 205 

Percussion, Method of - 23 

Pernio - 265 

Personality 11 

Pertussis 266 

Pigmentation 168 

Pneumonia, Oxygen Vapor in - 187 

Podophyllin 266, 280o 

Poison Bottles, How to Protect 255 

Polarities, Recapitulation 110 

Polarity 17 

Polarity of Heart 108 

Polarity of Metals 17 

Polarity of Sex affected by Colors 280aa 

Polarity of Sex affected by Radio-active Water •— - 280aa 

Poliomyelitis Anterior , 280k 

Practice Drum 24 

Prognostication of Sex 280bb 

Pruritus Ani 280a 

Psoriasis - , 257 

Psychic Influence on Gastric Diseases 280n 

Psychophanometer 280p 

Pulse, Energy synchronous with 214 

Pulse, How to take 205 

Pulse Phenomenon - 213 

Pulse Pressure 280p 

Pulse synchronous with electrical stimulation 280j, 280k 

Pupillary Phenomenon 214 

Pus, Diagnosis of 108 

Pyorrhea Alveolaris 217 

Pyorrhea Alveolaris, Coal Oil or Kerosene in 218 

Pyorrhea Alveolaris, Nascent Iodin in 218 

Quinsy Sore Throat 222 

Radiant Light and Its Therapeutics - 165 

Radium or X-Ray, Caution with 148 

Radium Salts 147 

Record Card for Tuberculosis 46 

Rectal Dilatation 280 

Rectal Treatment, Bipolar Electrode 276, 280a 

Rectal Treatment, Unipolar Electrode 276 

Referred Pains 127 

Reflex, Aural 34 

Reflex Line 35 

318 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Reflex, Ocular 33 

Reflex, Sympathetic Vagal 12 

Reflexology, Spinal 113 

Relaxation of the Sacro-Iliac Ligaments 136 

Respiratory Tract, Effects of Oxygen Vapor on 184 

Retroversion 269 

Rheumatism 280e 

Rhinitis, Bronchitis, Hay Fever 229 

Rhinitis, Chronic — Its Sequellae 226 

Rhinitis, Clinical Case - 223, 224 

Ringworm 257 

Rubber Heels 264 

Rubber Syringe 272 

Salicylated Colodion, Formula for 253 

Salicylated Collodion in Acne •- 253 

Salicylated Collodion in warts and corn 263 

Scarlet Fever 265 

Scars, Removal of 250 

Sciatica - 280e 

Seborrhea - 255 

Sex, Polarity of, affected by colors 280aa 

Sex, Prognostication 280bb 

Shingles - 257 

Shoe, Arch Preserver 263 

Sinusoidal Current 144 

Sinusoidal Current and Galvanic 145 

Sinusoidal Current in Arterio-Sclerosis 280u 

Sinusoidal Current in Constipation 276 

Sinusoidal Current in Painful conditions 280f 

Sinusoidal Current in Paralysis 280j 

Sinusoidal Current, Surging 145 

Sleep - 11 

Slow-Surging Current 144 

Sodium Citrate in Pellagra 260 

Sodium Salicylate in Acne 252 

Sodoxylin 280c, 280e 

Sound, Effects on Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex 12 

Sound Waves, Energy from 33 

Sound Waves for Deafness 225 

Sphygmomanometer ~ 280p 

Spinal Column in Diagnosis 126, 127 

Spinal Diagnosis, Clinical Cases 131, 133 

Spinal Reflexology 113 

Spinal Therapeutics, Concussion vs. Vibration in 116 

Spinal Therapy, Concussion in 114 

Spinal Therapy, Vibration in 114 

Splanchnic Insufficiency in Aneurysm 280u 

Splanchnic Neurasthenia 203 

Spleen 229 

Spleen, Landmarks 240 

Static Breeze 2801 

Static Electricity 146 

Static Insulation 2801 

Static Sparks in Painful Conditions 280f 

Static Wave in Gastric Diseases 2801 

Static Wave in Painful Conditions 280f 

319 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Stomach, Cancer of 280gg 

Stomach Digestion, Time for different foods 28011, 280mm 

Stomach, Diseases of 2801 

Stomach, Method of Washing 280n 

Stomach, Ulcer of 280cc, 280gg 

Strabimus - 229 

Stress ; Strain 280j 

Stretching and Yawning 33 

Sty 227 

Sulfur in Syphilis 94 

Sulfur Medication 237 

Summary 40 

Superimposed Wave -■ 145 

Surface Markings and Landmarks - 238 

Sycosis 256 

Sympathetic- Vagal Reflex Demonstrated by Air-Column Percussion 35 

Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex, Effect of Colors on 12 

Sympathetic- Vagal Reflex, Effect of Light on 12 

Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex, Effect of Magnetic Meridian on 13, 29 

Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex, Effect of Other Forms of Energy on- 13 

Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex, Effect of Sound on 12 

Sympathetic Vagal Reflex Elicited from Spinal Nerves 113 

Sympathetic-Vagal Reflex, Practical Demonstration of 33 

Sympathetic Vagal Tone and Blood Pressure 31 

Synchronous Intermittence of Energy 280j, 280k 

Syphilis, Biodynamic Findings in 93 

Syphilis, # Clinical Cases 95-99 

Syphilis, Treatment by Aachen Methods---- 94 

Syphilis, Treatment by Sulfur 94 

Syphilis, Treatment of 93 

Syringe for Vagina 272 

Teeth, Mouth and Gums, Care of 216 

Tension against resistance 280k 

Tension of Viscera, Demonstration of 34 

Tension or Tonicity of Viscera 13 

Terpene Peroxid 197 

Terpene Peroxid for Eczema : 253 

Terpene Perodix for Psoriasis 257 

Terpene Peroxid for Ringworm 257 

Terpene Peroxid for Sycosis 256 

Terpene Peroxid for Zoster 257 

Terpene Peroxid Ointment 197 

Testicles or Ovaries, Polarity of 109 

Therapeutics of Blood Pressure 280s 

Therapy, Bio-Dynamo-Chromatic 49 

Thermic Penetration 147 

Thimbles for Percussion - 23 

Thiosinnamin 149 

Thiosinnamin Compound, Formula for 251 

Thiosinnamin Inunction 251 

Thiosinnamin used cataphorically 250, 268 

Tholo 268 

Throat Diseases, Zonetherapy in 222 

Throat, Nose and Ear 221 

Throat, Sore — Formula for 222 

Time Limit for Treatments 280f 

320 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Time Required for Digestion 28011, 280mm 

Tinea Tricophytina 257 

Tinnitus Aurium, Zonetherapy in 225 

Tobacco, Effects on Arterio-Sclerosis 280q 

Tobacco, Influence on Blood Pressure 280q 

Toe, Gouty 280f 

Tongue, Sensations in 219 

Torticollis 280e 

Trachoma 227 

Transillumination — - 220 

Treatment of Auto-Intoxication 95 

Treatment of Malaria 95 

Treatment of Syphilis 93 

Tri-Facial Neuralgia 128 

Trolley Cars, Magnetic Energy from 215 

Tuberculosis and Neurasthenia - 79 

Tuberculosis, Clinical case 280ii 

Tuberculosis , Clinical Cases 71-81 

Tuberculosis, Chromotherapy in 70 

Tuberculosis, Chronic Incipient 78 

Tuberculosis, Heliotherapy in - 70 

Tuberculosis Iridocyclitis 75 

Tuberculosis, Laryngeal - 80 

Tuberculosis of Eye 228 

Tuberculosis, Oxygen Vapor in 187 

Tuberculosis, Record Card for 46 

Tuberculosis, Treatment of 69 

Ulcer of Stomach—. 280cc, 280gg 

Unipolar Rectal Electrode 276 

Urethritis, Specific 102 

Urinary Tract, Oxygen Vapor in 185 

Urticaria 256 

Uterine bleeding, Galvanism for 272 

Uterus, Infantile - 271 

Vacuum Electrodes 154 

Vaginal Antiseptic 271 

Vaginal Syringe 272 

Vaginismus 272 

Vaginitis, Specific - 103 

Vaginitis, Yeast and Hydrogen Peroxid in 103 

Valens Abdominal Support 208 

Valens Magnetic Concussor 119, 121, 206 

Vegetable Electrology 42 

Vibration, Air- Column 22 

Vibration in Spinal Therapy 114 

Vibration vs. Concussion in Spinal Therapeutics 116 

Vital Force 1 1 

Vitreous, Opacities of 228 

Warts and Corns 263 

Whooping Cough 266 

Wilhoft's Ladies' Syringe 272 

Working Line 35 

X-Ray and Radium, Caution with 148 

X-ray for Chilblain 265 

Yeast and Hydrogen Peroxid for Cervicitis 268 

Yeast and Hydrogen Peroxid in Vaginitis 103 

321 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Zinc Cataphoresis for Carbuncles 262 

Zinc Cataphoresis for Warts - 263 

Zinc Oxid Ointment in Eczema - 253 

Zinc Sulfate in Eczema 253 

Zinc Sulfate in Sycosis • 256 

Zinc Sulfate in Warts and Corns 263 

Zone Anesthesia • .-—274, 275 

Zonetherapy - 92, 101, 127 

Zonetherapy As a Local Anesthetic 301 

Zonetherapy, Discussion by Dr. William H. FitzGerald 283 

Zonetherapy, Discussion by Dr. George Starr White 295 

Zonetherapy, Electricity in 307 

Zonetherapy, Experiment on Animals ----- 295 

Zonetherapy, Important Finding In ..,- 293 

Zonetherapy in Aneurysm 280y 

Zonetherapy in Cancer - 86 

Zonetherapy in Deafness 228, 301 

Zonetherapy in Diseases of Throat 222 

Zonetherapy in Dysmenorrhea - - 270 

Zonetherapy in Gastric Diseases - 280m 

Zonetherapy in Goiter 232, 235 

Zonetherapy in Nasal Obstructions 303 

Zonetherapy in Neuralgia, etc. 280f 

Zonetherapy in Obstetrics 300 

Zonetherapy in Occipital Headache 302 

Zonetherapy in Otosclerosis — 225 

Zonetherapy in Tinnitus Aurium * 303 

Zonetherapy in Urethritis 302 

Zonetherapy Supplants Opium - 304 

Zonetherapy, Where Applicable 305 



N 322 




^ A^ 







^ ^ 



o w - <0 



a^ & •>* <y 



^ A^ * 







O A> o^L'% ^ 

<5 °* \ 




o u o 



o- 





A^ * <Ss^ft%* ~^ 

o V 









<^ i9 * « • °' > V . * 



4°-* 





"oV l 



^ ^, 




^6^ 



3L^ v<v 




O 



.0 










fc ' s °- //&\ <°^> /^^;-% 




< 




A"*' ^^.3»/**„ ^ 


















A <\ 






'*/. r* ^ V>" °*K?^i!2V : * ^M rS ^* ^ <* 



r^ 



^0* 










-rT O * „ .. „ ' .0 







V. " ' <$ °^ ° » ° A ** 






CV .0 » y * °* > V 



A 






^ *^ 


















/y 



S^ 



r o S" 



^0' 

• - * • O . "^> 4> . S • • 




•^ 






>^ 



=y«*" **"*« 



<r. 




s^? r 



:; s % <g 



^^ 






O - 9 ° «0' 






a 73 

^•^ N. MANCHESTER. 
INDIANA 



A -C^. ' . , s - «ir 




>^ 





,0' 



c <2* A v 







O 4 C 



/^^y)"' 



O. AV ♦ 







$ ^ 



+*J 



H©6 





*°V 



V' 



y 










.* 




40* 




>°V 



* .*ftfc. ^/ ,^, ^ ^*j^ ♦ V> 



•\ 






^ A 



^ o H o ^ 



v^ — * \' %*-"''•••' -i0* "O. 



4^ 




* 



o 







^ 



r o 







<*. 







^°^ 








,0' 




< o 







^ • 



^» a\ ^X • • \ W 

C> a> V 0°^°. ^ 0^ 




4 CU * I 




w 










^°^ 








^ 



^J* x* « 




4" *^ " %J 






1^ ; ^ S 







> 
















o 

°^ " ° - c 

*-*> A V %a * • S \V> O 'o , A " /\ 




• « s ,o 



*iS 



^^ 




^&: %f 




















JUNS 73 



a -T^^iw^-* <L, V 



N. MANCHESTER. ■> ^ 
INDIANA 



^ X, 




>°V 




c u ♦ 



^^ 



»*<J\^f^A,*«. O^. .«, . i ^€^L*<- ^. .4? > 



a0 »***- ^ V ••V*... 




?5 5* • 









tiuHtfl 



H 



BHMM H BB m ■ [ 

IH H I 



Hfll 



n 



KBIHJ 
iflJllU 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 







In 



0QD257Tfc.E51 



r 



■ 
«l!T1 Wli iM" M MMBH 

BUG H 



■ 



H 




■ 






■ 
■ 



■■ ■-.!:!!< -Lil H ■| i l.| ill' 



M 



III 



